Aop 07 2

NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
ALLIED
ORDNANCE
PUBLICATION
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION
MANUAL OF DATA REQUIREMENTS

AND TESTS FOR
THE QUALIFICATION OF
EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS
FOR MILITARY USE
(TOC)
June 2003
AOP-7
Edition 2
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
AOP-7
Edition 2
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)
NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION
1. AOP-7 (Edition 2) - MANUAL OF DATA REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS FOR THE

QUALIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS FOR MILITARY USE is a NATO/PfP
UNCLASSIFIED publication.
2. AOP-7 (Edition 2) is effective upon receipt.
3. AOP-7 (Edition 2) contains only factual information. Changes to these are not subject to the
national ratification procedures; they will be promulgated on receipt by the nations concerned.
Jan H ERIKSEN
Rear Admiral, NONA
Director, NSA
(TOC)
I
AOP-7
Edition 2
RESERVATIONS
NATION RESERVATIONS
(TOC)
II
AOP-7
Edition 2
RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
Identification of
Amendment/Change – Section Date By whom
Remarks
No. Entered Entered
III
AOP-7
Edition 2
IV
AOP-7
Edition 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION I
RESERVATIONS II
RECORD OF AMMENDMENTS III
TABLE OF CONTENTS V
1. INTRODUCTION 1-1
2. OBJECTIVES 3-1
3. SCOPE 3-1
4. DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCED POLICY DOCUMENTS 4-1
5. METHODS TO RECORD AND ISSUE DATA 5-1
6. REVIEWS AND REVISIONS OF THIS MANUAL. 6-1
7. ASSESSMENT PRINCIPLES AND COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
7-1
QUALIFICATION OF EXPLOSIVES
7.1 Primary Explosives 7-3

7.2 Booster Explosives 7-5
7.3 High Explosives 7-9
7.4 Solid Gun & Rocket Propellants. 7-11
7.5 Liquid Propellants 7-13
7.6 Pyrotechnic Compositions 7-15
8. AGING PROTOCOLS 8-1
9. FINAL (or TYPE) QUALIFICATION 9-1
10. NATIONAL QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES AND TEST

10-1
INFORMATION SHEETS
10.7.1 Canada CN-1

10.7.2 Czech Republic CZ-1
10.7.3 Denmark DN-1
10.7.4 Finland FN-1
10.7.5 France FR-1
10.7.6 Germany GE-1
10.7.7 Italy IT-1
10.7.8 Norway NL-1
10.7.9 Poland NO-1
10.7.10 Romania PL-1
10.7.11 Netherlands RO-1
10.7.12 Slovak Republic SK-1
10,7.13 Sweden SW-1
10.7.14 Switzerland CH-1
10.7.15 United Kingdom UK-1
10.7.16 United States US-1
10.7.17 Belgium BE-1
(TOC)
V
AOP-7
Edition 2
VI
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Explosive materials such as high explosives, propellants and pyrotechnics are used in weapon
systems to perform a variety of functions. They provide the energy required to deliver the
payload to the target and to obtain the desired terminal effect. Because of their high energy
content, these materials are sensitive and can be initiated by stimuli such as heat, shock, friction,
impact, and electrostatic discharge. All of these stimuli may be encountered in development
programs, and later in the manufacture, transport, storage, and operational or training use of
explosive materials.
1.2 The careful and judicious selection of explosives is important since it will affect the sensitivity and
safety of munitions and the vulnerability of weapon platforms. Trade-off with performance can be
made, but in general, the more powerful the explosive used, the more sensitive it is to stimuli, and
the more protection must be provided to shield munitions in hazardous areas. Since in many
applications space is limited, it is often impossible or unfeasible to provide the increased
protection. Therefore, in qualifying explosives, National Authorities must exercise caution and
concern for the sensitivity and the suitability for service of the explosive materials being
considered for all military applications. Further, munition designers should select the least
sensitive explosive material that meets the operational requirements defined for their application.
1.3 In the past, the tests, and criteria used by each North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
country to accept explosives for military use have not been readily available nor, in general, well
documented. This has delayed the NATO-wide acceptance of explosives, hindered munitions
interoperability programs, caused unnecessary testing redundancy, and wasted the valuable
material and financial resources of countries in the Alliance.
1.4 The use of modeling to assess the behavior of explosive materials under a wide range of stimuli
and scenarios is important. The Qualification phase lends itself to the determination of the
intrinsic properties of the explosive materials and allows for the generation of a range of modeling
parameters. This then will allow those nations wishing to model small and intermediate-scale
testing the opportunity to develop appropriate models and computer codes. In addition, it will
facilitate the development of generic test vehicles and test methods that will underpin and support
weapons safety and suitability for service activities. The AC/310 Subgroup 1 will consider further
development along these lines in the future.
1.5 The recognition of the differences in weapon sensitivity evaluations and in the explosives
selection processes among NATO nations, led to the establishment of the AC/310 Cadre Group
and four Subgroups. This organization operates under the aegis of the Conference of National
Armament Directors (CNAD). Since 1997 the AC/310 group has admitted non-aligned,
Partnership for Peace (PfP), nations who wish to participate in these activities. The four
Subgroups in AC/310 address, respectively, Explosive Materials, Fuzing Systems, Environment,
and Generic Classes of Munitions.
1.6 Subgroup 1 (Explosive Materials) has developed an approach and is standardizing the tests used
to acquire the data deemed necessary for the Qualification of military explosives. The Subgroup
recognizes that substantial continuing efforts must be directed toward the following:
1.6.1 The development of Standardization Agreements, STANAGs, on test equipment, and test
procedures used to acquire the data to satisfy national requirements for the Qualification of
explosives used by the military.
1.6.2 The formation and identification of central repositories of data on qualified explosives in each
member country to facilitate the exchange of information used in munitions co-development or
cross-procurement programs.
1-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
1.6.3 The documentation of tests and acceptance criteria which may be unique to one nation to permit
other NATO members to understand and interpret the data exchanged in terms of the specific
test apparatus, procedures, and criteria employed.
1.6.4 The development of STANAGs to assure that the explosives used by the NATO forces are
produced to the same or equivalent material specification and to the same or equivalent quality
assurance principles.
1.7 STANAG 4170, "Principles and Methodology for the Qualification of Explosive Materials for
Military Use," documents the agreement to standardize the assessment principles and
methodology. This manual supplements STANAG 4170 and presents the specific requirements,
techniques, and tests used by the participating nations to implement the STANAG.
1.8 This document is officially designated Allied Ordnance Publication No. 7, "Manual of Data
Requirements and Tests for the Qualification of Explosive Materials for Military Use." The
abbreviated designation "AOP-7" is used throughout this manual.
(TOC)
1-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 2
2.0 OBJECTIVES
2.1 The primary objectives of this document are as follows:
2.1.1 To promote standardization and interoperability of munitions among the NATO countries. This
can be achieved by documenting the policies established by the participating countries to
implement the explosive materials Qualification process established by STANAG 4170.
2.1.2 To supplement STANAG 4170 by identifying the organizational elements and unique national
requirements involved in the explosive materials development and Qualification process for each
participating country.
2.1.3 To identify the National Authorities responsible for the Qualification of military explosives in each
nation.
2.1.4 To identify the minimum explosives safety data that must be reported to the National Authority to
satisfy STANAG 4170 Qualification requirements.
2.1.5 To provide both summaries and references to complete descriptions of tests used by member
nations to evaluate the properties of explosive materials and, within the limits of national
regulations, standardize methods for recording and exchanging data on explosive materials.
2.1.6 To provide the recipients of data with the information necessary to assess the experimental and
theoretical basis used by each nation in qualifying military explosives.
(TOC)
2-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
2-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 3
3.0 SCOPE
3.1 This manual documents Qualification procedures and tests used by the National Authorities of
each participating nation to assess the safety and suitability of explosives used in their intended
role, e.g. high explosive, booster, etc. The Qualification of a new explosive in accordance with
STANAG 4170 and this AOP does not imply Final (or Type) Qualification for use in a specific
hardware application.
3.2 This document is not a substitute for legislative and regulatory requirements (e.g. UN tests,
hazard classification tests, etc.) relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, and disposal
of explosive substances. These requirements are, in general, the responsibility of other
government organizations. However, many of the tests included in this manual may also be used
to satisfy those legislative or regulatory requirements.
(TOC)
3-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
3-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 4
4.0 DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCED POLICY DOCUMENTS
4.1 The participating countries have agreed on the following definitions:
4.1.1 ASSESSMENT. This is an evaluation of the properties of an explosive material, including the
results of appropriate tests, to determine its relationship, with particular regard to safety, to other
explosive materials already in service use.
4.1.2 COMPARISON EXPLOSIVE. This is an in-service explosive with proven safety characteristics
whose properties are used to assess the relative safety and suitability of a new explosive
intended for use in a similar role.
4.1.3 EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL. An explosive material is a substance (or a mixture of substances)

capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such temperature and pressure as to cause
damage to the surroundings. Included are pyrotechnic substances even though they may not
evolve gases as they react. This document refers only to those explosive materials whose
application requires that they react reliably on demand. The term "explosive" thus includes all
solid and liquid materials variously known as high explosives and propellants, together with
igniter, primer, initiatory and pyrotechnic (e.g., illuminant, smoke, delay, decoy, flare, and
incendiary) compositions.
4.1.4 MAIN CHARGE EXPLOSIVE. An explosive material (high explosive, propellant, or pyrotechnic)
used as the final charge and functioned to obtain the desired effect in the end item application.
4.1.5 FINAL (OR TYPE) QUALIFICATION. This relates to the use of the explosive material in a
specific application or munition. Final Qualification is given when the explosive has been
assessed as part of the design of the specific munition, and predicted to be safe and suitable for
military operational or training use in that role. The database of results provides a means of
undertaking “Risk Assessments”.
4.1.6 INTENDED ROLE. The main roles are as follows. Nations may define other roles or add the
specific information for the intended application of a particular explosive material.
a. Primary Explosive: A substance or mixture of substances used to initiate a detonation or a

burning reaction. In their intended role these materials are sensitive to a range of thermal,
mechanical and electrical stimuli.
b. Booster Explosive: An explosive material used to augment and transmit the reaction
(initiated by the primary explosive) with sufficient energy to initiate a detonation reaction in
the main charge high explosive.
c. High Explosive: A material that is used as a detonating final charge.
d. Solid Gun Propellant: This is a substance (or a mixture of substances) that is required to burn
in a controlled manner within a gun combustion chamber producing hot gases capable of
propelling a projectile at high velocity. Combustible cases may also be included as they
contribute to the overall energy of the propellant.
e. Solid Rocket Propellant: This is a substance (or a mixture of substances) that is required to
burn in a controlled manner within a rocket motor producing hot gases that are vented
through a nozzle to propel the munition. Propellants used in cartridge activated or other non-
propulsive devices are also included in this category.
4-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
f. Liquid Propellant: This is a substance (or a mixture of substances) that is required to react in
a combustion chamber in controllable manner in order to generate propulsive force. These
may be monopropellants, bi-propellants or hybrids comprised of liquids and solids.
g. Pyrotechnic Compositions: These are substances (or a mixture of substances) that when
ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended to produce on
demand and in various combinations, specific time delays or quantities of heat, noise, smoke,
light or infrared (IR) radiation. Pyrotechnic compositions may be used to initiate burning
reactions such as in igniters.
4.1.7 MANDATORY DATA. These are the results of mandatory tests that provide a basis for a decision
concerning the military application of the explosive.
4.1.8 MANDATORY TESTS. These are tests that should always be required by a National Authority to
produce data for assessing the safety and suitability of an explosive material. The tests compiled
in chapter 7 of this document are considered to be the minimum safety, performance, and
application-oriented tests required. Each nation reserves the right to use additional or
supplementary (optional) tests for Qualification. Where this is the case, the specific national
requirements are documented and the tests are identified in Chapter 10 of this manual.
4.1.9 NEW EXPLOSIVE. The term "new explosive" encompasses the following:
a. An explosive material not previously qualified.
b. An explosive material for which the existing specification defining its composition, its material
constituents or process by which the composition is prepared has been modified.
c. An explosive material resulting from a change in manufacturer or manufacturing location.
d. An explosive material used in a role (See 4.1.5) for which it has not already been Qualified.
4.1.10 OPTIONAL DATA. Test results introduced to supplement data acquired in the mandatory tests or
to provide additional information where mandatory test results may be inconclusive.
4.1.11 OPTIONAL TESTS. Tests that may be required by a National Authority to produce data for
assessing the safety and suitability of an explosive material being considered for military
application. Optional tests are compiled by each nation in Chapter 10 of this manual.
4.1.12 QUALIFICATION. The assessment of an explosive by the National Authority according to

STANAG 4170 and this document to determine whether it possesses properties that makes it
safe and suitable for consideration for use in the intended role.
4.1.13 QUALIFIED EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL. This is an explosive material that has successfully
completed the Qualification process of a National Authority. This is an intermediate risk reduction
stage prior to Final (or Type) Qualification.
4.1.14 REFERENCE STANDARD EXPLOSIVE. This is an explosive whose properties are consistent
and sufficiently well defined to enable its use for the calibration of test apparatus. The explosive
nominated as a reference standard, together with its lot number when appropriate, must be
identified on the relevant national test information sheet.
4-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
4.2 The following policy documents are referenced in this manual:
a. STANAG 4123 - "Methods to Determine and Classify the Hazards of Ammunition".
b. STANAG 4170 - "Principles and Methodology for the Qualification of Explosive Materials for
Military Use".
o
c. STANAG 4297 – Implementation of Allied Publication N 15 (AOP-15).
d. STANAG 4397 – Explosives, NATO Catalogue of, Implementation of Allied Ordnance

o
Publication N 26 (AOP-26).
e. STANAG 4439 - Policy for Introduction, Assessment, and Testing for Insensitive Munitions
(MURAT).
f. AOP-15 - "Guidance on the Assessment of the Safety and Suitability for Service of Munitions
for the NATO Armed Forces".
g. AOP-26 - "NATO Catalogue of Explosives".
h. AOP-39 - Guidance on the Development, Assessment, and Testing of Insensitive Munitions

(MURAT)
(TOC)
4-3
AOP-7
Edition 2
4-4
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 5
5.0 METHODS TO RECORD AND ISSUE DATA
5.1 The participating countries have agreed on the following ways to record and issue data:
5.1.1 A formal Qualification report will be issued by the National Authority or by a National Authority
approved organization for each explosive Qualified. This report must include, in so far as
possible, all the information required to enable other participating countries to accept the
explosive with minimal or no additional testing. In general, the information reported must comply
with Tables 1 to 3 of STANAG 4170.
5.1.2 The technical report issued must identify the developer and manufacturer of the explosive, the
organization that conducted the tests and the qualifying National Authority. It will also include the
following:
5.1.3 Background information on the development of the explosive and the advantages expected from
its use.
5.1.4 The data required in Chapter 7 of this document. In addition, sensitivity and stability data acquired
during the development program, including any other pertinent information acquired in the
development and pre-production phases.
5.1.5 The description of the properties of the explosive that are relevant to its nature and intended use.
5.1.6 Information on tests performed to provide data relating to any unique characteristic.
5.1.7 An Assessment of the properties by comparing test data with that of comparison explosives of
known and proven satisfactory use in similar applications.
5.1.8 An evaluation of the physical, chemical, and aging properties of the explosive.
5.2 The formal Qualification Certificate issued by the National Authority (Annex B of STANAG 4170
Edition 2) and the reports issued to support Qualification will be released to requesting nations in
accordance with paragraph 3 of STANAG 4170.
5.3 For ease of reference and simplicity, a data sheet consistent with the format used in AOP-26 shall
be prepared by the National Authority or by a National Authority approved organization for each
explosive Qualified by a NATO country. These data sheets shall be forwarded to the custodian
nation for inclusion in AOP-26, “NATO Catalogue of Explosives”.
(TOC)
5-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
5-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 6
6.0 REVIEWS AND REVISIONS OF THIS MANUAL
6.1 This manual and the tests included herein will be reviewed upon the request of a participating
nation. If any changes are proposed the national delegate of the submitting country shall request
that the Chairman of AC/310 Subgroup 1 include this as an agenda item for the next meeting of
the Subgroup.
6.2 Requests to revise AOP-7 must be accompanied by supporting documentation and should be
presented to the Chairman of AC/310 Subgroup 1 for inclusion on the agenda of the next meeting
of the Subgroup. Subgroup 1 will rewrite and approve the revisions of Chapters 1 through 9 and
the leading section of Chapter 10 of this manual. Such revisions will be provided to the
Custodian Nation and to the International Staff secretary for publication. The United States is the
Custodian Nation for this document.
6.3 National Authorities shall perform regular reviews of their respective sections of Chapter 10 of this
document to verify that the information is still applicable. Subgroup 1 will review proposed
revisions of Chapter 10 of this manual and provide comments as appropriate. The Subgroup has
no authority to change the content of the National sections of Chapter 10 of this manual. This
authority resides solely within the purview of the National Authority of the submitting country.
(TOC)
6-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
6-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 7
7.0 ASSESSMENT PRINCIPLES AND COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE QUALIFICATION OF

EXPLOSIVES
7.1 This chapter sets forth the minimum data requirements and assessment principles agreed upon
and used by the NATO and participating PfP countries for qualifying explosive materials in
accordance with STANAG 4170. National Authorities may require additional data in order to
qualify explosives for potential applications by their forces.
7.1.1 Unique requirements such as mandatory data, tests, criteria, etc., which may be imposed by a
country are included in the respective national sections of Chapter 10 of this manual. For
example, some nations have pass and fail criteria for booster explosives.
7.1.2 For each requirement, the information provided must be accompanied with data on comparison
explosives as defined in section 4.1.2. The selection of comparison explosives should be such
that each explosive selected is familiar to the nations participating in the collaborative weapons
development or procurement program.
7.1.3 In general, Qualification decisions made by the National Authority must be based on an
assessment of the relative safety of the new explosive compared to that of an explosive material
with proven safety characteristics that has been used in a similar role.
7.1.4 It is very important to determine whether the safety and performance characteristics of an
explosive will change during its life cycle. Accelerated aging studies shall be considered during
the explosives Qualification process. Basic information on aging is obtained during the
Qualification phase; however, the results of a more complete study of the aging characteristics of
the explosive material should be available before the Final (or Type) Qualification process is
completed. Example aging protocols are presented in Chapter 8 of this document.
7.1.5 Toxicity data on the explosive material, its components, and its reaction products shall, in-so-far-
as possible, be determined and included in the Qualification report.
7.1.6 Information on the ability of the explosive material to be reused, recycled or destroyed with
minimum effect on health and environment is required.
7.1.7 The condition of having been assessed as satisfactory on the basis of the information and tests
described herein is necessary but not sufficient for an explosive material to be Final (Type)
Qualified for a specific application in an operational or training device. Final (Type) Qualification
is subject to the demonstration of safety and suitability of the explosive in that specific application
with testing performed in accordance with STANAG 4297 and AOP-15. A general discussion on
Final (or Type) Qualification is provided in Chapter 9 of this document.
7.1.8 For ready reference, the STANAGs on agreed tests that are used by participating nations to
obtain data to support the Qualification of explosive materials in accordance with STANAG 4170
are listed in Chapter 10 of this document.
(TOC)
7-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
7-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.2.0 PRIMARY EXPLOSIVES
7.2.1 Primary explosives are sensitive materials used to initiate a detonation or a burning reaction. By
nature, these materials are sensitive to thermal, mechanical and electrical stimuli. In general,
they are not used beyond the safety and arming device. The information required for Qualification
is used to make an assessment of the safety of the explosive in comparison with in-service
explosives for which adequate safety has been demonstrated. Materials used in initial and
intermediary charges for primers, igniters, detonators, caps, relays, electric matches, fuze heads,
delays, explosive bolts, explosive switches, explosive valves, explosive cutters, and explosive
pistons are included when these do not qualify for evaluation and assessment under other
sections of this chapter.
7.2.2 The following data and information are necessary for the Qualification of primary explosives.
However, because of the sensitive nature of these explosives the tests identified below may not
always be appropriate. Thus on a case-by-case basis, the National Authority may substitute
other tests when the test apparatus or the test procedures required by the STANAGS listed in this
section are not appropriate.
7.2.2.1 General Characteristics.
a. Composition. A specification for the explosive material with its ingredients and, if
applicable, their permissible ranges specified shall be provided. The samples used for
the Qualification tests must comply with the specification and must be made by the
approved method of manufacture.
b. Intended Application. Information on the intended application (i.e., detonator, igniter,

etc.) shall be provided.
c. Loading. Information on the final state of the material in its intended application (i.e.,
pressed, cast, etc.) and, as appropriate, its nominal loading density in the anticipated
applications shall be provided.
d. Related Service Applications and Compositions. Information on existing service

applications of the explosive or closely related explosives shall be provided if available.
e. Hazard Classification. Information on transportation and storage hazard classification per

STANAG 4123, UN, or national regulations shall be provided.
7.2.2.2 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties.
a. Stability. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 to support a determination of

how the explosive reacts to elevated temperatures over a period of time shall be
provided.
b. Compatibility. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4147 to determine the

compatibility of the explosive with materials used in its manufacture and in its intended
application shall be provided.
c. Aging. Data acquired following accelerated aging to determine whether the material
characteristics will change with time shall be provided. Any change that could affect
safety and reliable performance is of particular concern. Example aging protocols are
presented in Chapter 8 of this document.
7-3
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.2.2.3 Hazard Assessment.
a. Sensitivity/Sensitiveness. Data shall be provided on the sensitivity/sensitiveness of the

explosive to credible stimuli including:
b. Ignition Temperature. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4491 or 4515 as

appropriate shall be provided.
c. Electrostatic Discharge. Data acquired in accordance with Annex A of STANAG 4490

shall be provided. Ease of ignition is presented in terms of the minimum energy required
for initiation.
d. Impact. Drop-weight impact data acquired in accordance with appropriate national test
procedures which may include those of STANAG 4489 shall be provided. National
Authorities may require information on the degree of sensitization by grit on a case-by-
case basis.
e. Friction. Data acquired in accordance with appropriate national test procedures which
may include those of STANAG 4487 shall be provided.
(TOC)
7-4
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.3.0 BOOSTER EXPLOSIVES
7.3.1 Booster explosives are used to transmit and augment the reaction initiated by the primary
explosive with sufficient energy to initiate a detonation reaction in the high-explosive charge. A
detonation reaction of the booster explosive would normally be communicated to the high-
explosive charge when the fuze is in both the armed or unarmed condition. Booster explosives
need to be relatively sensitive materials, but to be Qualified, they must have been shown to be
sufficiently safe to be used beyond the safety and arming device or in-line fuze systems.
7.3.2 Explosives used in leads, relays, detonating cords, boosters, or in any other element used in
direct line (uninterrupted) with the high-explosive charge of an end item application are included
under the booster explosive requirements. The Qualification documents issued by the National
Authority should specify any restrictions in the role for which the booster explosive is qualified.
7.3.3 Historically, tetryl was deemed to be an acceptable comparison explosive and often used to
assess the sensitivity of new booster materials. It was used successfully in fuzes for many years
but many countries no longer produce it. Also, tetryl is not acceptable for operational use in
munitions designed to meet the Insensitive Munitions (MURAT) requirements per STANAG 4439
and AOP-39. Thermal heating of tetryl loaded items such as occurs in fast and slow cook-off tests
often leads to a detonation reaction that can transmit to the high-explosive charge in a weapon.
7.3.4 The data and other information obtained during the Qualification process are used by the National
Authority to assess the safety and suitability for service of the explosive material used in a
particular role. The following table provides the minimum criteria that should be considered by
National Authorities to judge the suitability for service of a booster explosive. The thresholds
established are based on test results obtained with tetryl; however, the values shown therein are
not necessarily the values obtained with all tetryl batches. A material that does not meet the
requirements set forth in table 1 should not be considered for use as a booster explosive. The
pass-fail criteria may be waived by the National Authority depending on the use of an explosive in
a specific application such as, for example, detonating cords.
7.3.5 In addition to table 1 (shown below), the following data and information are necessary for the
Qualification of booster explosives:
7-5
AOP-7
Edition 2
TABLE 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR BOOSTER EXPLOSIVES
TEST STANAG/PARAMETER
TEST PERFORMED CRITERIA
MEASURED
3
4556 MANOMETER/ NO MORE THAN 1.0 cm /g
o
VACUUM THERMAL STABILITY TRANSDUCER AT 100 C FOR 40 HOURS
DECOMPOSITION EXOTHERM
4515 DTA/DSC
PEAK > 180°C AT 5°C/min
THERMAL PROPERTIES
OR
4491
TEMPERATURE OF TEMPERATURE OF IGNITION
THERMAL PROPERTIES
IGNITION T of I > 180°C AT 5°C/min
NO EVIDENCE OF REACTION
BAM
AT 80 N FOR 10 OUT OF 10 TRIALS
4487
FRICTION
FIGURE OF FRICTION
ROTARY FRICTION
F of F > 3.0
NO EVIDENCE OF DETONATION AT
SMALL SCALE
1 GPa AT DENSITY OF APPLICATION FOR
GAP TEST
10 OUT OF 10 TRIALS
4488
SHOCK
NO EVIDENCE OF DETONATION AT 1.4
INTERMEDIATE SCALE
GPa AT DENSITY OF APPLICATION FOR
GAP TEST
10 OUT OF 10 TRIALS
4490 SMALL-SCALE
SEE NATIONAL SECTIONS IN
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SPARK TEST
CHAPTER 10
NO DETONATION AT 12 cm FOR 10 OUT

ERL-BRUCETON TEST
OF 10 TRIALS
4489 FIGURE OF INSENSITIVENESS

ROTTER IMPACT TEST
IMPACT F of I > 60
NO REACTION AT
BAM IMPACT
3 JOULE LEVEL FOR 10 OUT
TEST
OF 10 TRIALS
7-6
AOP-7
Edition 2
b. Intended Application. Information shall be provided on the intended application (i.e.

booster, detonating cord, lead, etc.).
c. Loading. Information on the final state (i.e., pressed, cast, etc.) and the density of the
material in its intended application shall be provided.

applications of closely related explosives shall be provided, if available.

a. Stability & Thermal Characterization. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515
and 4556, as appropriate, to support a determination of how the explosive reacts to
elevated temperatures over a period of time shall be provided.
b. Aging. Data acquired following accelerated aging to determine whether the material
c. Compatibility. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4147 to determine the

compatibility of the explosive with materials used in its manufacture or in its intended
d. Density. Data on theoretical maximum density and acceptable loading density reported
in accordance with National procedures shall be provided.
e. Melting Point. When applicable. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 or
other methods found acceptable for use in explosive materials STANAGs, i.e., STANAG
4284 (HMX) shall be provided.
f. Glass Transition Point. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4540 shall be
provided for explosives made with polymeric binders.
g. Mechanical/Rheological Properties: Data per STANAG 4443, 4506, 4507, and 4525 may
be required for boosters made with polymeric binders.

(1) Ignition Temperature. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4491 or 4515,
as appropriate.
(2) Explosive Response when Ignited (Confined and Unconfined). Data acquired in
accordance with STANAG 4491.
7-7
AOP-7
Edition 2
(3) Electrostatic Discharge. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4490.
(4) Impact. Drop-weight impact data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4489.
(5) Friction. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4487.
(6) Shock. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4488.
7.3.5.4 Performance Assessment.
a. Detonation Velocity. Detonation velocity measured by high-speed photography, ionization

probes, or any other method accepted by the National Authority shall be provided.
b. Critical diameter. Minimum size required to sustain a steady state detonation shall be
provided. This may be estimated or measured by any method accepted by the National
Authority.
(TOC)
7-8
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.4.0 HIGH EXPLOSIVES
7.4.1 High explosives are compounds or formulations that are used as the final charge and detonated
to obtain the desired effect for the end-item application. The information acquired for
Qualification is used to assess the safety of the new explosive in comparison with in-service high
explosives for which adequate safety has been demonstrated. Materials demonstrated to be in
the same range of sensitivity in the hazard tests as in-service booster explosives, such as CH-6,
should be classed as booster rather than high explosives. National Authorities may allow a
booster explosive to be used as a main charge high explosive in certain instances. However
before a booster explosive is considered for a main charge application a safety assessment must
be performed and the potential application approved by the National Authority. The following data
and information are necessary for the Qualification of high explosives:
7.4.1.1 General Characteristics
applicable, their permissible ranges specified shall be provided. The samples used for the
Qualification tests must comply with the specification and must be made by the approved
method of manufacture.
b. Intended Application. Information shall be provided on the intended application (i.e.

warhead, demolition charge, etc.).
c. Loading. Information on the final state (i.e., pressed, cast, etc.) and the density of the
material in its intended application shall be provided.

applications of the explosive or closely related explosives shall be provided, if available.

STANAG 4123, United Nations, or national regulations shall be provided.
and 4556, as appropriate, to support a determination of how the explosive reacts to
elevated temperatures over a period of time shall be provided.

compatibility of the explosive with materials used in its manufacture or in its intended
d. Density. Data shall be provided on the theoretical maximum density and the acceptable
loading density. The data shall be acquired in accordance with National procedures.
e. Melting Point. When applicable. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 or
other methods found acceptable for use in explosive materials STANAGs, i.e., STANAG
4284 (HMX) shall be provided.
f. Glass Transition Point. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4540 shall be
provided for explosives that are made with polymeric binders.
7-9
AOP-7
Edition 2
g. Mechanical/Rheological Properties: Data per STANAG 4443, 4506, 4507, and 4525 may
be required for high explosives made with polymeric binders.

as appropriate.
(2) Explosive Response When Ignited (Confined and Unconfined). Data acquired in
(6) Shock. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4488.
a. Detonation Velocity. Detonation velocity measured by high-speed photography, ionization

probes, or any other method accepted by the National Authority shall be provided.
b. Critical Diameter. Minimum size required to sustain a steady state detonation shall be
provided. This may be estimated or measured by any method accepted by the National
Authority.
(TOC)
7-10
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.5.0 SOLID GUN AND ROCKET PROPELLANTS
7.5.1 Solid gun and rocket propellants are substances or mixtures of substances that are required to
burn in a controlled manner in devices such as guns, rocket motors, or gas generators.
Propellants comprise a wide range of formulations each of which is tailored to a specific
application. It is thus difficult to define a concise list of data requirements for Qualification
common to all propellants. It is possible, however, to establish basic requirements and indicate,
where appropriate, the types of propellants that apply. Because final adjustments to the
formulations must be made throughout the propulsion or gas generator unit development period,
the Qualification of solid propellants may be concurrent with Final (or Type) Qualification of the
propellant for use in a specific application. The following data and information are necessary for
the Qualification of solid propellants:
b. Intended Application. Information on the intended application (i.e. gun, rocket motor, gas
generator, etc.) shall be provided.
c. Loading. Information on final state of the material (i.e. cast, pressed, extruded, etc.) and
the density of the material in its intended application shall be provided.

applications of the propellant or closely related propellants shall be provided, if available.

and 4556 to support a determination of how the propellant reacts to elevated
temperatures over a period of time shall be provided. Also, data on stabilizer depletion
shall be provided. Depending on the formulation, stabilizer depletion shall be measured in
accordance with either STANAG 4117, 4527, 4541, or 4542. (see NOTE at chapter 8,
section 8.4)

compatibility of the propellant with materials used in its manufacture or in its intended
d. Density. Data on theoretical maximum density and acceptable loading density acquired in
accordance with National procedures shall be provided.
e. Glass Transition Point. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4540 shall be
provided for solid propellants that use a polymeric binder.
7-11
AOP-7
Edition 2
f. Tensile Strength. Data on uni-axial tensile properties acquired in accordance with
STANAG 4506 and data on stress relaxation in tension in accordance with STANAG
4507 shall be provided for solid rocket propellants.
g. Compressive Strength. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4443 shall be

provided for gun and rocket propellants.
h. Thermomechanical Analysis. Data in accordance with STANAG 4525 shall be provided

for rocket and gun propellants.

propellant to credible stimuli including:
as appropriate.
(6) Shock. Shock sensitivity data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4488 shall
be provided. For gun propellants, tests are performed with propellant grains
loaded into the gap-test tube.
a. Critical Diameter. Minimum size required to sustain a steady state detonation shall be
provided. This may be estimated using data on similar compositions or measured by any
method accepted by the National Authority. This is not required for compositions that do
not detonate in the shock sensitivity test performed in accordance with STANAG 4488.
(TOC)
7-12
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.6.0 LIQUID PROPELLANTS
7.6.1 Liquid propellants are substances or mixtures of substances that are required to react in a
combustion chamber in a controllable and predictable manner. Liquid propellants are as varied
as the uses in which one finds them. These may be mono-propellants, bi-propellants, or hybrids
comprised of liquids and solids. Mono-propellants are generally single substances or mixtures of
pre-mixed substances that burn when ignited. Bi-propellants are generally comprised of
separately stored fuels and oxidizer materials that are mixed and ignited in a combustion
chamber. The fuel and oxidizer components may be hypergolic and ignite spontaneously on
contact or may require an ignition source to initiate the reaction. The hybrids are generally
comprised of solid fuels, which are reacted with liquid oxidizers. The following data and
information are required for the Qualification of liquid propellants:
b. Propellant Type and Intended Application. Information on the type of propellant and its
intended application, e.g. gun propellant, rocket propellant, naval torpedo propellant etc.
shall be provided.
c. Loading. Information shall be provided on the proposed mixing and handling procedures
and on any unusually hazardous conditions in these operations.
d. Related Service Applications and Compositions. Information shall be provided on existing

service applications of the propellant or closely related propellants, if available.
e. Hazard Classification. Information on transportation and storage hazard classification in

accordance with STANAG 4123, UN or national regulations shall be provided.
a. Stability & Thermal Characterization. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 to
determine if its properties change with time shall be provided. Also, where appropriate
data on stabilizer depletion shall be provided. Analytical techniques used to determine
stabilizer depletion must be approved by the National Authority.
b. Aging. Data acquired following accelerated aging shall be provided to determine whether
the material characteristics will change with time shall be provided. Any change that
could affect safety and reliable performance is of particular concern.

compatibility of the propellant with materials used in its manufacture and intended
d. Toxicity. Information shall be provided on the toxicity hazards of the explosive and on its
component materials in accordance with national procedures.
e. Boiling Point. Information in accordance with national procedures shall be provided.
f. Flash Point. Information in accordance with UN or national procedures shall be provided.
g. Vapor Pressure. Information in accordance with national procedures shall be provided.

7-13
AOP-7
Edition 2
h. Specific Gravity. Data on specific gravity reported in accordance with national
procedures shall be provided.
i. Freezing/Melting Point. Information in accordance with UN or national procedure shall be

provided.

propellant and, as applicable, its component parts to credible stimuli including:
(1) Ignition Temperature. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4491 or 4515
as appropriate.
(2) Explosive Response when Ignited (Confined and Unconfined). Data acquired in
(3) Impact. Drop-weight impact sensitivity data acquired in accordance with

STANAG 4489 or accepted national procedures.
(4) Shock. Shock sensitivity data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4488.
(5) Critical Film Thickness. For materials that detonate in the shock sensitivity test,
data on the critical diameter or critical liquid film thickness for detonation
propagation is required. Test procedures must be documented and approved by
the National Authority.
(TOC)
7-14
AOP-7
Edition 2
7.7.0 PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITIONS
7.7.1 Pyrotechnic compositions undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended to
produce, on demand, time delays or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, light, or IR radiation. In
general, pyrotechnic compositions can be readily ignited, burn rapidly, and are very hot when
they burn. Because final adjustments to the formulations must be made throughout the end-item
development phase, Qualification of pyrotechnic materials may be concurrent with Final (or Type)
Qualification. The following data and information are required for their Qualification:
a. Composition. A specification with the ingredients and, if applicable, their permissible

ranges specified shall be provided. The samples used for the Qualification tests must
comply with the specification and must be made by the approved method of manufacture.
b. Intended Application. Information shall be provided on the intended application (i.e. flare,
smoke, etc.).
c. Loading. Information shall be provided on the final state of the material (i.e. granular,
cast, pressed, extruded, etc.), and the density of the material in its intended application.
d. Related Service Applications and Compositions. Information shall be provided on existing

service applications of the pyrotechnic composition or related compositions, if available.
e. Hazard Classification. Information shall be provided on transportation and storage

hazard classification per STANAG 4123, UN, or national regulations.
a. Stability & Thermal Characterization. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 to
support a determination of how the pyrotechnic material reacts to elevated temperatures
over an extended period of time shall be provided.
safety and reliable performance is of particular concern. Chapter 8 of this document
provides examples of aging protocols.

compatibility of the pyrotechnic composition with materials used in its manufacture or in
its intended application shall be provided.
d. Density. Data shall be provided on theoretical maximum density and acceptable loading
density reported in accordance with national procedures.
e. Glass Transition Point. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4540 shall be
provided for pyrotechnics that use a polymeric material as the binder shall be provided.
f. Mechanical/Rheological Properties: Data per STANAG 4506, 4507, and 4443 may be
required for pyrotechnics made with polymeric binders.
7-15
AOP-7
Edition 2

(1) Ignition Temperature. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4491 or 4515
as appropriate.
(3) Electrostatic Discharge. Data acquired in accordance with Annex A of STANAG

4490.
(6) Shock. Shock sensitivity data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4488, if
appropriate.
(TOC)
7-16
AOP-7
Edition 2
CHAPTER 8
8.0 AGING PROTOCOLS
8.1 Accelerated aging studies on new explosives are recommended and should begin early during
the qualification-testing phase. Aging studies should be started shortly after the physical and
chemical characteristics of the new explosive have been defined. It may often be desirable to
request Qualification by the National Authority before the accelerated aging studies are
completed. But in any case, these studies should be in progress and continue until there is
reasonable assurance that no unanticipated aging problems exist. The objective of beginning an
aging protocol before Qualification is to determine, early, if characteristics of the explosive
material are apt to change with time and if any of the changes are likely to affect the safety and
suitability for service of the material in an end-item application.
8.2 The decision to grant or deny Qualification before the accelerated aging studies are completed is
left to the National Authority. In so far as possible, the data acquired along with safe-life and
service-life predictions based on changes in the explosive properties, if any, should be submitted
to the National Authority with the Qualification request package. Based on the data available at
the time and, if it is deemed appropriate, the Qualification request submission should contain a
recommendation concerning the need to conduct additional aging studies before or after Final
(type) Qualification of the explosive material for the end-item application.
8.3 Tables 2 through 7, provided on the following pages, are examples of aging protocols used by
some of the participating countries. These can serve as examples that can be used by other
countries to develop their own aging protocols.
8.4 NOTE: STANAGs 4117, 4527, 4541, and 4542 referred to in the tables below will be replaced by
AOP-48 – “Explosives, Nitrocellulose Based Propellants, Stability Test Procedures and
Requirements Using Stabilizer Depletion” and its covering document, STANAG 4620.
(TOC)
8-1
AOP-7
Edition 2
8-2
AOP-7
Edition 2
TABLE 2
AGING PROTOCOLS – PRIMARY EXPLOSIVES
UNITED
PROCEDURE FRANCE GERMANY NETHERLANDS SWITZERLAND USA (NAVY)
KINGDOM
71°C for 4
70 ºC for 6, 12
weeks National
months in
Aging in sealed Authority to
1 60 ºC for 6, 12 sealed
conditions: containers decide if
2 No criteria given months in sealed containers
a. Without 60 ºC for 2 months [80qC/4 weeks ] aging is
containers and 25ºC at
nitrate esters 23 °C for 4 appropriate
30%RH until
present weeks at 30, 50, on a case by
Final (Type)
65, & 83% RH case basis
Qualification.
b. With nitrate
As above As above As above As above As above As above
esters
Impact
AOP-7 Yes Yes
sensitivity
Friction
AOP-7 Yes Yes Yes
sensitivity
Priming ability Yes Yes
ESD sensitivity Yes
Chemical
Yes
analysis
Hot wire
Yes
ignitability
Temperature of
Yes
ignition
Thermal stability
DSC/DTA/TG STANAG 4515 DSC Yes
Closed vessel 3
Yes
test
Heat of 3
Yes
explosion
Notes:
Note 1. HFC glass ampoules
Note 2. If extreme thermal stress within service lifetime can be predicted
Note 3. Only for non-detonating mixtures
8-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
8-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
TABLE 3
AGING PROTOCOLS - BOOSTER EXPLOSIVES
UNITED
KINGDOM
90qC for 1 month;
sealed containers1
60qC for 1,2 & 4 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
(65qC for 2 months2)
months months
Temperature cycle 60qC for 3 & 6
Aging conditions: No criteria given 70qC for 1,2 & 4 70qC for 1,2,4,6
program: months at ambient
60qC for 6 months months months
-40qC [3hr] to +63qC and 40% relative
a. Without nitrate esters present sealed containers3 sealed containers
[3hr]. (Max. 100 humidity4
(polyester binders (polyester binders
cycles) Temperature
also at 30%RH) also at 30%RH)
change within 1 hr
sealed containers1
50qC for 1,3, 6, 9 &
12 months
60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
50qC for 1,3,6,9 &
60qC for 1,2, & 3 months
Aging conditions: 12 months;
months at ambient 25qC at 30%RH
60qC for 6 months As above 60qC for 1,2,4,6 & 8
and 40% relative until final (type)
b. With nitrate esters months5
humidity4 qualification
sealed containers
(polyester binders
also at 30%RH)
Impact sensitivity STANAG 4489C Yes STANAG 4489B8 Yes
Friction sensitivity STANAG 4487A Yes STANAG 4487B8 Yes
Uniaxial tensile test STANAG 4506 20qC Yes Yes Yes (3 temp’s)
Uniaxial compression test STANAG 4443 20qC Yes Yes Yes
DMA glass transition temp. Yes (if relevant) STANAG 4540
Shock sensitivity STANAG 4488B Yes11
Friability AOP-7
Temperature of ignition Yes STANAG 44918 Yes
Thermal stability STANAG 44918 Yes
Vacuum thermal stability STANAG 4556
DTA/DTG or DSC Yes Yes Yes10
X-ray Yes12
Cube crack test Yes (cylinder)6 Yes 30 d/ 80qC9 Yes13
Heat flow calorimetry Yes7
Projectile impact Yes
Safe life or service prediction Yes (if applicable) Yes
Sol/gel level Yes (if applicable)
Weight and volume change Yes
Stabilizer/antioxidant content Yes (if applicable) Yes (if applicable) Yes (if applicable)
See Notes on following page.
8-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTES ON TABLE 3, AGING PROTOCOLS FOR BOOSTER EXPLOSIVES
Note 1. Welded aluminum bags

Note 2. Explosives containing wax or low melting explosives like TNT
Note 3. Glass, welded aluminum bags or silicone cured thick aluminum foil
Note 4. National Authority to decide if storage at 40% relative humidity is necessary
Note 5. These conditions also apply if acetates are in the HE composition
Note 6. Cylinder geometry 30/60 days at 60qC (where applicable)
Note 7. HFC test at 70qC for 30 days and 60qC for 90 days
Note 8. Test conducted after maximum storage interval only
Note 9. Not after accelerated aging
Note 10. DTA 2 grams, 1qC/minute. Performed on baseline and after completion of accelerated aging
Note 11. Without nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers 60qC/8 months; 70qC/6 months.
With nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers 50qC/12 months; 60qC/8 months.
Note 12. X-ray for compositions with nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers
Note 13. 30/60 days at 60qC; 6” cubes, where applicable on compositions with nitrate esters or other
energetic plasticizers
8-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
TABLE 4
AGING PROTOCOLS - HIGH EXPLOSIVES
PROCEDURE FRANCE GERMANY NETHERLANDS SWITZERLAND UNITED KINGDOM USA (NAVY)
90qC for 1 mon
th; sealed containers1
Time and 60qC for 1,2 & 4
(65qC for 2 months2)
temperature months 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8 months
Temperature cycle
dependant on 70qC for 1,2 & 4 60qC for 3 & 6 months at 70qC for 1,2,4,6 months
Aging conditions: 60qC for 6 program:
specific composition months ambient and 40% relative sealed containers
a. Without nitrate esters present months -40qC [3hr] to +63qC [3hr]
sealed containers3 humidity4 (polyester binders also at
(Max. 100 cycles).
(polyester binders also 30%RH)
Temperature change
at 30%RH)
within 1 hr
sealed containers1
50qC for 1,3, 6, 9 & 12
months
50qC for 1,3,6,9 & 12 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8 months
months; 60qC for 1,2, & 3 months 25qC at 30%RH
60qC for 6
b. With nitrate esters As above As above 60qC for 1,2,4,6 & 8 at ambient and 40% until final (type)
months
months5 relative humidity4 qualification
sealed containers
(polyester binders also at
30%RH)
Impact sensitivity STANAG 4489C Yes Yes STANAG 4489B8 Yes
Friction sensitivity STANAG 4487A Yes Yes STANAG 4487B8 Yes
STANAG 4506
Uniaxial tensile Yes Yes Yes Yes (3 temp’s)
20qC
STANAG 4443
Uniaxial compression Yes Yes Yes Yes
20qC
Stress relaxation Yes
DMA glass transition temp. Yes (if relevant) STANAG 4540
Shock sensitivity STANAG 4488B Yes11
Friability AOP-7
Hardness Shore A Yes
Temperature of ignition Yes STANAG 44918 Yes
Thermal stability Yes STANAG 44918 Yes
Vacuum thermal stability STANAG 4556
DTA/DTG or DSC Yes Yes Yes10
X-ray Yes12
Cube crack Yes (cylinder)6 Yes 30 d/ 80qC9 Yes13
Heat flow calorimetry Yes7
Projectile impact Yes
Exudation Yes
Safe life or service prediction Yes (if applicable) Yes
Sol/gel level Yes (if applicable)
Weight and volume change Yes
Stabilizer/antioxidant content Yes (if applicable) Yes (if applicable) Yes (if applicable) Yes (if applicable)
8-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTES ON TABLE 4, AGING PROTOCOLS FOR HIGH EXPLOSIVES

Note 2. Explosives containing wax or low melting explosives like TNT
Note 5. These conditions also apply if acetates are in the HE composition
Note 6. Cylinder geometry 30/60 days at 60qC (where applicable)
Note 7. HFC test at 70qC for 30 days and 60qC for 90 days
Note 8. Test conducted after maximum storage interval only
Note 9. Not after accelerated aging
Note 10. DTA 2 grams 1qC/minute. Performed on baseline and after completion of accelerated aging
Note 11. Without nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers 60qC/8 months; 70qC/6 months
With nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers 50qC/12 months; 60qC/8 months
Note 12. X-ray for compositions with nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers
Note 13. 30/60 days at 60qC; 6” cubes, where applicable on compositions with nitrate esters or other
energetic plasticizers
8-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
TABLE 5
AGING PROTOCOLS – SOLID GUN PROPELLANTS
UNITED
KINGDOM
60qC for 1, 2, 4 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
months 70qC for 1,2,4 months
Time and temperature
Aging conditions:
50qC for 3,6,12,24
dependant on specific months in 60qC for 1,2,4,8 70qC for 1,2,4,6
60qC for 3 months
weeks and 12, 24 sealed containers months at ambient months
a. Without nitrate esters present in sealed containers2 composition
months ( if polyester binder and 40%RH6 sealed containers
present also at ( if polyester binder
30%RH) present use 30%RH)
50qC for 1,3,6,9, 12
50qC for 3, 6, 9 months
months 60qC for 1,2,3,6 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
b. With nitrate esters
As above As above As above 60qC for 1,2, 3, 6 months at ambient months
months and 40%RH6 sealed containers
70qC for 2,4,8 weeks5 25qC at 30%RH until
final (type) qualification
Impact sensitivity Yes Yes7 Yes
Friction sensitivity Yes Yes7 Yes
Shock sensitivity Yes8
Ignition temperature Yes (DTA) Yes Yes7 Yes
DSC/DTA Yes Yes9
HFC STANAG 4582 Yes3 STANAG 4582
Stabilizer/Antioxidant content Yes Yes Yes (if applicable) Yes Yes Yes (if applicable)
Safe life prediction Yes Yes Yes (chem & ser.)
Compressive strength Yes1 Yes Yes Yes
DMA STANAG 4540
Closed vessel Yes Yes4
Thermal stability STANAG 44917 Yes
Vacuum stability STANAG 4556
X-ray Yes10
Sol-gel determination Yes (if applicable)
GPC Yes
8-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTES ON TABLE 5, AGING PROTOCOLS FOR SOLID GUN PROPELLANTS
Note 1. After 6 and 24 months aging

Note 3. One week at 85qC, 3 weeks at 75qC and 9 weeks at 65qC as a minimum
Note 4. Closed vessel test after applying quasi-static compression
Note 5. These conditions also apply where acetates are present in the composition
Note 7. Test to be conducted only after maximum storage interval
Note 8. Without nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers; 60qC/8 months, 70qC/6 months
With nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers; 50q/12 months, 60qC/8 months
Note 9. DTA 2g at 1qC/minute. Performed on baseline and after accelerated aging
Note 10. Compositions with nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers
8-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
TABLE 6
AGING PROTOCOLS – SOLID ROCKET PROPELLANTS
UNITED
KINGDOM
50qC for 4,8,16, 32 63qC for 1, 2, 4, 8
60qC for 3 months in 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
weeks months 74qC for
sealed containers1 months
Aging conditions: Temp program 60qC for 2,4,8,16 1,2,4, 6 months in 60qC for 1,2,4,8
70qC for 1,2,4,6 months
60qC for 6 months weeks sealed containers3 months at ambient
-46qC [2hr] to 23qC [2hr] sealed containers
a. Composite propellants sealed bags, low RH. ( if polyester binder and 40%RH7
to 63qC [2hr] up to 100 ( if polyester binder
[40qC and 70qC may present also at
cycles; 'T 5 secs present use 30%RH)
also be used] 30%RH)
50qC for 1,3,6,9, 12
50qC for 1,3, 6, 9 months
(12) months 60qC for 1,2,3,6 60qC for 1,2,4,6,8
b. Nitrate ester propellants
50qC for 6 months As above As above 60qC for 1,2, 4, 6 months at ambient months
8 months and 40%RH7 sealed containers
25qC at 30%RH until
final (type) qualification
Impact sensitivity STANAG 4489C Yes Yes8 Yes
Friction sensitivity STANAG 4487A Yes Yes8 Yes
Shock sensitivity Yes
Ignition temperature Yes Yes8 Yes10
DSC/DTA Yes Yes11
HFC
Stabilizer/Antioxidant content Nitrate ester only Yes Yes (if applicable) Yes Yes
Chemical analysis Nitrate ester only Yes (plasticizer) Notes 4 & 5
Safe life prediction Yes (safe & serv)2 Yes (safe & serv) Yes (safe & serv)
Uniaxial tensile test STANAG 4506 20qC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (3 temp’s)
Compressive strength
Stress relaxation test Yes Yes
Shore A hardness Yes
DMA Yes
Closed vessel test
Linear burning rate Yes
Thermal stability Yes Yes Yes8 Yes
Vacuum stability STANAG 4556
Microscopy Control of aspect
Cube crack test Yes6(if applicable) Yes9(if applicable) Yes12(if applicable)
X-ray Yes13
Density Composite only
Sol-gel determination Yes Yes (if applicable)
8-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTES ON TABLE 6, AGING PROTOCOLS FOR SOLID ROCKET PROPELLANTS

Note 2. Service life prediction is done at system level
Note 4. Ammonium nitrate containing propellants, humidity test (?)
Note 5. Plasticizer migration
Note 6. Cube crack performed on cylinder of diameter as cube edge 30/60 days at 60qC
Note 7. National Authority to decide if storage at 40% humidity is necessary
Note 8. Test to be conducted only after maximum storage interval
Note 9. Thirty days at 80qC but not after accelerated aging
Note 10. Without nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers; 60qC/8 months, 70qC/6 months
With nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers; 50q/12 months, 60qC/8 months
Note 11. DTA 2g at 1qC/minute. Performed on baseline and after accelerated aging
Note 12. Compositions with nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers, 6” cubes 30/60 days at 60qC
Note 13. Compositions with nitrate esters or other energetic plasticizers
8-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
TABLE 7
AGING PROTOCOLS - PYROTECHNICS
UNITED
KINGDOM
23qC for 4 weeks
at 30, 50, 65, & Time, temperature 70qC for 3, 6, 12 70qC for 6, 12
83% RH and humidity vary months sealed National Authority months in sealed
Aging conditions: Temp program depending on containers under to decide if aging is containers
60qC for 2 months
-35qC [3hr] to specific controlled appropriate on a and 25qC at
63qC [3hr] 4 composition humidity case by case basis 30%RH until final
weeks sealed (Type) qual.
1
containers
Impact sensitivity STANAG 4489C
Friction sensitivity STANAG 4487A
Chemical life prediction Yes
Ignitability Yes (by black p’r) Yes
Temperature of ignition Yes Yes
Thermal stability Yes
STANAG 4515
DSC/DTA/TG Yes Yes (DSC/TG) Yes (DSC/TG) Yes
DSC
2
HFC Yes (3-4 temps) Yes
Notes:
Note 2. 60% relative humidity; 70qC/30 days, 60qC/90 days
(TOC)
8-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
8-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CHAPTER 9
9.0 FINAL (or TYPE) QUALIFICATION
9.1 This chapter provides information about Final (or Type) Qualification of an explosive material. A
national or a military service authority generally reviews the safety and suitability data and grants
this approval level. This is generally the final approval level and it allows an explosive to be used
operationally by the military forces. Some call this step “Final Qualification” while others call it
“Type Qualification”. Whatever name is given to this level of approval however, this final review
and assessment should be executed, in some way, by all countries before an item loaded with
this explosive is released for operational or training use. Final (or Type) Qualification was the
name agreed by the NATO AC/310 for this approval level for military explosive materials.
9.2 The Final (or Type) Qualification process provides the explosive materials scientists and safety
experts an opportunity to perform a final review of the safety and the suitability for service data
acquired on the material. This generally includes a review of the stability, compatibility, aging,
mechanical and physical properties, and sensitivity data acquired during both the explosive
Qualification program and the end-item application research, development, and sensitivity test
programs. After reviewing this information, the safety authorities are in a better position to provide
the national approval authority a complete evaluation and a recommendation on the safety and
suitability for service of the explosive in the intended application.
9.3 The Final (or Type) Qualification process requires that tests and assessments be performed in
accordance with STANAG 4297 and AOP-15. In some cases, Qualification (as required by
STANAG 4170) and Final Qualification evaluations are performed at the same time. This is
especially true for solid propellants and pyrotechnics because formulations are often modified
until the desired end-item performance is achieved.
9.4 Data submitted to the National Authority for Final (or Type) Qualification of an explosive should
be sufficient to show that the explosive is safe and suitable for operational or training use in the
intended application. Tests to acquire the data may be performed on the complete ordnance
package or on subsystems, e.g., warhead, rocket motor, etc., as long as extrapolation of
vulnerability characteristics to all-up ordnance item can be justified.
9.5 In some instances assessments may be used to satisfy some of the testing requirements. This is
particularly true where data from generic tests conducted on the explosive material in simulated
application-type containers are available. Justification for such assessments, with supporting
data, should be included in the Final (or Type) Qualification data package. Computer modeling
may be used in conjunction with generic tests results and data from the Qualification phase (see
chapter 7) as a tool to assess the behavior of explosive materials under a wide range of stimuli
and scenarios. Qualification data define many of the intrinsic properties of the energetic material
and allow for the generation of a range of modeling parameters that can be used in the
assessment.
9.6 For Final (or Type) Qualification, chemical compatibility with materials the explosive is likely to be
in contact with and accelerated aging data should be available. The chemical compatibility data
should include information obtained with the explosive in contact with all materials (both energetic
and inert) with which it will come in contact in production and in the specific end item in which it
will be used.
9.7 The following are some of the sensitivity test STANAGS that relate to Final (or type) Qualification
and are used in conjunction with STANAG 4297 and AOP-15:
a. Liquid Fuel Fire: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4240
b. Bullet Attack: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4241

9-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
c. Safety Drop: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4375
d. Slow Heating: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4382
e. Sympathetic Reaction: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4396
f. Fragment Impact: This test is performed in accordance with STANAG 4496
(TOC)
9-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CHAPTER 10
10.0 NATIONAL QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES AND TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
10.1 This chapter identifies the National Authorities and provides information on the procedures used
to Qualify explosive materials in each participating nation. In addition, it contains a list of NATO
STANAGs used to describe Qualification tests and brief descriptions of tests that are used by
member nations to satisfy the Qualification requirements but are not detailed by NATO
STANAGs.
10.2 Countries that have not provided information to include in this chapter are invited to send their
contribution to the Chairman of AC/310 Subgroup 1 (Explosive Materials) and to the Custodian
Nation. Even if a country does not have a formal qualification procedure per STANAG 4170 in
place, it is important to note that fact along with a description of the process used to accept an
explosive material for use by its military in this chapter. The Custodian Nation will add new inputs
to this chapter upon receipt.
10.3 All nations accept, as a minimum, the information and data requirements documented in Chapter
7 of this manual. Some nations have unique tests and passing criteria for certain types or classes
of explosives. Where these exist, they are documented in the national sections of this chapter.
10.4 QUALIFICATION TESTS STANAGS
a. STANAG 4117 - Explosives, Stability Test Procedures for Propellants Stabilized with
Diphenylamine, Ethyl Centralite, or Mixtures of Both. (See Note below)
b. STANAG 4147 – Explosives, Chemical Compatibility of Ammunition Components with

Explosives and Propellants (Non-Nuclear Applications).
c. STANAG 4443 - Explosives, Uniaxial Compressive Test.
d. STANAG 4487 - Explosives, Friction Sensitivity Test(s).
e. STANAG 4488 - Explosives, Shock Sensitivity Test(s).
f. STANAG 4489 - Explosives, Impact Sensitivity Test(s).
g. STANAG 4490 - Explosives, Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity Test(s).
h. STANAG 4491 - Explosives, Thermal Sensitivitness and Explosiveness Test(s).
i. STANAG 4506 – Explosive Materials, Physical/Mechanical Properties, Uniaxial Tensile

Test.
j. STANAG 4507 - Explosives, Physical/Mechanical Properties, Stress Relaxation Test.
k. STANAG 4515 - Explosives, Thermal Characterization by Differential Thermal Analysis,

Differential Scanning Calorimetry, and Thermogravimetric Analysis.
l. STANAG 4525 - Explosives, Physical/Mechanical Properties, Thermomechanical

Analysis for Determining the Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (TMA).
m. STANAG 4527 - Explosives, Chemical Stability, Nitrocellulose Based Propellants,

Procedure for the Assessment of Chemical Life and the Temperature Dependence of
Stabilizer Consumption Rates. (See Note below)
10-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
n. STANAG 4540 - Explosives, Procedures for Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) and
Determination of Glass Transition Temperature.
o. STANAG 4541 - Explosives, Nitrocellulose Based Propellants Containing Nitroglycerin

and Stabilized with Diphenylamine, Stability Test Procedures and Requirements. (See
Note below)
p. STANAG 4542 – Explosives, Nitrocellulose Based Propellants Containing Nitroglycerin

and Stabilized with 2-Nitrodiphenylamine, Stability Test Procedures and Requirements.
(See Note below)
q. STANAG 4556 - Explosives, Vacuum Stability Test(s).
10.4.1 NOTE: STANAGs 4117, 4527, 4541, and 4542 referred to above will be replaced by AOP-48 –
“Explosives, Nitrocellulose Based Propellants, Stability Test Procedures and Requirements Using
Stabilizer Depletion” and its covering document, STANAG 4620.
(TOC)
10-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.5.0 TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
10.5.1 Test information sheets are used to provide summaries of the national tests used to supplement
the STANAGs referenced in this document.
10.5.2 For consistency among nations and ease of reference, each test information sheet is assigned an
AOP-7 registry number. The qualification test categories and sub-categories for each explosive
material are identified under “Type of Test” in the Test Information Sheets. The tests are divided
into three major categories: (a) Chemical, Mechanical, and Physical properties; (b) Hazard
Assessment; and (c) Performance. Each category and sub-category is assigned a number as
shown below:
10.5.3 CATALOGUE OF TESTS
Category 100 Chemical, Physical and

Mechanical Properties
101.01.XXX Analytical Tests

101.02.XXX Other Tests
102.01.XXX Mechanical Properties
102.01.XXX Uniaxial Tensile Creep

102.01.XXX Uniaxial Tensile Relaxation
Tensile & Volumetric Dilatation (Farris)
102.01.XXX Shear
102.01.XXX Torsion
102.01.XXX Bi-axial Tensile
102.01.XXX Tri-axial (Poker Chip)
102.01.XXX Charpy V
102.01.XXX Hardness
102.01.XXX Penetrometry
102.01.XXX Fracture Susceptibility (Critical Stress
Intensity Factor)
102.01.XXX Shotgun
102.01.XXX Bond in Tension
102.01.XXX Bond in Shear
102.01.XXX Bond in Peel
102.02.XXX Physical Properties

102.02.XXX Thermal Conductivity
102.02.XXX Specific Heat (Other than DSC)
102.02.XXX Heat of Explosion
102.02.XXX Thermal Calorimetry
102.02.XXX Pycnometry
102.02.XXX Density
102.02.XXX Wave Propagation Velocity
102.02.XXX Hygroscopicity
10-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Category 200 Hazard Assessment
201.XX.XXX Sensitivity/Sensitiveness &

Explosiveness
201.01.XXX Impact
201.02.XXX Friction
201.03.XXX Electrical Discharge
201.04.XXX Shock
201.05.XXX Projectile Impact
201.06.XXX Fragment Impact
201.07.XXX Shaped Charge Jet Impact
201.08.XXX Other
202.XX.XXX Stability & Thermal Behavior

202.01.XXX Thermal
202.02.XXX Other
203.XX.XXX Compatibility
203.01.XXX Reactivity
203.02.XXX Other
204.XX.XXX Toxicity and Environmental Impact

204.01.XXX Toxicity Evaluation
204.02.XXX Environmental Impact Assessment
205.XX.XXX Dimensional Effects

205.01.XXX Critical Diameter
205.02.XXX DDT
205.03.XXX Other
Category 300 Performance Assessment
301.XX.XXX Theoretical Methods

301.01.XXX Thermodynamic Models
301.02.XXX Other Models
302.XX.XXX Experimental Methods

302.01.XXX Detonation Velocity
302.02.XXX Burning Rate/Time
302.03.XXX Other
10.6 Results from reference standard explosives are included in "typical results" on the Test
Information Sheets.
10-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7 NATIONAL QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES
NOTE: The information in this section is as approved by the National Authority in each participating
nation. Any changes made to the national sections must comply with the methods outlined in
Chapter 6 of this manual.
(TOC)
10-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

(TOC)
10-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF CANADA
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.1.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION CN-1
10.7.1.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY(IES) CN-3
10.7.1.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES CN-4
10.7.1.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS CN-4
a. HIGH EXPLOSIVES CN-5
(1) Primary Explosives CN-5

(2) Booster Explosives CN-5
(3) Main Charge High Explosives CN-5
b. PROPELLANTS CN-6
(1) Solid Propellants CN-6

(2) Liquid Propellants CN-7
c. PYROTECHNICS CN-7
10.7.1.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CN-8
10.7.1.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CN-11
CN-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CN-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION
10.7.1.1.1 The National Authority has established an Explosive Qualification Advisory Committee to
advise on all matters pertaining to the qualification of explosives. This committee decides
on the tests, reviews results, and recommends whether an explosive satisfies the criteria
for qualification.
10.7.1.1.2 The committee is chaired by the Director of Ammunition Procurement and Maintenance
(DAPM) of the Department of National Defense. He reports directly to the National
Authority. Members of the committee consist of a Secretary from the DAPM staff and
experienced personnel from the following Government organizations:
a. The Defense Research Establishments;
b. The Headquarters of the Chief, Research and Development, Department of

National Defense; and
c. The Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory (CERL), Department of Energy,

Mines and Resources.
10.7.1.1.3 The Explosives Qualification Advisory Committee selects expertise from other
departments of Government or private industry, when necessary.
10.7.1.1.4 The Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory provides a source of independent

information and judgment. The department of natural resources is responsible for the
safety in manufacture of all military and industrial explosives, and for the safety of
industrial explosives used in mining, quarrying, construction, demolition and related uses.
10.7.1.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY(IES)
10.7.1.2.1 The National Authority for Military Explosives is the Director Ammunition Procurement
and Maintenance (DAPM) of the Department of National Defense. This office is
responsible for the design of all munitions for the Canadian Armed Forces.
10.7.1.2.2 The National Authority performs the following functions:
a. Coordinates the implementation of STANAG 4170 in Canada;
b. Prepares, publishes and maintains the Canadian sections of Allied Ordnance

Publication No. 7 (AOP-7);
c. Provides a Canadian point-of-contact to other NATO countries for the exchange

of information on the safety of explosives and the qualification of explosive
materials; and
d. Maintains a data bank of qualified explosive materials used by the Canadian

Armed Forces.
10.7.1.2.3 The address for the Custodian National Authority is as follows:
Director Ammunition Procurement and Maintenance

National Defense Headquarters
Louis St-Laurent Building
Hull, Canada
KlA 0K2
CN-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES
10.7.1.3.1 Requests for qualification are submitted to the National Authority who normally refers the
request to the Explosives Qualification Advisory Committee for consideration and
appropriate actions.
10.7.1.3.2 In Canada most of the research on military explosives of all types is performed in the
following two defense research establishments of the Department of National Defense:
a. Defense Research Establishment Valcartier (DREV) -concerned with

pyrotechnics, high explosives, solid rocket propellants and gun propellants; and
b. b. Defense Research Establishment Suffield (DRES) - concerned with research

into fuel-air and foam explosives.
Some research, development and evaluation of military explosives and propellants is

done in private industry such as SNC TEC, Bristol Aerospace Limited, Expro Chemical
Products/Energetic Materials and Mining Resources Engineering Limited.
10.7.1.3.3 Most of the qualification tests used by Canada are identical to or based on tests
developed and used by the United Kingdom and United States. Although the reasons for
this are historical, there is a present-day advantage in terms of standardization and
interoperability. US MIL-STDs and NATO STANAGs are extensively used for specifying
Canadian military items.
10.7.1.3.4 In general, formal qualification testing is not done until an explosive has successfully
passed all stages of research and development including pilot-scale production. The
explosive also must have been produced in pre-production lots using full scale production
equipment, conditions and methods. However, it is customary to use appropriate
qualification tests during the research and development phases to ensure that when an
explosive finally reaches production it will be unlikely to encounter unforeseen problems.
10.7.1.3.5 Before qualification it is necessary for an explosive to have its transportation and storage
hazard classification determined in accordance with NATO STANAG 4123, "Methods to
Determine and Classify Hazards of Ammunition." This action is the responsibility of the
Department of National Defense for Military Explosives and of the Department of Natural
Resources.
10.7.1.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS
10.7.1.4.1 DAPM has no test facilities. Therefore tests are normally done by the Defense Research
Establishments, the Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory or other Government
agencies. In some cases tests may be conducted in the test laboratories of industry with
DAPM providing an observer or test supervisor. The establishment or agency which has
conducted the tests must report to the Secretary of the Explosives Qualification Advisory
Committee the results and any observations. The Secretary is then responsible for
arranging a review meeting of the Advisory Committee to decide the following:
a. Whether results are sufficient to qualify the explosive;
b. Whether further tests are needed; or
c. Whether the explosive should be considered unsuitable for qualification.
CN-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.4.2 When the Advisory Committee is satisfied that the explosive warrants qualification, the
Secretary prepares the appropriate papers and data sheets for approval and issuance by
the National Authority.
10.7.1.4.3 High Explosives:
a. Mandatory Data for Primary Explosives:
Test Registry/STANAG Number
(1) Impact Sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4489C

(2) Friction Sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4487A
(3) Electric Spark STANAG 4490A
(4) Vacuum Thermal Stability STANAG 4556
(5) Compatibility - Vacuum Stability-Reactivity STANAG 4147
b. Mandatory Data for Booster Explosives:

(4) Shock (Card Gap) 201.04.001/STANAG 4488
(6) Woods Metal Bath STANAG 4491 B2
(7) Toxicity 204.01.001
(8) Detonation Velocity 302.01.001
c. Mandatory Data for Main Charge High-Explosives

(4) Shock Sensitivity (Card Gap) 201.040001/STANAG 4488
(7) Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuze) 202.01.007
(8) Exudation Characteristics 202.01.009
(9) Growth Characteristics 202.01.010
(10) Toxicity 204.01.001
d. Optional Data for Main-ChargeHigh Explosives: Some of these and other tests
may be required to augment the data derived from mandatory tests:
(1) Calibrated Shock Wave 201.01.003

(2) AWRE Charge Oblique Impact 201.01.004
(3) Adiabatic Sensitivity (DREV Set-Back) 201.01.005
(4) Cap Test/Lead Block Comparison 201.04.004
(5) Differential Thermal Analysis STANAG 4515 B2
(6) Trough (Train) Test 202.01.008
(7) Differential Scanning Calorimeter STANAG 4515 B2
CN-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.4.4 PROPELLANTS:
a. Mandatory Data for Solid Rocket Propellants:
(1) Uniaxial Mechanical Properties STANAG 4507

(Constant Strain Rate)
(2) Specific Gravity 102.01.071
(4) Friction Sensitivity 9BAM) STANAG 4487A
(7) Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuse) 202.01.007
(8) Trough (Train) Test 202.01.008
(9) Compatibility with Materials STANAG 4147
(10) Toxicity 204.01.001
(11) Theoretical Performance Calculations 301.01.001
(12) Sub-scale Motor 302.03.001
b. Optional Data for Solid Rocket Propellants:
(1) Shock Sensitivity (Card Gap) STANAG 4488

(2) Cap Test/Lead Block Compression 201.04.004
(3) Woods Metal Bath (100 &0LQ STANAG 4491
(5) Burning Rate - Closed Vessel STANAG 4115
(6) Burning Rate - Strand Burner 302.02.002
c. Solid propellants are tested in two stages, as formulations and in specific motors:
(1) As formulations the following data are obtained and evaluated:
(a) compatibility
(b) chemical, physical properties including mechanical properties,
(c) sensitivity
(d) ballistic properties
(2) In specific rocket motors, the following data are obtained and evaluated:
(a) ballistic properties

(b) performance
d. Mandatory Data for Solid Gun Propellants:
NOTE: Most Canadian gun propellants are developed in other countries and adapted to
Canadian needs when required. Manufacturing processes and equipment are
usually based on those used in other countries. The qualification tests are either
identical or similar to tests used in other countries.
CN-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(1) Specific Gravity 102.02.001

(7) Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuse) 202.01.007
(8) Trough (Train) 202.01.008
(9) Stability STANAG 4117
(11) Theoretical Performance Calculations 301.01.002
(12) Burning Rate - Closed Vessel STANAG 4115
e. Optional Data for Solid Gun Propellants:
(1) Shock Sensitivity 201.04.003

f. Mandatory Data for Liquid Propellants:
NOTE: The liquid propellants used by the Canadian forces in naval torpedoes or other
uses are generally procured from other countries. The data required for these
materials is as documented in Chapter for liquid propellants.
10.7.1.4.5 PYROTECHNICS
a. Mandatory Data for Pyrotechnics:
(1) Thermal Gravimetric Analysis STANAG 4515 B3

(4) Electric Spark STANAG 4490 A
(5) Woods Metal Bath STANAG 4491
(6) Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuse Test) 202.01.007
(7) Trough Test (Train Test) 202.01.008
(9) Burning Characteristics (loose) 302.02.003
b. Optional Tests for Pyrotechnics:
(1) Specific Gravity (Density) 102.01.070

(2) Impact (Ball and Disk Test) 201.01.002
(3) Shock Sensitivity (Card Gap) STANAG 4488
(7) Toxicity 204.01.001
(8) Effect of Moisture 302.02.004
CN-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.5 LIST OF CANADA’S TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
Category 100 Chemical ,Physical &

102.01.003 Uniaxial Tensile Stress Relaxation

102.01.010 Uniaxial Compression (Gun
Propellants)
102.01.023 Hardness Measurement
102.01.051 Thermal Conductivity
102.01.060 Dilatometer
102.01.070 Density (Helium Gas Pycnometer)
102.01.071 Specific Gravity (Density)
102.01.340 Bond in Tension
Category 200 Hazards Assessment

Sensitiveness/Sensitivity/
Explosiveness
201.01.001 CERL Impact - Modified NOL

201.01.002 Ball and Disc
201.01.003 Calibrated Shock Wave
201.01.004 AWRE Charge Oblique Impact
201.01.005 Adiabatic Sensitivity (DREV
Setback)
201.03.001 CERL Electric Spark
201.04.001 Shock Sensitivity - DREV
201.04.003 Shock Sensitivity - Propellant
201.04.004 Cap Test/Lead Block
Compression
202.01.008 Trough Test (Train)
202.01.009 Exudation Characteristics
202.01.010 Growth Characteristics
202.01.011 Methyl-Violet
203.01.003 Pyrotechnics - Compatibility with
Materials
204.01.001 Toxicity Evaluation

Theoretical/ Experimental
Methods
301.01.001 Theoretical Performance

Calculations (Solid Rocket
Propellants)
301.01.002 Theoretical Performance
Calculations (Solid Gun
Propellants)
302.01.001 Detonation Velocity - Camera
Technique
302.02.002 Burning Rate (Linear) Strand

Burner
302.02.002 Burning Characteristics (Loose)
302.02.004 Effect of Moisture Content on
Burning
302.03.001 Sub-Scale Motor
CN-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.1.5 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS FOR CANADA
NOTE: The Test Information Sheets are listed consecutively in accordance with the
Registry number.
CN-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CN-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.003
TEST INFORMATION SHEET
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE:
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Tensile Stress Relaxation Modulus
a. Type of Test: Viscoelastic Properties in Tension
b. Description: 0.4 X 0.4 X 4.0 in (10 X 10 X 10 mm) specimen is cut from block with
band saw. Wooden tabs are bonded to specimen with 5-minute epoxy. A 5% strain is
applied by a spring-actuated relaxation testing machine equipped with a
temperature/humidity conditioning box. After conditioning at the specified test
temperature (from -82°C to 72°C), the spring mechanism is actuated and the decay of
force is measured as time progresses. Four replicates at each test temperature are
tested. Test duration of the order of 1000 minutes is required to define the relaxation
curve. Time duration of aging and humidity are important. A master curve in the form of
a Prony series as a function of reduced time using a non-linear curve fitting technique or
the original WLF equation is reported.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:
(1) Application: Characterization of rocket propellants. The master curve Prony-series is

used as input into VISTA, a Canadian developed, 3D, thermoviscoelastic FE code.
(2) Significance: Used to determine the constitutive equation of the material.
(3) Limitations: Assumes that the material is thermorheologically simple and linear
viscoelastic.
d. Typical Results: A master curve of the relaxation modulus as a function of shifted time
often presented in the form of a Prony series.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: High repeatability among specimens. Fair

reproducibility among test facilities (affected by process related parameters).
3. NATIONAL REFERENCES: N/A
CN-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.010
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Compression Test of Gun Propellants
a. Type of Test: Drop-Weight Compression
b. Description:
(1) Apparatus: Drop-weight mechanical property tester.

(2) Specimen: Right circular cylinder L/D= 1 0, 1, 7 or 19 perforations.
(3) Strain-Rate: On the order of 100 s-1.
(4) Temperature: Can be varied between -5O°C and 70°C.
(5) Data: Load and displacement determined independently.
(1) Application: Mechanical property characterization.

(2) Significance: Mechanical property parameters, failure characteristics
assessment.
(3) Limitations: Specimen age and deviations from right circular cylinder geometry
may affect the results. Machining of each sample is highly recommended.
(4) Properties: Elastic modulus (Eo ), strain rate (er), stress at failure (sf), strain
failure (ef).
d. Typical Results:
(1) M30 (19°C):

Eo = 3.81 + 0.18 GPa
sf = 112 + 5MPa
e = 287 + s-1
ef = 5.0 + 0.1 %
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility:

(1) Repeatability - very easy.
(2) Reproducibility - fluctuations up to 15% may occur specially is samples have not
been machined to assure perfectly parallel surfaces.
3. NATIONAL REFERENCES: To be supplied
CN-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.023
2. TEST TITLE: Hardness Measurement
a. Type of Test: Shore-A Hardness
b. Description: Sample is normally 4-in. diameter by 0.7-in. thick, but any smooth surface is
suitable. There are two possibilities: tester applied by hand or mounted on a "CONVE
LOADER". When applied by hand, a light pressure must be applied and the reading is
taken after 15 sec. The reading varies with time, pressure, surface quality and
homogeneity of the sample.
A CONVE LOADER is a stand that holds the tester and depresses it on the sample with
constant pressure. More repetitive results are obtained. Three readings are taken at
various locations on the sample and a mean value is given.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test gives the hardness of a rubbery
(composite) material in the Shore "A" range. Hardness is used with curable materials to
monitor the curing reaction of polymers or polymer bounded composites. Readings are
taken with time (from day to day) and when the hardness ceases to increase the curing is
considered complete.
d. Typical Results: To be supplied
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability and reproducibility are good, but depend
on the operator unless the "conveloader" is used.
3. NATIONAL REFERENCES:
(1) The Shore Instrument & Mfg. Co.
CN-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.051
2. TEST TITLE: Thermal Conductivity, Hot Plate Method
a. Type of Test: Physical Testing
b. Description: See ASTM Standard Test Method C1045
(1) Application: Thermal conductivity is required to carry out transient thermal stress
analysis of rocket propellant grains.
(2) Significance: Essential.
(3) Limitations:
(4) Properties: Density.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Typical HTPB/AP/Al propellant: k = 75 W/mm °C.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: To be supplied
CN-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.060
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Explosives/Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Dilatometer Testing
a. Type of Test: Physical Properties
b. Description: Specimen: 12.7 mm x 12.7 mm x 5O.8 mm. Experimental Method: The

apparatus consists of a Dilatometer, a bell jar, a controlled heating system, a recorder
and a thermocouple. The specimen is cooled to -l30°C, then heated to 80°C at a rate of
1°C/min. The elongation is recorded as a function of temperature. The independent
variables are temperature and heating rate. Results: Tg, the glass transition temperature
and alpha, the coefficient of linear thermal expansion.
(1) Application: The CTE is required for thermal stress analysis of rocket propellant
grains and explosive charges. Tg, is used to assess the lowest operating
temperature limit of a propellant or explosive.
(3) Limitations: The measured Tg is often different from the one measured with TMA or
DMA.
(4) 4. Properties:
d. Typical Results:
(1) For a HTPB propellant, Tg = -81.5°C and a = 12.4x10-6 /°C.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility
(1) Tg = + 2% a = + 4.5%
(1) Bedford, F. and Ouellet, A., “A linear Dilatometer for use with polymeric
materials", DREV TN-1977/71, 1971.
CN-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.070
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Propellants/Pyrotechnic Compositions
2. TEST TITLE: Density Measurement with Helium Gas Pycnometer
a. Type of Test: Physical properties
b. Description: The specimen must be small enough to fit into a 156 ml test cell (50 mm in
diameter). The specimen is placed in the test cell and the Pycnometer is purged with
helium gas. The volume of the test cell is then increased by a known volume and the
volume of the specimen is calculated from the pressure difference resulting from the
change in volume of the test cell. The density is obtained by dividing the weight of the
specimen by the volume measured with the Pycnometer.
d. Information Requirements for Assessment:
(1) Application: Density measurement of any solid of any shape; very useful for
perforated gun propellant grains.
(3) Limitations: Not recommended for liquids.
(4) Properties: To be supplied
d. Typical Results:
(1) 1.560 g/ml for Canadian PBX CX-84A
(1) Error on the volume is not greater than 0.5 ml (0.32%).
CN-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.071
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Specific Gravity (Density)
a. Type of Test: Physical Property - Mandatory for gun and rocket solid propellants and
Optional for high explosives.
b. Description: This test is the same as US/Propellant/ 102.02.001. It is used to determine

the specific gravity of gun and rocket solid propellants by immersing a sample of the
material in a liquid of known specific gravity and volume and measuring the volume and
weight change of the combined materials.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Specific gravity/density data is necessary for

rocket motor design and for determining the output characteristics of propellants.
d. Typical Results: Densities of gun propellants are about 1.6 g/cc and about 1.8 g/cc for
solid rocket propellants.
(1) Specific gravity/density values are very precise and reproducible if good
equipment and normal care are used.
(1) U.S. MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of,
30 March 1979, Method 5.4.21.
(2) U.S. MIL-STD-286B Methods 510.1.1 and 510.2.1,1 December 1967.
CN-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/102.01.340
2. TEST TITLE: Bond in Tension
a. Type of Test: Uniaxial Bond Test
b. Description: To accomplish this test, the material of interest, punched into a 3.75 cm
diameter disc, is placed between two cylindrical aluminum anvils having a diameter of 6
cm. Then, the sample-to-anvils bond is achieved by pressing the assembly at 900 KPa
for 1 hour at 60°C. The test is carried out at a crosshead speed of 5 mm/min using an
Instron machine. The bond strength and the strain of the samples are measured at peak
load and rupture. Even though this test is designed for self- adhesive materials, it could
apply to other assemblies.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Results of this test allow the characterization
of the bond strength of components related to the insulation of rocket motors. The
resulting interfaces can be made up of insulants, liners, restrictors, and propellants.
d. Typical Results: To be supplied.
(1) This test produces fluctuations in results, and the coefficient of

variation can be as high as 10-15%.
CN-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: CERL Impact Test - (NOL Test with Modified Type 12 Tools)
a. Type of Test: Impact - Mandatory for primary, booster, and main charge high explosives,
solid rocket and gun propellants, and pyrotechnics.
b. Description: An unconfined sample is subjected to a compression wave by the impact

of a falling weight. The sample is placed on a piece of fine sandpaper which helps create
hot spots in the explosive and acts as a "witness". In some cases, tests are done without
the sandpaper. Type 12 intermediate striker pins were altered to have the same mass as
that of falling weights. The usual configuration consists of a 2.5 Kg drop weight and a 2.5
Kg striker with a 30 mg sample placed on "extra-fine" sandpaper resting on the anvil.
The arrangement is coded "M2525 sp". Shock pressure waves in the anvil during the
drop may be monitored for size and duration.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Results are compared with suitable

standards.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Explosive 50% Point CM (M2525 sp)

Lead Styphnate 3.5
PETN (fine) 5.0
Lead Azide 13.0
Black Powder 20.1
TNT (200 Mesh) 24.8
Smokeless Powder 25.2
Nitrostarch 63.0
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: To be supplied.
(1) Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory Explosives Test Manual.

(2) U.N. Group of Experts on Explosives - 24th Session, 27January 1984: Draft
Manual of Tests. Test Para 24, pp 114-188.
CN-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Ball and Disc Test for Sensitive Explosives
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Mandatory for primary explosives - Optional for sensitive
pyrotechnics.
b. Description: This test is the same as AOP-7 Registry No. U.K./High

Explosives/201.01.002. Energy is transmitted from a falling steel ball to a small sample of
explosive through a striker which has a small replaceable steel ball attached to its lower
end. The small ball rests on a brass disc which in turn covers the explosive sample that
has been placed on a steel roller bearing anvil.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is a better measure for impact
sensitivity of sensitive explosives and pyrotechnics than the CERL Impact Test
(Canada/High Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics/201.01.001).
(1) Sensitiveness Collaboration Committee: Manual of Tests, Test No. 14/66,

RARDE, Oct.. 1988.
CN-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Calibrated Shock Wave Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Optional for main charge high explosives.
b. Description: This test measures the initiation sensitivity of an explosive by using shock
waves of a given intensity and duration. An explosively driven metal flyer plate is caused
to impact simultaneously across the plane face of a receptor explosive. The strength of
the incident shock will be a function of the velocity of the flyer plate, its material and its
thickness. The energy transferred to the receptor explosive is calculated and a curve of
critical initiation pressure as a function of shock duration is obtained.
c. Information Requirement for Assessment: To determine the critical initiation pressure of

an explosive.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Threshold Initiation Energy

2
Composition B: 142 J/cm (from 0.17ms to 1.80ms)
(1) Report of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of TTCP WTP-1, Quebec,

Canada, October 1984.
CN-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: AWRE Charge Oblique Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Safety-Impact/Friction
b. Description: This test is the same as AOP-7 Registry No. U.K./High

Explosive/201.01.003. It is used to assess the combined impact/friction hazard
associated with the handling of bare explosives charges. In the test a 355 mm (14-inch)
diameter hemisphere is caused to strike a standard surface, simulating concrete, at an
oblique angle. A variation of the test uses a 127 mm (5-inch) diameter cylinder with a
hemispherical end. The comparative sensitiveness of explosives is judged from the
heights of fall necessary to cause an observable reaction. Explosiveness is indicated by
the severity of the damage resulting from a reaction.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To be supplied
(1) Sensitiveness Collaboration Committee: Manual of Tests,Test No. 16/66,

RARDE, Oct. 1988.
CN-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.01.005
2. TEST TITLE: Adiabatic Sensitivity (DREV Setback Simulator)
a. Type of Test: Safety-Adiabatic Compression - Optional for main charge high explosives.
b. Description: The purpose of this test is to assess the sensitiveness of an explosive to

adiabatic heating induced by setback forces from gun firing of filled shell. A realistic
simulation of these forces is achieved by using a square-wave force applied to a specific
piston which reproduces most of the launch conditions for a cylindrical explosive
specimen.
d. Typical Results: (105 M1 Shell)
Explosive Base separation Acceleration Results

(mm) (gn)
(Frequency) (Type)
Comp B 0.50 25,000 3/5 E
0.50 20,000 0/5 N
0.33 25,000 0/5 N
TNT 0.50 25,000 1/5 P
0.50 20,000 0/5 N
0.33 25,000 0/5 N
E = Explosion; P = Heavy partial; N = No reaction
(1) Report of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of TTCP WTP-1 Quebec, Canada,
October 1983.
CN-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: CERL Electric Spark Test
a. Type of Test: Electrostatic Discharge Susceptibility - Mandatory for high explosives,

propellants, and pyrotechnics.
b. Description: Small samples of explosive are subjected to discharge of static electricity

up to 25 kv through metal-to-metal or metal-to-conductive-rubber in a positive to negative
direction. Polarities may be reversed. The electrical value of 1.0 microfarad is selected
so that anticipated accidental energy levels of sparks from humans are attained at the
relatively low level of 5000 volts.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Compositions are rated according to

determined 0% firing levels as follows:
(1) Levels above 0.025 joules - routine precautions required,

(2) levels between 0.012 and 0.025 Joules - antistatic precautions required, and
(3) levels below 0.012 Joules - substances may beprocessed under special license
only.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Explosive Energy Levels 0% Ignitions

TNT 0.025+
RDX 0.025+
PETN (Commercial) 0.025+
KClO3/Acaroid 0.012
BaClO3/Acaroid 0.012
BaNO3/Aluminum 0.012
(1) Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory-Explosives Test Manual.
CN-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.04.001
2. TEST TITLE: Explosive Shock Sensitivity Test - DREV
a. Type of Test: Shock Initiation- Mandatory for booster and main charge high explosives.
b. Description: The sensitivity of an explosive to the shock induced by another explosive is

measured by the thickness of an inert "gap" across which the explosive under test (the
acceptor) is initiated with a probability of 50% by a specified explosive charge (the donor).
The inert material used in the "gap" is aluminum plus laminated shim aluminum. The donor
consists of two pressed tetryl pellets each of 15.7 mm diameter x 16.8 mm length, initiated
by a REYNOLDS RP-83 Exploding bridgewire detonator.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:This test provides a measure of the sensitivity of

an explosive to initiation in high order by an explosive induced shock.
d. Typical Results:
Composition B (r=1.68): 11.48 + 0.07 mm
(1) Report of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of TTCP WTP-1, Quebec, Canada,
October 1984.
CN-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.04.003
T
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Explosive Shock Sensitivity Test/Propellant
a. Type of Test: Shock Initiation - Optional for solid rocket and gun propellants and
pyrotechnics.
b. Description: This test is the same as AOP-7 Registry No. 11 US/Propellant/201.04.002.

It measures the sensitivity of a material to the shock from a detonating high explosive.
The sample as granular, cast or machined is placed in a seamless steel tube 1-7/16-inch
ID x 1-7/8-inch OD x 5 inches long. This rests vertically on a mild steel witness plate 3/5-
inch thick with plastic spacers creating an air gap of 1/16 inch between the bottom of the
sample and the witness plate. The donor consists of two pentolite pellets each 2-inches
diameter by 1-inch in length. The shock from the donor is attenuated by placing disks of
cellulose acetate 0.01 inches thick between the donor and acceptor. The donor is
initiated by a No. 13 or Engineer’s Special electric blasting cap held in a wood centering
block. Tests are done by varying the number of cellulose acetate disks in a prescribed
manner until a thickness of disks is reached at which detonation of the sample will occur
50 percent of the time. Detonation is indicated when a clean hole is punched in the
witness plate.
c. Information Requirement for Assessment:This test provides data on the sensitivity of the
propellant or composite pyrotechnic to explosive induced shock.
3I. NATIONAL REFERENCES:
(1) U.S. MIL-STD-2100(0S), Method 5.4.5.
CN-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/201.04.004
2. TEST TITLE: Cap Test/Lead Block Compression
a. Type of Test: Shock Initiation – Optional.
b. Description: This test is similar to US/High Explosives/ 201.04.009. The purpose is to

determine if the material can be initiated by a No. 8 electric blasting cap with shaped
charge indent. For insensitive materials in powder, granular or liquid form, the cap may
be inserted in the sample. For more sensitive materials the cap is held in a centered
block so that its bottom end is flush with the top of the sample. The lower end of the
sample "sits" on a solid lead cylinder. The criterion of propagation of detonation of the
sample is the compression or deformation of the lead cylinder.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test determines the ability of an explosive
material to be initiated from a small detonating source.
(1) Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory - Explosives Test, Manual.

(2) U.S. MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard Propellant, Solid, Characterization
of", 30 March 1979, Test 5.4.6.3. United Nations Group of Experts on Explosives,
ST/SG/AC.lO/C.l/R.lll/Rev. 1. Draft Manual of Tests, 27 January 1984.
CN-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/202.01.007
2. TEST TITLE: Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuse) Test
a. Type of Test: Thermal - Ignition - Mandatory for main charge high explosives, solid
propellants and pyrotechnics.
b. Description: This test is similar to U.K./High Explosive/Propellant/Pyrotechnic

202.01.001. A sample of the explosive, confined in a test tube, is subjected to short
bursts of flame from the end of a length of safety fuze. The behavior of the sample is
characterized by the following:
(1) - failure to ignite

(2) - ignites and burns quietly
(3) - ignites and burns vigorously
(4) - explodes
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:The test is used to evaluate the behavior of

the material when subjected to a short flame pulse or non-electric spark.
d. Typical Results:
(1) SR 399 - Exploded

(2) SR 371B - Violent ignition
(3) SR 372B - Ignited
(4) SR 524 - Violent ignition
(1) Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory - ExplosivesTest Manual.
CN-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/202.01.008
2. TEST TITLE: Trough Test (Train Test)
a. Type of Test: Thermal Ignition/Burning - Mandatory for pyrotechnics and solid

propellants - Optional for booster and main charge high explosives.
b. Description: This test is similar to U.K./202.01.003. An iron trough 30 cm long x 1.58 cm

inside diameter is filled with loose sample material. One end is ignited with a tightly
coiled igniter cord.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The response of the explosive material. The
following information is reported:
(1) - burning rate (cm/sec)

(2) - type of burning
(3) - fails to ignite
(4) - ignites but supports train fitfully
(5) - ignites and supports train steadily throughout
(6) - ignites and supports train vigorously throughout
(7) - explodes
d. Typical Results:
(1) SR 44 - burns vigorously throughout

(2) RDX - burns steadily throughout
(3) Smokeless Powder - burns steadily throughout
(1) Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory – Explosives Test Manual.

(2) U.K. Sensitiveness Collaboration Committee; Explosives Hazard Assessment
Manual of Tests, SCC No. 3, Test No. 5/66.
CN-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/202.01.009
2. TEST TITLE: Exudation Characteristics
a. Type of Test: Thermal - Mandatory test for all main charge high explosives containing
TNT.
b. Description: This test is the same as US/High Explosives/202.01.011. Exudation can

cause degradation of the quality of TNT based shell fillings. The test simulates the
conditions in a filled HE shell subject to hot storage. A paper wrapped cylinder of the
explosive is placed upright into a heavy walled metal cylinder which is heated in an oven
to 70°C (158°F) for a specified time. The paper wrapping absorbs the exudate. At the
end of the test the paper is removed and weighed. The increase in weight is a measure
of the exudation behavior of the explosive.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the exudation behavior of a

TNT based main charge filling on being subjected to storage at elevated temperature.
(1) Voigt, H.W., "Exudation Test for TNT Explosives Under Confinement: Exudation
Control and Proposed Standards", ARRADCOM Technical Report
ARLCD-TR-83004, 3 February 1983.
CN-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/202.01.010
2. TEST TITLE: Growth Characteristics
a. Type of Test: Thermal - Mandatory for main charge high explosives.
b. Description: This test is the same as US/High Explosives/ 202.01.012. The test
measures irreversible growth in main charge fillings caused by such factors as liquid
impurities or additive in the solid explosive.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:To determine if temperature cycling of an

explosive causes irreversible dimensional changes or exudation.
(1) NAVORD OD 44811 of 8 September 1971, Chapter V, Method 5.6.
CN-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/204.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Toxicity Evaluation
a. Type of Test: Toxicity - Mandatory for booster and main charge high explosives, and for
solid rocket propellants - Optional for pyrotechnics.
b. Description: No one test will cover all concerns with respect to toxicity of ingredients and
products during manufacture, storage and use. Decisions on tests to be done are made
in consultation with the Canadian Department of Health and Welfare.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:Tests will be concerned with possible health

hazards from contact, breathing or ingestion of ingredients and products. Tests are
determined on a case by case basis from many available sources.
CN-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/301.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Theoretical Performance Calculations - Solid Rocket Propellants
a. Type of Test: Performance - Mandatory for solid rocket propellants.
b. Description: To calculate thermodynamic properties and performance characteristics of

solid rocket propellants. The methods used are from a NASA computer program SP-273,
"Computer Equilibrium Compositions, Rocket Performance, Incident and Reflected
Shocks and Chapman Jouget Detonations". Some of the parameters which can be
calculated are the adiabatic flame temperature, products of combustion, enthalpy,
entropy, ratio of specific heats, characteristic velocity, specific impulse and thrust
coefficients for equilibrium and frozen flow.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The data generated by this program are used
in the design and characterization of the propellants and rocket motors and for the
prediction of performance.
(1) NASA Computer Program SP-273 by Sanford Gordon and Bonnie J. McBride.
CN-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/301.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Theoretical Performance Calculations - Solid Gun Propellants
a. Type of Test: Performance
b. Description: Theoretical performance calculations for solid gun propellants are made by
using one of the followings: BLAKE general thermodynamic code or BAGHEERA which is
a NATO standard.
(1) U.S. Army Ballistic Research Laboratory Technical Report ARBRL-TR-02411,

July 1982., "BLAKE - A Thermodynamic Code Based on TIGER: Users’ Guide
and Manual".
CN-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/302.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Detonation Velocity - Camera Technique (DREV)
a. Type of Test: Performance - Mandatory for booster and main charge high explosives.
b. Description: This test is similar to U.S. High Explosives/302.01.004. The detonation

velocity of an explosive will depend on its diameter, density and on the degree of any
confinement of the explosive. For most booster and main charge explosives the critical
diameter (the diameter below which the explosive will not maintain a stable high order
detonation) and the infinite diameter (the diameter beyond which the detonation velocity
does not increase) are both relatively small. In this test the detonation velocity is usually
measured with little or no confinement. The length of the explosive charge is never less
than 4 times its diameter, which is usually 5 cm. The explosive charge is initiated by a
plane wave generator and a suitable detonator and booster arrangement. Near the end
of the cage a scribe mark 20 cm long is made. A Model 150A Cordin camera operated in
the streak mode is used to determine the detonation velocity by being aligned on the
scribe mark. Variants of the test may be used to determine detonation velocities at other
diameters. A detailed test description based on methods used at the Canadian Defense
Research Establishment Valcartier will be prepared.
CN-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/302.02.002
. TEST TITLE: Burning Rate (Linear) - Strand Burner
a. Type of Test: Performance - Optional for rocket propellants.
b. Description: This test is the same as AOP-7 Registry No. U.S./Propellants/3O2.02.001.

The linear burning rates of propellants are measured at designated temperatures and
pressures using a Crawford type Strand Burning Rate vessel. The vessel has a volume
of about 980 cm3(60 in.3) and is operated at pressures up to 35 MP (5000 psi). The
vessel with the propellant is conditioned at specified temperatures as low as -65°C
(-85°F) and as high as about 99°C (210°F).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data are used to determine burning rate and
performance characteristics.
These are good at burning rates less than 7.5 cm (3 in) per second.
(1) U.S. MIL-STD-286B, method T803.1, 1 December 1967.
CN-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/302.02.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Burning Characteristics (Loose)
a. Type of Test: Performance - Mandatory test for pyrotechnics.
b. Description: This test may be varied to suit different circumstances. It is used to observe
the burning behavior of loose pyrotechnic compositions in quantities and conditions
relevant to manufacturing conditions. The material is ignited by a suitable squib on
tables, trays or containers. When tested in the Trough Test (Canada/ High
Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics/2O2.01.008) the explosive exhibited "Vigorous
Burning".
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: For safety in manufacture, handling, storing

of pyrotechnics.
d. Typical Results: Pyrotechnics may undergo a wide range of behaviors, from very slow
burning to rapid burning with extensive flame to fast deflagration.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Under the same conditions of test a pyrotechnic

composition will in general exhibit similar combustion behavior from test to test.
(1) McLain, Joseph H., Lectures on "Pyrotechnics and Solid State Chemistry",
Philadelphia, PA, 14-18 August 1978.
(2) McLain, Joseph H., Pyrotechnics, The Franklin Institute Press, Philadelphia, PA
(1980).
(3) Ellern, Herbert, "Military and Civilian Pyrotechnics", Chemical Publishing Co. Inc.,
New York, NY (1968).
NOTE: The Pyrotechnic Hazard Classification proposed by McLain in his above noted lectures is a useful
guide.
CN-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/302.02.004
2. TEST TITLE: Effect of Moisture Content on Burning
a. Type of Test: Performance – Optional
b. Description: Many of the ingredients of the pyrotechnic compositions are affected by

moisture or react with moisture, e.g., metal powders are hygroscopic. Small amounts of
moisture thus may have a large effect on the performance of a pyrotechnic formulation.
Tests are needed to determine the acceptable range of moisture content for each
composition based on performance. Standard analytical methods may be used for
measuring moisture content. Tests such as the Trough Test may be used to determine
performance. Performance should be studied for the composition used as either a donor
or acceptor.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the range of moisture content

within which the performance of the pyrotechnic is acceptable.
(1) McLain, J. H., Pyrotechnics, The Franklin Institute Press, Philadelphia, PA

(1980).
CN-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Canada/302.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Sub-Scale Motor Test
a. Type of Test: Performance - Mandatory for new rocket motor propellants.
b. Description: Static testing of new rocket motor propellants in sub-scale motors is a step
in the development process. The conditions for individual tests will vary according to the
type of propellant, its proposed end use, etc. But in general, the motors are designed for
average pressures of 1000 to 4000 psi and firings are carried out with the motors
conditioned to selected temperatures between -55°C and +70°C.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data on the burning rate with temperature
and pressure, burning uniformity, and thrust are essential for the development of
propellants for full-scale motors.
(1) There is no fixed test or series of tests. However,U.S. MIL-STD-2100 (OS),

"Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of", 30 March 1979, is used
for guidance.
CN-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CN-40
NATO/PFP UNCLASSIFIED
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.2 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF THE CZECH REPUBLIC
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.2.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION CZ-3
10.7.2.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY (IES) CZ-3
10.7.2.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES CZ-3
10.7.2.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS CZ-5
10.7.2.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CZ-10
10.7.2.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CZ-11
CZ-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CZ-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Military Institute for Weapon and Ammunition Technology Slavicin (Vojensky technicky
ustav vyzbroje a munice Slavicin - VTUVM) has full responsibility for qualification of
explosives for military use.
10.7.2.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY (IES)
10.7.2.2.1 Military Institute for Weapon and Ammunition Technology Slavicin (Vojensky technicky
ustav vyzbroje a munice Slavicin – VTUVM) is the appointed National Authority for the
Czech Republic and is responsible for the following functions in accordance with STANAG
4170:
a. Initiation of the qualification procedure, assessment of preliminary data and

selection of tests necessary for qualification of explosive materials used by the
military services of the Czech Republic;
b. Conduct of the tests and preparation of the qualification reports;
c. Assessment of the explosive in accordance with STANAG 4170 and

determination of the qualification status;
d. Decision on the application of the qualified explosive in a specific role;
e. Creation and maintenance of Czech data bank of qualified explosive materials

used by the Czech military services;
f. Maintenance of Czech repository for NATO Standardization Agreements and

Czech Defence Standards relating to explosive materials;
g. Coordination of the implementation of STANAG 4170 within the Czech Republic;
h. Serve as a Point of Contact within the Czech Republic for inputs to AOP-7 and
AOP-26;
i. Serve as a Point of Contact to other NATO countries for the exchange of

information;
j. Release the qualification data to other NATO nations in accordance with

STANAG 4170.
10.7.2.3.1 The basis for the Czech assessment for the qualification of an explosive composition is
laid down in the Czech Defence Standard 137601 ”Organization and Methods for the
Qualification of Explosives for Military Use“. This defence standard is in line with
requirements of STANAG 4170 and STANAGs for explosives testing quoted in STANAG
4170. This qualification procedure does not include the assessment of the explosive in a
particular ammunition system (final or type qualification) or legal provisions for storage
and transportation.
10.7.2.3.2 In the Czech Republic, research and development of new explosives intended for military
use are mainly carried out by private firms - e.g. Aliachem - division Explosia Pardubice-
CZ-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Semtin (high explosives and propellants), Sellier Bellot Vlasim (primary explosives),
ZEVETA Bojkovice (pyrotechnics). Additionally, research may also be carried out in
certain state institutes sponsored by the Czech MOD (e.g. Military Institute for Weapon
and Ammunition Technology Slavicin, Military Technical Institute of Protection Brno).
10.7.2.3.3 In general, research and development of new military explosives are usually carried out
under contracts awarded by Czech Ministry of Defence or Czech Ministry of Industry and
Commerce. However, they may also result from a private firm’s initiative. Import of
explosives or munitions with explosives not qualified according to STANAG 4170 is also a
subject for the qualification procedure. In this context a new explosive is an explosive
which has not yet been qualified, whose composition, nature, manufacturing procedure,
manufacturer or manufacturing location has been changed, or which is intended for a role
for which it has not been qualified. Existing in-service explosives with unchanged material
specification may be regarded as being qualified by sufficient long experience
representative for its expected service life and intended use.
10.7.2.3.4 Written requests for qualification of a new explosive are to be submitted to the National
Authority. Requests may be submitted by the military services (Army, Air Force),
developers, manufacturers or importers or explosives and ammunition.
10.7.2.3.5 Before the start of the qualification procedure, an applicant requesting the assessment of
the new explosive must identify some basic characteristics of the explosive, according to
Table 1 to STANAG 4170 and must present results of tests obtained in the development
project. The information is evaluated by the National Authority and can be returned for
revision if unsatisfactory or incomplete. A producer of the new explosive also has to prove
that the explosive can be manufactured and processed in a full production scale and the
quality levels required can be met consistently. The National Authority can refuse further
qualification testing if it is clear from the preliminary results that the new explosive will not
satisfy general requirements for safety and suitability in the intended role.
10.7.2.3.6 In case of positive results of the preliminary assessment, the National Authority prepares
a list of tests for qualification of the explosive. The tests listed in STANAG 4170 are
always taken as mandatory for this purpose, the national tests listed in AOP-7 are usually
taken as optional (except those referred by STANAG 4170 to AOP-7, such as electric
spark test, detonation velocity and critical diameter test). Other tests not included in
STANAG 4170 or AOP-7, but which are suitable to obtain the required information, may
also be used in the qualification testing. Results of the optional tests can be taken from
the development project of a new explosive.
10.7.2.3.7 The National Authority is responsible for the conduct of the qualification tests in its testing
laboratories and the subsequent assessment of the new explosives regarding their safety
and basic suitability for military purposes. If any particular test cannot be conducted by the
facilities of the National Authority, the National Authority will delegate other testing
laboratory for conducting the test under supervision of a representative of the National
Authority.
10.7.2.3.8 Results of the qualification tests, together with other observations and recommendations
are considered by an expert committee of the National Authority, consisted of explosives
and ammunition specialists of VTUVM, other Czech military technical institutes, General
Staff and Ministry of Defence. The results are evaluated in relation to the results of the
CZ-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
same tests carried out on materials of a similar type and role that have proven history of
safety and satisfactory use in service. After completion of the investigation, the National
Authority prepares a qualification report in accordance with STANAG 4170 and the
qualification certificate with resulting qualification status: (a) qualified, (b) not qualified, (c)
qualified with certain restrictions.
10.7.2.3.9 If the National Authority determines that a new explosive is suitable for military use, an
organization developing, manufacturing or importing the explosive will prepare a technical
specification for this qualified explosive. The technical specification stipulates
characteristics of the explosives such as composition, nature, manufacturing process,
type and source of raw materials and use, as far as these ensure reproducible
manufacture and delivery. The quality requirements for the explosive, the testing methods,
provisions on quality assurance, packaging, storage and transportation conditions are also
reflected in this document. The final version of this document is ratified by organizations
participating on production, processing or use of the explosive (a developer, a
manufacturer, a processing company, military authority representatives to these
companies, the national authority, military standardization office, end user etc.).
10.7.2.3.10 In case of ammunition system developments requiring the new explosives, these
explosives must be qualified before the system design is finalized. The introduction of the
explosive for a particular role before conclusion of the qualification procedure and before
completion of the technical specification is prohibited in general.
10.7.2.4.1 List of Tests for Primary explosives:
10.7.2.4.1.1 Mandatory Tests
Test Registry/STANAG No.

a. Thermal characterization by DTA STANAG 4515
b. Thermal characterization by DSC STANAG 4515
c. Thermal characterization by TGA STANAG 4515
d. Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
e. Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
f. Chemical compatibility of azides with materials
by chemical analysis* STANAG 4147
g. Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
h. Impact sensitivity test STANAG 4489 (C)
i. Friction sensitivity test STANAG 4487 (A)
j. Electric spark test 201.03.001
10.7.2.4.1.2 Optional Tests

a. Pycnometry 102.02.001
b. Small scale BAM friction sensitivity test 201.02.001
c. Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
10.7.2.4.2 List of Tests for Booster and Main Charge High Explosives:
CZ-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

d. Vacuum stability test STANAG 4556 (2B)
e. Chemical compatibility with materials
by vacuum stability test* STANAG 4147
f. Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
g. Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
h. Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
i. Slow cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
j. Fast cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
k. Impact sensitivity test STANAG 4489 (C)
l. Friction sensitivity test STANAG 4487 (A)
m. Electric spark test 201.03.001
n. Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity test STANAG 4490 (B)
o. Shock sensitivity tests
(small, intermediate and superlarge scale gap test) STANAG 4488 (ABD)
p. Large scale gap test 201.04.001
q. Critical diameter test 202.05.001
r. Detonation velocity test 302.01.001
s. Uniaxial compressive test STANAG 4443
t. Uniaxial tensile test (only for PBX) STANAG 4506
u. Stress relaxation test in tension (only for PBX) STANAG 4507
v. Thermomechanical analysis STANAG 4525
x. Dynamic mechanical analysis (only for PBX) STANAG 4540

b. Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
c. Lead block compression test 302.03.001
d. Ballistic mortar test 302.03.002
e. Lead block expansion test 302.03.003
10.7.2.4.3 List of Tests for Solid gun propellants

+
e. Chemical stability tests by stabilizer depletion STANAG 4117 (B)
STANAG 4527
STANAG 4541
f. Chemical compatibility with materials
g. Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
h. Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
i. Chemical compatibility with materials by stabilizer depletion* STANAG 4147
j. Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
k. Slow cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
l. Fast cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
CZ-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
m. Impact sensitivity test STANAG 4489 (C)
n. Friction sensitivity test STANAG 4487 (A)
o. Electric spark test 201.03.001
p. Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity test STANAG 4490 (B)
q. Shock sensitivity tests
(intermediate and super large scale gap test) STANAG 4488 (BD)
r. Large scale gap test 201.04.001
s. Critical diameter test 202.05.001
#
t. Uniaxial compressive test STANAG 4443
#
u. Stress relaxation test in tension STANAG 4507
#
v. Thermomechanical analysis STANAG 4525
#
x. Dynamic mechanical analysis STANAG 4540

b. Deflagration to detonation transition test 202.05.002
o
c. 100 C heat test 202.01.001
d. Czech vacuum stability test 202.01.002
e. Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
f. Closed vessel test 302.02.001
g. Heat of explosion 302.03.004
10.7.2.4.4 List of Tests for Solid rocket propellants

+
e. Chemical stability tests by stabilizer depletion
(only for nitrocellulose based propellants) STANAG 4117 (B)
STANAG 4527
STANAG 4541
f. Chemical compatibility with materials
g. Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
h. Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
i. Chemical compatibility with materials by stabilizer depletion*
(only for nitrocellulose based propellants) STANAG 4147
j. Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
k. Slow cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
l. Fast cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
m. Impact sensitivity test STANAG 4489 (C)
n. Friction sensitivity test STANAG 4487 (A)
o. Electric spark test 201.03.001
p. Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity test STANAG 4490 (B)
q. Shock sensitivity tests
(intermediate and superlarge scale gap test) STANAG 4488 (BD)
r. Large scale gap test 201.04.001
s. Critical diameter test 202.05.001
CZ-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
t. Uniaxial compressive test STANAG 4443
u. Uniaxial tensile test STANAG 4506
v. Stress relaxation test in tension STANAG 4507
x. Thermomechanical analysis STANAG 4525
y. Dynamic mechanical analysis STANAG 4540

o
b. 100 C heat test (only for nitrocellulose propellants) 202.01.001
c. Czech vacuum stability test
(only for nitrocellulose based propellants) 202.01.002
d. Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
e. Heat of explosion 302.03.004
10.7.2.4.5 List of Tests for Liquid Propellants
The tests required for liquid propellants are listed in Chapter 7 of this document.
10.7.2.4.6 List of Tests for Pyrotechnics

e. Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
f. Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
g. Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
h. Slow cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
i. Fast cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
j. Impact sensitivity test STANAG 4489 (C)
k. Friction sensitivity test STANAG 4487 (A)
l. Electric spark test 201.03.001
#
m. Shock sensitivity tests STANAG 4488 (BD)
#
n. Large scale gap test 201.04.001
#
o. Critical diameter test 202.05.001
#
p. Uniaxial compressive test STANAG 4443
#
q. Thermomechanical analysis STANAG 4525
#
p. Dynamic mechanical analysis STANAG 4540

b. Small scale BAM friction sensitivity test 201.02.001
c. Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
d. Heat of explosion 302.03.004
10.7.2.4.7 Remarks :
* two compatibility tests are usually chosen from the lists
CZ-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
+
selection of a suitable chemical stability test depends on composition of
a propellant under test
#
applicability of the test depends on a resolution of the national authority
10.7.2.4.8 Ageing Characterization
10.7.2.4.8.1 Determination of the influence of ageing on a new explosive’s properties is an important

part of the qualification process. The ageing characterization is mostly based on artificial
o
ageing at higher temperatures (50-70 C) for several months with packaging
corresponding to the final application of the explosive and following determination of
changes in selected properties. Some types of explosive materials (especially rocket
propellants and main charge high explosives) can also be aged using temperature cycling
and shocks. The final version of the ageing protocol for different types of explosives is
established by case-by-case basis in such a manner allowing to determine the important
properties of the explosive after artificial ageing corresponding to at least the end of its
guaranteed service life (with some safety reserve).
10.7.2.4.8.2 Determination of change in properties of a new explosive before and after the artificial
ageing is done by the following methods, in general:
Methods Types of explosives

Impact, friction and electrostatic All types of explosives
discharge sensitivity
Shock wave sensitivity Booster and main charge high explosives
Thermal stability (DTA, TGA, DSC, All types of explosives (except primary explosives
temperature of ignition, cook-off) for cook-off tests)
Vacuum stability test All types of explosives
Stabilizer or antioxidant depletion Propellants
Mechanical properties (in tension, Propellants, plastic bonded high explosives
pressure, relaxation, DMA, TMA,
hardness)
Chemical properties (plasticizer Propellants, pyrotechnics
migration, active metal degradation)
Performance properties (heat of Propellants, pyrotechnics
explosion, closed vessel test, live
firings from ballistic weapons)
CZ-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.2.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
Category 100 Chemical, Physical and

102.02.XXX Physical Properties

102.02.001 Pycnometry
201.XX.XXX Sensitivity/Sensitiveness &

Explosiveness
201.02.001 Small Scale BAM Friction Sensitivity
Test
201.03.001 Electric Spark Test
201.04.001 Large Scale Gap Test
202.XX.XXX Stability & Thermal Behavior

o
202.01.001 100 C Heat Test
202.01.002 Czech Vacuum Stability Test
202.01.003 Large Scale Differential Thermal
Analysis
205.XX.XXX Dimensional Effects

205.01.001 Critical Diameter
205.02.001 DDT
302.XX.XXX Experimental Methods

302.01.001 Detonation Velocity Test
302.02.001 Closed Vessel Test
302.03.001 Lead Block Compression Test
302.03.002 Ballistic Mortar Test
302.03.003 Lead Block Expansion Test
302.04.004 Heat of Explosion
CZ-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.2.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
Registry Number.
CZ-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CZ-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Czech Republic/102.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Pycnometry
a. Type of Test: Physical Property
b. Description: The density is calculated as a quotient of mass and volume of a sample. The
mass is measured with an analytical balance (resolution 0.0001 g) and the volume is
o
measured with a pycnometer by a liquid displacement method at 20 C. Liquid that does
not dissolve the sample is used as a medium for the pycnometric measurements (e.g.
water for high explosives, parafinic oil for propellants and pyrotechnics). A solid sample is
used in a form of small pieces that will pass through the pycnometer neck, with smooth
surfaces free from crevices and dust.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used for material characterization
and quality control before some qualification tests.
d. Typical Results:
-3
Cast TNT loading density: 1.58 g.cm
-3
Good (± 0.005 g.cm )
(1) CSN 66 8102
CZ-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary Explosives/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Small Scale BAM Friction Sensitivity Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Friction - Used for Primary Explosives and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The sensitivity of primary explosives and some sensitive pyrotechnics is tested by
means of the scale-down version of standard BAM friction test apparatus (described in Annex
A to STANAG 4487). The applied friction load ranges from 0.1 N to 18 N. Sensitivity of an
explosive is usually expressed as a down level (the maximum load giving 0 ignitions of 6
trials) and an upper level (the minimum load giving 6 ignitions of 6 trials).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to determine the sensitivity of
primary explosives and sensitive pyrotechnics at very low loads that can produce incorrect
results using the standard type of BAM friction test apparatus.
d. Typical Results: Results are quoted as minimum loads for obtaining 6 ignitions or explosions
of 6 trials (upper level)
(1) Potassium Chlorate + Red Phosphorous 75/25: 0.4 N (explosion)

(2) Lead Trinitroresorcinate: 5 N (explosion)
(1) ON 66 8093
CZ-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Electric Spark Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Electric Spark - used for all types of explosives.

3
b. Description: An explosive sample of volume of 5 mm is placed between two electrodes
(usually fixed discs). Electrostatic energy stored on a charged variable capacitor (capacity 100
pF - 350 nF, charged with 4 - 10 kV potential) is discharged to the sample. The standard test
interval ranges from 0.01 mJ to 16 J. Using an oscilloscope and high voltage sensors, voltage
vs. time dependence is measured on the electrodes and the software determines the real
energy transferred into the sample. Two values of electrostatic discharge sensitivity of
explosives are obtained from this test – E50 and Emin. E50 is a total energy given to the sample
with 50 % probability level of initiation (E50) determined by an „up and down“ Bruceton
method. Emin is a minimum energy for initiation of the sample calculated from the oscilloscopic
measurements. The test should be more representative than usual spark tests owing to direct
measurement of spark energy transferred to the sample.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the electrostatic charge required for
ignition of an explosive material.
d. Typical Results (E50):
(1) RDX: 55 mJ
(2) PETN: 30 mJ
(3) Tetryl: 83 mJ (criterion for booster explosives)
(4) TNT: 116 mJ
3. NATIONAL REFERENCES
Czech Defence Standard 137601 “Organization and Methods for the Qualification of Explosives
for Military Use”, chapter 6.16
CZ-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Large Scale Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Detonative Shock
b. Description: A flat shock wave from a conical donor charge of cast TNT (density
-3
1.58 g.cm , diameter at the bottom of the charge of 68 mm) with a coating layer of
PETN/TNT 50/50 and a small booster charge of PETN/wax 90/10 is attenuated by
layers of PMMA discs (diameter of 68 mm). The occurrence of detonation of the
acceptor charge in a steel tube (internal diameter of 60 mm, wall thickness of 5
mm, length of 200 mm) is assessed by the degree of damage to a 15 mm thick
steel witness plate under a 3 mm air gap. Thickness of the attenuator giving a 50%
probability of detonation is determined by a simplified Bruceton method.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the sensitivity to

shock initiation of explosives that will propagate detonation in confined charges with
diameters of 60 mm.
d. Typical Results:
CZ-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

o
2. TEST TITLE: 100 C Heat Test
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for Gun Propellants and Nitrocellulose Based
Rocket Propellants
b. Description: 10 g samples of propellants, enclosed in standardised glass test tubes, are

o
heated at 100 C in a heating block. The number of days required to cause clearly visible
yellow or red fumes of nitrogen oxides is recorded.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the stability level of
nitrocellulose based propellants.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Double based propellants: 2 - 10 days

(2) Single based propellants: 6 - 14 days
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: within r 6 hours
(1) Czech Mining Office Promulgation 246/1996 Sb., Test No.23B
CZ-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Czech Vacuum Stability Test
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for Nitrocellulose Based Gun and Rocket
Propellants.
b. Description: Samples of propellants (2 grams) enclosed in standardised glass test tubes

3
(volume of 20 r1 cm ) with adapters for connection of electronic pressure transducers
and a vacuum pump are heated at initial vacuum for a specified period of time at a
specified temperature in a heating block. Single based propellants are heated for 5 hours
o o
at 125 C, double based propellants for 5 hours at 115 C. The volume of gases evolved
during the test is recorded from the transducers by computer in regular intervals (5 - 30
minutes) and volume of gases vs. time graph is finally plotted for every sample. Together
with total volume of gases evolved in the test, rate of steady gas evolution is determined
from the curve. The rate (extrapolated to 20 hours) is usually taken as a value for stability
evaluation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines a stability level of the
nitrocellulose based propellants.
d. Typical Results:
3 -1 o
(1) Nitroglycerine propellants: 6 - 16 cm .g .20hours (115 C)
3 -1 o
(2) Single based propellants: 10 - 25 cm .g .20hours (125 C)
3 -1
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Within 0.2 cm .ml.g .20hours.
(1) CSVN 26 910
CZ-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Large Scale Differential Thermal Analysis
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for all types of explosives.
b. Description: Commercially available DTA equipment with reinforced design is utilised. The
apparatus is capable to withstand explosion of up to 50 mg of primary explosives. Sample
weight of 50 - 500 mg of non-primary explosives can be used. In this apparatus,
endothermic and exothermic changes of the sample in a small glass test tube are
o -1
observed and recorded during heating at a constant rate (usually 5 - 20 C.min ) under air
atmosphere. The apparatus is very suitable for measurement of highly heterogeneous
samples (esp. pyrotechnics) that can produce unrepeatable results with low sample
weights. The equipment is also suitable for preliminary assessment of thermal reactivity of
an unknown explosive before measurement at more sensitive apparatuses.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the thermal stability of an
explosive - start, onset and peak of exothermal decomposition.
o -1
d. Typical Results (peaks of decomposition at 50 mg sample weight and 5 C.min heating
rate):
o
(1) TNT: 295 C
o
(2) RDX: 220 C
o
(3) PETN: 190 C
o
(4) Double Based Propellants: 165 - 170 C
o
(5) Black Powder: 320 C
o
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: r 2 C of peak temperatures
CZ-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Critical Diameter Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Critical Diameter - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives, Propellants and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The explosive under test contained in 100 cm long steel tube with a selected
internal diameter and wall thickness of 10 % of internal diameter, is subjected to an
explosive shock known to be sufficient to initiate detonation (using detonator or a plastic
explosive booster). The remains of the tube are examined to determine whether the
detonation has propagated through the whole length of the charge. If detonation
propagates, internal diameter of the next steel tube is reduced to its half. If detonation
fails, internal diameter of the next steel tube is doubled. Using this procedure, critical
diameter of the explosive at given loading density is determined as a minimum diameter
of the tube at which complete detonation occurs.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the critical diameter of an
explosive material for sustaining a detonation through a long confined explosive charge.
d. Typical Results:
CZ-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Deflagration to Detonation Transition Test
a. Type of Test: Safety - Used for Gun Propellants
b. Description: The explosive under test is contained in a steel tube (inside diameter of 32
mm, wall thickness of 3 mm, length of 500 mm), which is closed at one end with a welded
steel disc 3 mm thick. Initiation occurs by means of electric squib at the open end of the
tube. The lengths of deflagration and detonation zones are determined by means of a
mechanical sensor made of 3.15 mm thick steel wire wrapped with 0.6 mm thick copper
wire. The mechanical sensor is located inside the tube along all its length. After explosion,
the mechanical sensor is collected. The first cut of the copper wire into the steel wire
corresponds to the transition point from deflagration to detonation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines tendency of a propellant

charge to transition from burning to detonation.
d. Typical Results:
(1) A porous nitrocellulose sheet propellant: 250 mm
(1) Czech Mining Office Promulgation 246/1996 Sb., Test No.24
CZ-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CZ/302.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Detonation Velocity
a. Type of Test: Performance/Experimental - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives.
b. Description: Two measurement probes (insulated copper foils or wires wrapped round or
pressed to each other) are inserted into the explosive charge of the selected diameter,
length and confinement. The explosive charge is initiated by means of a detonator or a
booster charge and the two probes are short-circuited by the passing detonation wave that
removes insulation from the probes. The time between the two generated pulses is
determined by an electronic counter. Knowing the distance between the two probes, the
average detonation velocity is calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the detonation velocity of
an explosive charge - one of important performance parameters.
d. Typical Results:
-3 -1
(1) TNT (pressed 1.62 g.cm ): 6800 m.s
-3 -1
(2) RDX/wax 95/5 (pressed 1.62 g.cm ): 8150 m.s
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Precision r 2%
CZ-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Closed Vessel Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Experimental - Used for Gun and Rocket Propellants
b. Description: Basic ballistic properties of a propellant are determined in a closed high-

3
pressure combustion chamber of constant volume (5 - 200 cm ). The propellant charge is
ignited by a small black powder charge. Loading density of a propellant in the bomb
-3
should be 0.19 - 0.22 g.cm . The pressure rise is measured by a piezoelectric pressure
transducer, with computer evaluation of the pressure-time curve. The force, covolume,
quickness, vivacity, form and other ballistic parameters of the propellant are calculated
from the curve.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The results of the test are used for a ballistic
assessment of the propellant.
d. Typical Results:
U.S. MIL-STD-286C, „Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Sampling, Examination and Testing“,
Method 801.1
CZ-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CZ/302.03.001
2. TEST TITLE: Lead Block Compression Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Brisance - Used for Booster and Main Charge High Explosives
b. Description: 50 g explosive charge with diameter of 40 mm is placed on steel plates 10 -

30 mm thick situated on the top of a lead cylinder with diameter of 40 mm and height of 60
mm. The charge is initiated by means of a detonator. After explosion, resulting
compression of the lead cylinder is measured.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The value of the lead cylinder compression
corresponds to a brisance of the explosive.
d. Typical Results: (with steel plates of 30 mm thickness)

-3
(1) TNT (pressed, 1.60 g.cm ): 22 mm
-3
(2) RDX/TNT 75/25 (cast, 1.71 g.cm ): 28.5 mm (130% TNT)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: within ± 0,5 mm
CZ-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Ballistic Mortar Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Explosive power - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives
b. Description: 10 g explosive charge is detonated in a heavy (300 kg) steel mortar, damped
with a steel projectile (15 kg). The mortar is attached to a pendulum bar and suspended
on knife edges. After explosion of the charge, resulting degree of swing is compared to
that produced on detonation of a specific amount of TNT. The result is expressed as
percentage of TNT.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The value corresponds to an explosive power

(working ability) of the explosive.
d. Typical Results:
(1) RDX/TNT 75/25: 144% TNT
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: ± 2% TNT
Czech Mining Office Promulgation 246/1996 Sb., Test No.7
CZ-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Lead Block Expansion Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Explosives - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives
b. Description: 10 g sample is placed into a tube with diameter of 25 mm made of tin sheet
and a standard detonator is inserted. The charge is then put into a hole in a lead block of
diameter and length of 200 mm. Volume produced by the explosion of the charge is
measured.

d. Typical Results:
3
(1) TNT (powder): 300 cm (100% TNT)
3
(2) RDX/Al/wax 76/20/4: 471 cm (157% TNT)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: within ± 1% TNT
Czech Mining Office Promulgation 246/1996 Sb., Test No.6
CZ-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
2. TEST TITLE: Heat of Explosion
a. Type of Test: Performance - Used for Propellants and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The heat of explosion of an explosive is determined in a gas-tight stainless

steel container. This container is placed in an adiabatic water-bath calorimeter and the
heat of explosion of the sample is determined from the temperature raise of the water-
bath. Knowing the heat capacity of the calorimeter obtained by combustion of a reference
material, the heat of explosion of the explosive can be calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Determination of an energetic content of

explosives.
d. Typical Results:
CZ-27
AOP-7
(Editiopn 2)
10.7.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF DENMARK
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.3.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION DN-3
10.7.3.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITIY(IES) DN-3
10.7.3.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES DN-3
10.7.3.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS DN-4
a. HIGH EXPLOSIVES DN-4
(1) Primary Explosives DN-4

(2) Booster Explosives DN-4
(3) Main Charge High Explosives DN-4
b. PROPELLANTS DN-5
(1) Solid Propellants DN-5

(2) Liquid Propellants DN-5
c. PYROTECHNICS DN-5
1
10.7.3.5 LIST OF TESTS INFORMATION SHEETS NA
1
10.7.3.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS NA
1
Not Applicable since Denmark does not perform tests.
DN-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
DN-2
AOP-7
(Editiopn 2)
10.7.3.1.1 Denmark does not qualify new military explosives since no new explosives are developed
in this country.
10.7.3.1.2 Denmark procures explosives from foreign producers as part of a complete munition or
weapon system design or bulk explosives for production or rework of ammunition.
10.7.3.1.3 The approval of explosives, in Denmark, is done as part of the approval of the
specifications of the complete ammunition or weapon system as procured from either
Danish or foreign contractors.
10.7.3.1.1 The following authorities within the Danish Defense Organization are responsible for
approving the specifications for explosives contained in munitions:
a. Haerens Materielkommando (Army Materiel Command)

b. Sovaernets Materielkommando (Naval Materiel Command)
c. Flyvematerielkommandoen (Air Materiel Command)
10.7.3.2.2 The Danish National Authority does not approve explosives for military use. This is done
by the Materiel Commands. The Danish National Authority serves as point of contact for
STANAG 4170 and for specific explosive material STANAGs.
10.7.3.3.1 Approval of new explosives for military use is done by the above mentioned Materiel
Commands. If necessary the Materiel Commands may forward safety questions
concerning the introduction of new explosives to the Ministry of Defense Explosives
Safety Commission (the Danish National Authority) for further evaluation. The Danish
Defense authorities procure only ammunition and weapon systems containing explosives
approved by the military authorities in the country of origin. Normally, procurement takes
place from other NATO countries.
DN-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.3.4.1 The basis for the approval of new explosives is the specifications with related
test-methods and requirements given in NATO-STANAGs used for approval in other
NATO countries. Specific Danish test methods for explosives do not exist. Consequently
Test Information Sheets are not relevant. The tests which the Danish authorities
consider mandatory for assessing the safety of an explosive material are listed below.
10.7.3.4.2 High Explosives
a. Mandatory Data for Primary Explosives
(1) Impact Sensitivity

(2) Friction Sensitivity
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity
(4) Heat Test/Temperature of Ignition
(5) Vacuum Thermal Stability
(6) Compatibility
(7) Toxicity
b. Mandatory Data for Booster Explosives

(5) Shock Sensitivity
(7) Compatibility
(8) Detonation Velocity
(9) Toxicity
c. Mandatory Data for Main Charge High Explosives

(5) Shock Sensitivity
(7) Exudation
(8) Detonation Velocity
(9) Toxicity
DN-4
AOP-7
(Editiopn 2)
10.7.3.4.3. Propellants
a. Mandatory Data for Solid Propellants

(4) Temperature of Ignition
(5) Stability
(6) Bergmann-Junk Test 132°C/120°C
(7) Weight Loss Test (Holland Test) 110°C/105°C
(8) Methyl-Violet Test 134,5°C/120°C
(9) Abel Test 80°C
(10) Chemical Analysis (Stabilizer Content)
(11) Compatibility
(12) Burning Rate
(13) Toxicity
b. Mandatory Data for Liquid Propellants
NOTE; The liquid propellants used by the Danish forces in naval torpedoes or other uses are generally
procured from other countries. The data required for these materials are as documented in Chapter 7 for
liquid propellants.
a. Mandatory Data for Pyrotechnics
(1) Thermal Gravimetric Analysis

(4) Electric Spark
(5) Woods Metal Bath
(6) Ease of Ignition (Safety Fuse Test)
(7) Trough Test (Train Test)
(8) Compatibility with Materials
(9) Burning Characteristics (loose)
DN-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
DN-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.4 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF FINLAND
To be provided
FI-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF FRANCE
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.6.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION FR-3
10.7.6.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY FR-3
10.7.6.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FR-3
10.7.6.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS FR-5
10.7.6.4.1 Primary Explosives FR-6
10.7.6.4.2 Booster Explosives FR-7
10.7.6.4.3 High Explosives FR-8
10.7.6.4.4 Solid Gun Propellants FR-9
10.7.6.4.5 Solid Rocket Propellants FR-10
10.7.6.4.6 Liquid Propellants FR-11
10.7.6.4.7 Pyrotechnics FR-11
10.7.6.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS FR-12
10.7.6.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS FR-15
FR-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
FR-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §3)
10.7.6.1.1 The procurement of all weapon systems for the armed forces is under the responsibility
of DGA (Délégation Générale pour l’Armement). According to DGA instruction 11500 -
which is the national STANAG 4170 implementation document - Qualification is
mandatory for all explosive material to be used in munitions intended for the 4 Services:
Army, Navy, Air Force and “Gendarmerie” (state police force). So DGA has the full
responsibility of qualifying all explosive materials to be used by the French forces.
10.7.6.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY

(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 § 4(a) & Annex A)
10.7.6.2.1 Within DGA, the office appointed as National Authority for the Qualification of explosive
materials is the “bureau de la sécurité pyrotechnique” (explosive safety office) part of the
“Inspection de l’armement pour les poudres et explosifs” (Armament Inspectorate for
Propellants and Explosives):
INSP/IPE/SM
8 Boulevard Victor – Paris
00303 ARMEES
10.7.6.3.1 General: (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §3 & 4(c))

According to STANAG 4170, the Qualification of an explosive material is a process
whereby it is officially acknowledged that:
a. this well specified explosive material has the necessary properties to provide an
expectation of an adequate level of safety and suitability for service in military
use, for a given intended role,
b. the manufacture and quality of the explosive material are adequately controlled.
10.7.6.3.2 Qualification request:
a. Generally, and especially for a new composition, the official request for qualifying
an explosive has to come from the designer of this explosive.
b. In some cases, the request could come from the manufacturer of the explosive,
or even from the munition or munition-component designer, which then acts as
the explosive designer by proxy. This request is sent directly to the National
Authority.
10.7.6.3.3 Approach: (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §4 & 5)
a. In order to make the Qualification decision, the following information has to be

brought to INSP/IPE/SM:
(1) the precise identification/specification of the explosive material to be qualified

(which include the manufacturing process), [type A information],
(2) the assessment data (from tests performed on material coming from industrial
production batches) on which the judgement of safety and suitability for
service use will be based, [type B information],
FR-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(3) the information justifying that the manufacturing process and quality are
adequately controlled, [type C information].
b. According to STANAG 4170 (and DGA instruction 11500), all this information is
collated in the Qualification report upon which is based the Qualification decision.
10.7.6.3.4 DGA offices involved:
a. The validity and quality of the information produced are ensured by involving two
“intervening parties” of DGA, DPM/SQ and DCE/ETBS:
(1) DPM/SQ - the quality assurance office for all armament programmes - mainly
involved in verifying that both the designer and the manufacturer of the
explosive have a good quality assurance system, and that the manufacturer
has the capability of producing it in conformity with the designer
specifications,
(2) DCE/ETBS - the Bourges establishment of the directorate for technical

expertise and testing – in participating in the design of the Qualification
programme as well as giving advice on the Qualification report. (Generally,
but this is not always the case, ETBS is also involved for the performing of
some of the tests of the qualification programme).
10.7.6.3.5 The steps of the qualification procedure:

(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §4 & 5)
a. The following table provides the different steps of the qualification procedure and
the parties involved in them:
Step Participants
From Explosive Designer (or other requester)

1 Request for Qualification
To INSP/IPE/SM
Definition of the Qualification By INSP/IPE/SM With DCE/ETBS
2
programme (issue of the “Qualification document”)
Performing of the Qualification By Explosive Designer (or other requester)
3
programme Under the control of DPM/SQ
Production of the By INSP/IPE/SM or Explosive Designer (or other
4
“Qualification report” requester)
5 Advice on this report By INSP/IPE/SM With DPM/SQ and DCE/ETBS
By INSP/IPE/SM
6 Qualification decision
(issue of the “Qualification certificate”)
FR-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.3.6 The different types of Qualification decisions:
a. “Qualification” as defined in STANAG 4170. When it is possible to completely follow

the process as described under §5 of STANAG 4170 Ed2 and particularly to provide type
A, B (as described hereafter under §10.7.6.4) and C information as defined here above
under § 10.7.6.3.3 “Approach” of this document, INSP/IPE/SM is making the actual
“Qualification” decision of the explosive material.
b. “In principle Qualification” (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 § 4(e)). A decision can be taken to
qualify an explosive material, even if there is no immediate application envisaged for it. In
that case, because, most of the time, there is not yet an industrial production of this
material, and so just type A and B (limited to a lab scale preparation of the necessary
samples) information is available, INSP/IPE/SM is just making an “In principle
Qualification” (Homologation de definition) decision of the explosive material which will
have to be completed with a confirmation of type B information (to be performed on
production batches of the material) and type C information prior to any military use in a
munition, this in order to verify that the manufacturer is producing it according to its
defined specifications.
c. “Qualification de facto” (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 § 3 & 6). Explosives already in service
for which there is a well-established history of safe and satisfactory use [type B’
information], providing the original material specifications remains the same, may be
qualified for use in the same role. Without further testing, or with a very limited testing
programme, and so just on the basis of type A, B’ (instead of type B) and C information,
INSP/IPE/SM is making a “Qualification de facto” (Homologation de fait) decision with
possible restrictions of the role.
d. “Recognition of Qualification” (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 § 3). According to DGA

instruction 11500, Qualification by the French authority is mandatory for all explosive
material to be used in munitions intended for the French services. If an explosive material
was already qualified according to STANAG 4170 by a foreign National Authority,
INSP/IPE/SM is just making a “recognition of the Qualification” - given by this foreign
National Authority - decision. This is done on the basis of the Qualification certificate
produced by this Authority and, if necessary, of the Qualification report (which should
include type A, B -or eventually B’- and C information on this explosive material). Most of
the time, INSP/IPE/SM is also asking for additional data according to the methods and
tests described at §10.7.6.4.
FR-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4 QUALIFICATION (HOMOLOGATION) METHODS AND TESTS
10.7.6.4.1. List of Tests for Primary Explosives
a. Mandatory Tests:
(1) Impact (small BAM apparatus) 201.01.005

(2) Friction (small BAM apparatus) 201.02.002
(3) Spark sensitivity (small-scale) STANAG 4490A
(4) Differential thermal analysis (DSC) STANAG 4515B2
(5) Thermal stability at 60 °C or lower 202.01.009
b. Optional Tests:
(1) Heat of combustion under oxygen 102.02.001

(2) Potential calorimeter 102.01.002
(3) Density 102.02.011
(4) Particle size by laser diffraction 102.02.020
(5) Particle size by microscopic examination 102.01.021
(6) Crushing impact 201.01.006
(7) Stab initiation 201.01.007
(8) Hot wire sensitivity 201.08.007
(9) Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491B1
(10) Thermogravimetric analysis STANAG 4515B3
(11) Compatibility with materials STANAG 4147
(12l) Initiation power (primary explosives) 302.03.004
FR-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4.2 List of Tests for Booster Explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests
(1) Uniaxial tensile STANAG 4506

or Uniaxial compression STANAG 4443
(2) Impact sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4489C
(3 Friction sensitivity (BAM)) STANAG 4487A
(4) Spark sensitivity (small-scale) STANAG 4490A
(5) Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier) STANAG 4488B
or Initiability by a primer 201.04.002
(7) Differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) STANAG 4515B2
(9) Vacuum stability STANAG 4556
(11) Critical temperature of self-ignition 202.01.012
b. Optional Tests:
(1) Dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) STANAG 4540

(2) Density (Gravimeter) 102.02.012
(3) Particle size by laser diffraction 102.02.021
(4) Particle size by underwater screening 102.02.022
(5) Impact sensitivity (Bourges apparatus) 201.01.002
(6) Impact sensitivity (30kg apparatus) 201.01.004
(7) Electrostatic discharge (small-scale) STANAG 4490B
(8) Initiability by a booster 201.04.003
(9) Water Gap Test STANAG 4488A
(10) Friability 201.08.004
(11) Fast cook-off under confinement 202.02.002
(12) Critical diameter 205.01.001
(14) Detonation velocity 302.01.001
(15) Initiability by a primer 302.03.001
(17) Initiating power of a booster 302.03.003
c. For booster explosive, France uses the table I in chapter 7 but some criteria are
more severe or some additional tests can be conducted:
(1) Friction test : STANAG 4487A: ISF (Bruceton) t 170 N

(2) Shock sensitivity : 201.04.002: e50 at d 5.7 mm
(3) Impact test: STANAG 4489C: ISI (Bruceton) t 5 J (or t 14J with test 201.01.002)
d. Tetryl from the reference lot M35 DNAG 82 meets the above criteria. If these
criteria are not met, supplementary tests are necessary. These are selected
based on the particular end item use and are addressed in the ammunition safety
report in accordance with AOP-15.
FR-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4. 3 List of Tests for Main Charge High Explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests:

(3) Impact sensitivity (Bourges apparatus) 201.01.002
(4) Friction sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4487A
(5) Electrostatic discharge (small-scale) STANAG 4490B
(6) Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø40) STANAG 4488B
or Initiability by a booster 201.04.003
(7) Friability 201.08.004
b. Optional Tests:
(1) Relaxation STANAG 4507

(3) Linear dilatation coefficient 102.01.060
(4) Shore Hardness 102.01.065
(5) Density 102.02.012
(7) Spigot intrusion 201.01.008
(8) Spark sensitivity (small scale) STANAG 4490A
(9) Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø75) STANAG 4488C
(10) 12.7 mm bullet impact in vehicle 201.05.002
(11) Heavy spherical fragment impact (250 g) in vehicle 201.06.002
(12) Light fragment impact (16 g) in vehicle 201.06.003
(13) 62 mm shaped charge in vehicle 201.07.001
(14) Fast cook-off in vehicle 201.09.001
(16) Slow heating (3.3°C/min) in vehicle 201.09.003
FR-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4.4 List of Tests for Solid Gun Propellants:
a. Mandatory Tests:
(1) Content of particular ingredients 101.01.002

(2) Volatile matter (CPG) 101.01.003
(3) Moisture content (Fisher) 101.01.004
(5) Density (gas pycnometer) 102.02.010
(11) Closed bomb 302.02.002
b. Optional Tests:
(1) Hygroscopicity 101.02.001

(2) Radial compression 102.01.011
(4) Density (gravimetry) 102.02.011
(5) Free surface (B.E.T.) 102.01.030
(7) Spark sensitivity (small scale) STANAG 4490B
(18) Critical height for detonation 205.02.001
(19) Train propagation (trough test) 302.02.001
FR-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4. 5 List of Tests for Solid Rocket Propellants:
a. Mandatory Tests:

(5) Electrostatic discharge (large scale) STANAG 4490B
(6) Friability 201.08.004
(7) Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491
b. Optional Tests:

(2) Moisture content (Fisher) 101.01.004
(3) Relaxation STANAG 4507
(5) Density 102.02.012
(6) Impact sensitivity (30 kg apparatus) 201.01.004
(7) Spigot intrusion 201.01.008
(10) Heavy spherical fragment impact (250 g) in vehicle 201.06.002
(17) Burning rate (strand burner) 302.02.003
(18) Standard motor firing 302.02.004
FR-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.4.6 List of Tests for Liquid Propellants:
a. The Tests required for liquid propellants is as documented in Chapter 7 of this

document.
10.7.6.4.7 List of Tests for Pyrotechnics:
a. Mandatory Tests:

or Impact sensitivity (small BAM) 201.01.005
(3) Friction sensitivity (large BAM) STANAG 4487A
or Friction sensitivity (small BAM) 201.02.002
b. Optional Tests:

(3) Density (gravimetry) 102.02.011
(4) Particle size laser diffraction 102.02.020
(6) Train propagation (trough test) 302.02.001
FR-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.6.5 LIST OF FRANCE’S TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
Category100 Chemical, Physical &

101.01.XXX Analytical tests
101.01.002 Content of particular ingredients

101.01 003 Volatile matters by CPG
101.01.004 Moisture content (Fisher)
101.02.XXX Other tests
101.02.001 Hygroscopicity
102.01.XXX Mechanical properties
STANAG 4443 Uniaxial compression

STANAG 4506 Uniaxial tensile
STANAG 4507 Stress relaxation
STANAG 4540 Dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA)
102.01.011 Radial compression
102.01.060 Linear dilatation coefficient
102.01.065 Shore hardness
102.02.XXX Physical properties
102.02.001 Heat of combustion in oxygen

102.02.002 Potential calorimeter
102.02.010 Density (gas pycnometer)
102.02.011 Density (gravimetry)
102.02.012 Density
102.02.020 Particle size laser diffraction
102.02.021 Particle size by microscopic
examination
102.02.022 Particle size by underscreening
102.02.030 Free surface (B.E.T.)

Explosiveness
201.01.XXX Impact
STANAG 4489C Impact sensitivity (BAM)

201.01.002 Impact - Bourges apparatus
201.01.004 Impact - 30 kg apparatus
201.01.005 Impact - small BAM apparatus
201.01.006 Crushing impact
201.01.007 Stab initiation
201.01.008 Spigot intrusion
FR-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
201.02.XXX Friction
STANAG 4487A Friction sensitivity (BAM)

201.02.002 Friction -Small BAM apparatus
201.03.XXX Electric discharge
STANAG 4490A Spark sensitivity (small scale)

STANAG 4490B Electrostatic discharge (large scale)
201.04.XXX Shock
STANAG 4488A Water gap test

STANAG 4488B Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø 40)
STANAG 4488C Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø 75)
201.04.002 Initiability by a primer
201.04.003 Initiability by a booster
201.05.XXX Projectile impact
201.05.002 12.7 mm bullet impact in vehicle
201.06.XXX Fragment impacts
201.06.002 Heavy spherical fragment- (250 g)

impact in vehicle
201.06.003 Light fragment impact (16 g) in

vehicle
201.07.XXX Shaped charge jet impact
201.07.001 62 mm shaped charge in vehicle
201.08.004 Friability
201.08.007 Hot wire sensitivity
202.01.XXX Thermal tests
STANAG 4491B Temperature of ignition

STANAG 4515B2 Thermal characterization by DSC
STANAG 4515B3 Thermal characterization by TGA
STANAG 4556 Vacuum stability
202.01.009 Thermal stability at 60 °C or lower
202.01.012 Critical temperature of self-
ignition
202.02.001 Fast cook-off in vehicle

202.02.002 Fast cook-off under confinement
202.02.003 Slow heating (3.3°C/min) in
vehicle
FR-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
203.01.XXX Compatibility/Reactivity
STANAG 4147 Compatibility
205.01.XXX Critical diameter evaluation
205.01.001 Critical diameter for detonation
205.02.001 Critical height for detonation
Category 300 Performance Evaluation

Theoretical/Experimental
methods
302.01.XXX Detonation velocity
302.01.001 Detonation velocity
302.02.XXX Burning rate
302.02.001 Train propagation (trough test)

302.02.002 Closed bomb
302.02.003 Strand burner
302.02.004 Standard motor firing
302.03.001 Initiability by a primer

302.03.002 Initiability by a booster
302.03.003 Initiating power (booster
explosive)
302.03.004 Initiation power (primary
explosives)
302.03.005 Critical diameter
FR-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTE: The Test Information Sheets are listed consecutively in accordance with their
Registry Number.
FR-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
FR-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/101.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Levels of certain components
a. Type of Test: Chemical test
b. Description: The method involves determination of the full composition of the powder
using appropriate techniques
(1) The organic components are identified and measured by the following
methods: gas chromatography, liquid chromatography etc
(2) The levels of nitroguanidine, nitroglycerine and perchlorate are measured

specifically.
(3) Mineral salts are measured by atomic absorption after mineralization.
(4) The combustion ashes are analysed using X-rays to make sure that all the
minerals present have been noted. The composition is checked by
comparing the measured potential with the potential calculated from the
different levels of materials found.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all propellants.
d. Typical Results:
FP-101-A-1 NF T 70-303 NF T 70-310

FP-102-B-1 NF T 70-304 FP-211-A-1
FP-106-A-1 NF T 70-305 FP-212-A-1
NF T 70-306 FP-202-I-1 FP-302-A-2
NF T 70-301 FP-202-J-1
FP-202-C-5 FP-203-C-2
FP-306-A-1 FP-204-A-1
FR-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/101.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Levels of volatile materials by Gas Chromatography
a. Type of Test: Chemical test
b. Description: The method consists in separating the solvents by gas chromatography

using a column filled with a Porapak Q-type polymer or a Megabore column. A flame
ionization detector is used. Measurement is by internal calibration.
The current method of preparation is dissolution of 1.5 to 3 g of powder in ethyl acetate,

then precipitation of the nitrocellulose and injection of the supernatant liquid after
centrifuging.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to grain propellants.
d. Typical Results:
d. Repeatability and Reproducibility:
FP-105-D-1
FP-105-E-1
FP-105-G-1
FR-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/101.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: Moisture content (Fischer)
a. Type of Test: Chemical trial
b. Description: 1.5 to 3 g of the sample to be analysed is dissolved in anhydrous ethyl

acetate.
The water in the collodion formed is measured by the Karl Fischer method. This involves
the reduction of iodine by sulphurous acid in the presence of water. The consumption of a
mole of water causes the reduction of a mole of iodine which plays the role of titrant.
The method may be volumetric (direct or indirect), or coulometric with the generation of
iodine in situ by electrolysis.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Propellants, including those containing lead

salts or less than 5% acetone.
d. Typical Results:
FP-103-D-1
FR-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/101.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Hygroscopic characteristic
a. Type of Test: Other trials
b. Description: The loss or gain in mass is measured as a function of the time spent in
hermetic enclosures in which there are relative humidities of 33, 52, 65, 76 and 93%. The
powder is first treated by holding it in an enclosure with 65% relative humidity.
The degree of humidity is measured before and after the test. The curve of equilibrium
humidity levels as a function of the relative humidity is deduced from these figures.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Powder B B.19T (1.34) 1.30% 50% RH

1.90% at 70% RH
(2) Powder LB LB.Tu.72 (0.4) 0.55% at 50% RH
0.85% at 70% RH
(3) Powder
(double base) GB.Pa (0.075) 0.40% at 50% RH
0.60% at 70% RH
FP-801-A-1
FR-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.01.011
2. TEST TITLE: Radial compression
a. Type of Test: Mechanical trial
b. Description: The test piece, which is a grain of powder machined at the ends (with a
length/diameter ratio close to 1), is compressed radially in a machine at a constant rate of
movement.
The curve which plots the force as a function of the movement allows deduction of:
(1) the point where rupture or cracking of the test piece begins;
(2) the radial stress;
(3) the deformation relative to the shattering force.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to propellants in grains

with diameters greater than or equal to 5 mm.
d. Typical Results:
Nil
FR-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.01.060
2. TEST TITLE: Linear expansion coefficient
b. Description: A test piece whose length lies between 5 and 25 mm and whose
length/transverse dimension ratio is greater than 1 is subjected to a temperature increase
of 0.5 to 2°C/min under a very small constant load.
Measurement of the elongation of the test piece as a function of temperature permits

determination of the linear expansion coefficient.
This method can also be used to estimate the glass transition temperature.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to shaped solid

materials.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-313
FR-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.01.065
2. TEST TITLE: Shore hardness
b. Description: The hardness of the material is estimated from the degree of indentation
caused by a penetrator under a constant force exerted by a calibrated spring for a
determined period.
The measurement is made using a test piece of minimum thickness 4 mm and a Shore
type A or D hardness tester.

materials with hardness ranging from the least measured by the Shore A test to the
hardest measured by the Shore D test.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-316
FR-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Heat of combustion in oxygen
a. Type of Test: Physical trial
b. Description: The quantity of heat liberated by the combustion of 1.5 g of primary

explosive is determined.
The measurement is carried out at constant volume in an oxygen bomb calorimeter.
The quantity of heat liberated is determined by measuring the increase in the

temperature of the water in the calorimeter by a thermometer or a temperature probe.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all primary

explosives.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Lead styphnate: 1250 cal/g

(2) Lead azide: 590 cal/g
FA-600-A-1
FR-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Calorimetric potential
b. Description: The potential of an explosive substance is the heat of combustion at

constant volume in the absence of oxygen. It is calculated by measuring the water
temperature reached in an adiabatic calorimeter
3
Stainless steel calorimeters containing 340 to 500 cm are used; ignition is by a hot wire
which may be complemented by a certain quantity of powder with a potential of about
1200 cal/g. The mass of the powder under analysis and the added powder corresponds
3 3
to a charging density of 15 g/dm , i.e. 5.1 g for the usual volume of 340 cm .
d. Typical Results:
(1) GB.Pa (0.075) 1198 cal/g

(2) LB.Tu.72 (0.4) 720 cal/g
± 2 cal/g
FP 807-A-1
FP 807-A-2
FP 807-A-3
FP 807-A-4
FC 705-A-1
FR-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.010
2. TEST TITLE: Absolute density by gas pycnometer
b. Description: The volume of a known mass of sample is measured, using a gas

pycnometer based on the following principle:
Two cylinders are connected by a differential-pressure gauge, and the container holding
the sample communicates with one of the cylinders. Each cylinder has a piston which
allows slow compression of the gas in it. The compression is stopped when the piston of
the reference cylinder reaches its end stop, and the other piston is moved until the
pressure is the same in both cylinders. The sample cylinder is graduated so that the
position indicates the volume of the sample. This trial is carried out under either air or
helium.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all materials.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Double-base powder GB.Pa (0.075) = 1670 kg/m
3
(2) Ignition powder TB A1 = 3000 kg/m
FE 203-C-1
FP 803-C-1
FR-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.011
2. TEST TITLE: Apparent density by gravimetric method
b. Description: The method is to measure the mass of a certain quantity of the material
which, loose in bulk, exactly fills a container of a given volume.
The bulk state is obtained by filling the container with the material flowing freely from the
orifice of a funnel located a specified distance above the said container, without
compaction.
The ratio of the mass to the volume represents the apparent density of the material (in
3
kg/m ).
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Lead styphnate: 1300 kg/m
3
(2) Lead azide: 1600 kg/m
3
(3) Grain propellant B.19T (0.34)C: 950 kg/m
FA 303-A-1
FC 402-A-1
FP 819-A-1
FP 819-B-1
FP 819-B-2
FR-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.012
2. TEST TITLE: Overall density
b. Description: The overall density is determined by applying Archimedes’ principle to 2 to

20 g of the material.
The piece of explosive is suspended below the pan of a set of scales weighing to within
1/10th mg, and is immersed in a suitable liquid (generally water plus a wetting agent).
If the material is porous, it should be very lightly coated with Vaseline oil.
3
The overall density is expressed in kg/m .
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to materials in the form
of blocks, grain or plates.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Hexabu: 1620 kg/m
3
(2) Compressed Hexal: 1850 kg/m
FE 203-A-1
FR-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.020
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Granulometry by laser diffraction
b. Description: A specimen of material representative of the entire sample is held in

suspension in a dispersing agent which does not dissolve the material.
The laser diffractometer measures the angle of the diffraction caused by particles in
suspension which pass across a fine laser beam. Small fixed detectors (concentric
diodes) measure the diffracted luminous intensities.
Their positions correspond to particle sizes. A calculation programme transforms the
particle size into a volume corresponding to the sphere.
Particle counting gives us the differential and cumulative particle-size distribution curves.
From this we can deduce the mean diameter at 50% of the cumulative curve.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Counting of particles with sizes between 0.1
and 600 microns.
d. Typical Results:
FA-302-C-1
PPH-400
FR-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.021
2. TEST TITLE: Granulometry by microscopic examination
b. Description: A representative fraction of the sample to be analysed is placed on and

glued to the electron microscope plate.
The enlargement is adapted to the material under examination in order to determine the
shape and size of the crystals or particles
d. Typical Results:
Nil
FR-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.022
2. TEST TITLE: Granulometry by screening with water
b. Description: The method uses a screening machine vibrating at 50 Hz with variable

amplitude. 50 g of the material which has previously been homogenized is placed on the
upper screen with the largest mesh. A cover with a water feed allows a continuous flow of
water throughout the screening process (generally 1 hour).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to materials in powder

form which are insoluble in water.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-332
NF T 70-333
FR-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/102.02.030
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Propellants/High Explosives/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: B.E.T. specific surface ratio
b Description: The method relies on the fixation of a layer of gas to the surface and within
each open pore of the sample by Van der Waals bonding. Krypton gas is used for
2 2
specific surfaces of less than 5 m /g and nitrogen for those of more than 5 m /g.
The method is to plot the gas adsorption curve at the temperature of liquid nitrogen for
different adsorbed gas pressures. Processing of the results by the B.E.T. method allows
calculation of the volume of gas adsorbed corresponding to a monolayer.
The specific surface obtained is divided by the apparent surface per unit mass calculated
for the material.
The result is a dimensionless figure indicating the ratio of the real surface to the apparent
surface of the propellant.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to propellants.
d. Typical Results:
2
(1) LB.Tu.72 (0.4): 4 m /g
2
(2) B.19T (0.36)C: 15 m /g
2
(3) GB.Se (0.3): 3 m /g
FR 901-B-1
FR-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Bourges drop-hammer impact
a. Type of Test: Impact
b. Description: The method of Bruceton is used to determine the energy bringing a 0.5
probability of a pyrotechnic event with an explosive placed in a capsule on which a
variable mass is dropped from an adjustable height.
The energies applied vary from 5 J to 200 J in discrete steps. A minimum of 50 tests are
carried out. The result is considered satisfactory if the mean energy converges towards
an asymptotic value.
The tests are carried out on 25 mg of liquid or powder explosive.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosive

materials.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetryl: 18 J
(2) Hexocire [RDX/wax]: 28 J
FMD 410-B-1
FR-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: 30 kg drop-hammer impact
b. Description: The method is to determine the pyrotechnic behaviour of an explosive

material subject to the impact of a mass of 30 kg falling from a height which varies from
0.25 m to 4 m.
The mass is dropped on one end of a test piece of thickness 8 mm placed in a tank of
mild steel 0.4 mm thick of dimensions 8 mm x 50 mm x 150 mm. Charging may be by
insertion of a machined plate, by direct casting, or by charging at gravimetric density
where powder materials are concerned.
The aim is to find the drop height at which 3 negative tests occur (that is tests where the
reaction is not a violent pyrotechnic event) provided that at the height which is one step of
0.25 m greater there is at least one positive test (violent decomposition with propagation).
The drop height for non-reaction is determined in the same way.

materials except primary explosives.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetryl : 2.5 m

(2) Powder B (fine) :>4m
(3) Composite propellant : > 4 m
NF T 70-501
FR-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.005
2. TEST TITLE: Impact with small BAM drop hammer

3
b. Description: 15 mm of material placed in a cell in the form of a recess are subjected to
the impact of a striker with a flat end hit by a guided mass of 1 kg falling from an
adjustable height.
The height corresponding to a 0.5 probability of a positive reaction is determined after a

series of 30 tests (Bruceton method).
The possible results of a test fall into one of the following categories:
(1) Negative reaction: no reaction

(2) Positive reaction: audible explosion, visible ignition or other observable
decomposition.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to primary explosives

and to primary compositions of mainly powdery nature.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetrazene: 165 mm
FA 503-A-2
FR-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.006
2. TEST TITLE: Percussion by crushing

3
b. Description: 19 mm of primary explosive compressed in a cell in the form of a recess are
subjected to rapid crushing between:
(1) the bottom of the recess deformed inwards by the impact of a striker with a sharp
end hit by a guided mass of 112.5 g falling from an adjustable height.
(2) an anvil of rounded form.


decomposition.

explosives in powder form.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetrazene: 125 mm
FA 507-A-1
FR-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.007
2. TEST TITLE: Percussion by penetration

3
b. Description: 19 mm of primary explosive compressed in a cell in the form of a recess are
subjected to percussion by a striker with a sharp end hit by a guided mass of 3.2 g falling
from an adjustable height.


decomposition.

d. Typical Results:
(1) Mixture of lead azide/tetrazene (95/5): 150 mm
FA 507-B-1
FR-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.01.008
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Explosives/Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Punching
b. Description: The sensitivity to punching of the explosive material confined in a mock-up

container is assessed by determining the mean height at which a 50% level of reaction is
observed due to the penetration of a punch attached to a 45 kg mass falling from a
variable height (Bruceton method).
The mock-up comprises a body of steel 4 mm thick, and the explosive material takes the
form of a cylinder of diameter 40 mm and height 123 mm.
The drop heights lie between 0.89 and 10 m.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to compact solid

materials.
d. Typical Results:
SEN-209
FR-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Friction with the small BAM apparatus
a. Type of Test: Friction
b. Description: The method is to determine the forces causing 0% and 100% functioning of
a pyrotechnic material deposited on a rough porcelain plate attached to a moving
assembly which makes a single to-and-fro movement of amplitude 10 mm relative to a
rough stylus resting on the explosive material.
The test sample is 5 mg of material on each plate.
After making 6 preliminary tests, the method is to determine:
(1) either the threshold of non-sensitivity as the force at which 10 successive negative
tests (with no functioning) are observed,
(2) or the threshold of sensitivity as the force at which 10 successive functioning events
are observed.
(1) non-functioning: no reaction,
(2) functioning: audible explosion,

visible ignition
or other decomposition observed.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Any pyrotechnic material whose sensitivity (or
non-sensitivity) threshold lies between 0.1 N and 10 N.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-509
FR-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.04.002
2. TEST TITLE: Capability of initiation by an initiator
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity to shock wave
b. Description: See 302.03.001
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: ditto
d. Typical Results: ditto
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: ditto
3. NATIONAL REFERENCES: ditto
FR-40
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.04.003
2. TEST TITLE: Capability of initiation by a booster
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity to shock wave
FR-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.05.002
2. TEST TITLE: 12.7 calibre bullet impact
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability to projectile impact
b. Description: The explosive materials are placed in containers which are representative of
real objects in terms of volume and geometry, for example:
(1) explosives: in high-strength steel cylinders, of thickness 10 mm and internal

dimensions 240 mm height and 123 mm diameter, with one end screwed on and the
other welded (mass contained: about 5 kg).
(2) blocks of propellant: in steel cylinders of static bursting pressure 20.5 mm, with
internal dimensions 360 mm height and 123 mm diameter. The propellant block has
a central channel of diameter 62 mm, and one of the ends of the mock-up container
has a membrane seal of rupturing pressure 4 MPa (mass contained: about 5 kg).
(3) grain propellants: in a 90 mm shell case (352 mm high) closed by a seamed
cylindrical round of mass about 3 kg (mass contained: about 2 kg).
The mock-up, which is replaced for each firing, is held in a vertical position by its base
and attacked horizontally in its environment. The velocities of impact lie between 400 and
1000 m/s. A test is carried out for each velocity.
A table is drawn up to indicate, for each bullet velocity, the type of reaction observed
(type I to type V or non-reaction).

This method applies to any confined explosive material which can be used for charging a
munition. Comparisons are only possible between materials tested in the same type of
mock-up.
d. Typical Results:
VUL-102
FR-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.06.002
2. TEST TITLE: Impact of (spherical) heavy fragment – weighing 250 g
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability – fragment impact

dimensions 240 mm height and 123 mm diameter, with one end screwed on and
the other welded (mass contained: about 5 kg).
internal dimensions 360 mm height and 123 mm diameter. The propellant block
has a central channel of diameter 62 mm, and one of the ends of the mock-up
container has a membrane seal of rupturing pressure 4 MPa (mass contained:
about 5 kg).
The mock-up is held in a vertical position. It is attacked in its centre by the impact of a
steel ball (of diameter 39.5 mm and mass 252 g) travelling at a speed which may reach
2400 m/s.
The aim is to find the maximum velocity of the ball which does not cause the detonation
of the material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This method applies to any confined

explosive material which can be used for charging a munition. Comparisons are only
possible between materials tested in the same type of mock-up.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-512
FR-43
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.06.003
2. TEST TITLE: Impact of light fragment – weighing 16 g
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability – fragment impact

about 5 kg).
The mock-up is held in a vertical position. It is attacked in its centre by the impact of a 16
g steel fragment in the form of a cylinder of diameter 12.7 mm with a conical point
travelling at velocities lying between 500 and 2000 m/s. A test is carried out for each
velocity.
A table is drawn up to indicate, for each fragment velocity, the type of reaction observed

d. Typical Results:
VUL-101
FR-44
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.07.001
2. TEST TITLE: Shaped-charge jet of diameter 62 mm
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability – shaped-charge jet
b Description: The explosive materials are placed in containers which are representative of

about 5 kg).
A 62 mm shaped charge is fired at the mock-up through a metal screen of variable

predetermined thickness. The aim is to find the minimum screen thickness corresponding
to the thresholds of non-violent reaction and of non-detonation of the material.

d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-511
FR-45
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.08.004
2. TEST TITLE: Friability
b. Type of Test: Fragmentation
c. Description: A bare 9 g cylinder of explosive material is projected against a flat steel

surface, with its axis of revolution impinging at normal incidence. The friability of the
explosive material is characterized, as a function of the velocity of impact, by the
maximum value taken by the function dP/dt of the signal P(t) measured when burning the
fragments collected after the impact in a pressure vessel at constant volume.
The friability is characterized by the value of (dP/dt)max obtained at 150 m/s or by the
limiting impact speed corresponding to a given value of (dP/dt)max (for example 15
MPa/ms for explosives and 18 MPa/ms for propellants).
d. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all compact solid
e. Typical Results:
f. Repeatability and Reproducibility:
SEN-216
FR-46
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/201.08.007
2. TEST TITLE: Sensitivity to Hot Wire
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity
b. Description: The method is to determine the electric current in a resistance wire which causes
the initiation of a primary explosive in powder form.
3
The test device consists of a capsule of plastic material filled with 115 mm of
uncompacted explosive through which passes a 60 micron nickel-chrome 80/20
resistance wire.
The current is provided by a generator of progressively increasing current with a gradient

of 12 mA/s capable of delivering up to 1 amp.
The initiating current intensity (in mA) is obtained by taking the mean of 10 tests which
cause initiation of the primary explosive.

d. Typical Results:
(1) Lead azide : 400 mA

(2) Tetrazene : 360 mA
(3) Lead styphnate : 350 mA
FA 501-A-1
FR-47
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/202.01.009
2. TEST TITLE:Behaviour under long period at 60°C or a lower temperature
a Type of Test: Thermal trial
b. Description: Samples of 1 to 60 g of the material placed in hermetically-sealed flasks are

left to age in an enclosure or building where the temperature is maintained at 60°C or at a
lower temperature.
After predetermined periods of heating (for example 42 days, 3 months, 6 months, 1

year, 2 years etc) a sample of the material under test is removed from the enclosure or
building.
After its return to ambient temperature, the material is examined visually and then
analysed to establish its physico-chemical, mechanical, ballistic, sensitivity and reactivity
characteristics etc.
The characteristics after ageing are compared with those of the unaged material.

materials.
d. Typical Results:
For a single-base grain propellant, the loss of stabilizer (diphenylamine) after ageing at
50°C for 42 days is generally less than 0.2%.
FP 406-C-1
FP 406-C-2
FR-48
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/202.01.012
2. TEST TITLE: Critical temperature of thermo-initiation
a. Type of Test: Thermal trial
b. Description: The method is to determine the behaviour of an explosive material placed in

an aluminium boat and subjected to a specified thermal environment in a heated
enclosure.
The sample is 50 mm high and the boat 150 mm high.
The aim is to find the maximum temperature which does not lead to a pyrotechnic event
or, if there is always a pyrotechnic event, the temperatures leading to this event after 20
hours and 100 hours of exposure.

materials.
d. Typical Results:
SEN-307
FR-49
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/202.02.001
2 TEST TITLE: Behaviour in a kerosene fire
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability – thermal trial

about 5 kg).
The container is placed horizontally 25 cm above a 2 m x 2 m kerosene fire ignited by

vehicle-fuel petrol. Thermocouples placed 10 cm under the mock-up give an indication of
the validity of the test. Two tests are carried out.
The results noted are the time before the appearance of a pyrotechnic reaction and the
type of reaction observed (type I to type V or non-reaction).

d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-513
FR-50
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/202.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Behaviour in a fire under confinement
b. Description: The test is to determine the pyrotechnic behaviour of an explosive material,

contained in a steel tube closed by two screw caps, under the effect of a fuel-oil fire. The
tube has the following dimensions: diameter 40 mm, length 200 mm, and thickness 4
mm. The material may be granular, machined or cast in situ. The results noted are the
duration of the fire before a reaction and the nature (type) of that reaction.
The test is repeated 3 times; the least advantageous result is the one taken into
consideration.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosives and to
all propellants in block or grain form.
d. Typical Results:
SEN-104
FR-51
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/202.02.003
2. TEST TITLE: Very slow heating, at 3.3°C/h
a. Type of Test: Vulnerability – thermal trial

dimensions 240 mm height and 123 mm diameter, with one end screwed on and the
other welded (mass contained: about 5 kg).
internal dimensions 360 mm height and 123 mm diameter. The propellant block has a
central channel of diameter 62 mm, and one of the ends of the mock-up container
has a membrane seal of rupturing pressure 4 MPa (mass contained: about 5 kg).
The mock-up is placed in an oven. An automatic regulation system increases the

temperature of the oven by 3.3°C per hour. 2 tests are carried out. The results noted are
the temperature at which a pyrotechnic event occurs and the type of reaction observed
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosives and to
all propellants in block or grain form.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-515
FR-52
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/205.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Critical diameter
a. Type of Test: Deflagration-detonation transition
FR-53
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/205.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Critical detonation height
b. Description: The trial is intended to determine the powder height threshold leading to an
explosion with or without detonation of a tube in a vertical position, open towards the top,
after a local ignition within the base of the tube. A 3 mm thick tube of diameter 82 mm
and height 1000 mm is used.
Firing is by inductive heating.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all granular

propellants.
d. Typical Results: Height of detonation
(1) Single-base powder (coarse): 1000 mm

(2) Double-base powder (fine): 200 mm
FMD-862-A-1
FR-54
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.01.001
a. Type of Test: Velocity of the detonation reaction
b. Description: A test piece in the form of a cylinder of diameter 30 mm or a parallelepiped

of cross-section (30 x 30) mm² is initiated at one end. The time taken for the detonation
front to travel between two points at least 100 mm apart is measured.
The passage of the detonation front is registered by the short-circuiting of trigger probes
connected to a timing device with a resolution of 20 ns. The test is performed with 2 such
bases for measurement; the value measured is only taken into consideration if the
difference between the 2 velocities is less than 100 m/s. The result of the trial is the mean
of 4 valid individual tests.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosives whose
velocity of detonation is greater than 5000 m/s.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tolite [TNT]: 6620 m/s

(2) Tetryl: 7340 m/s
NF T 70-700
FR-55
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Deflagration in free air in a channel
a. Type of Test: Velocity of combustion
b. Description: The trial involves determination of the rate of flame propagation in a fine train
of pyrotechnic material laid out in free air in a semi-cylindrical channel with thick walls
and ignited at one end.
The dimensions of the channel are:
(1) Length = 2 m, diameter = 20 mm for propellants in grain form,

(2) Length = 1 m, diameter = 5 mm for pyrotechnic compositions.
The material is poured into the horizontal channel with its normal gravimetric density, and
is then levelled off.
The flame heating device is placed under the channel, vertically beneath one end.
The rate of combustion is determined by measuring the time taken to travel between
marks placed a known distance apart, using a manual stop watch or a recording
chronograph.
The result taken as the velocity of propagation is the mean of at least two tests. Other
phenomena are also noted (time before reaction commences, failure to ignite,
interruption, explosion).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to grain propellants and
pyrotechnic compositions in powder form.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-507
FR-56
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Firing in a closed pressure vessel
b. Description: The curve of variation of pressure as a function of time is recorded for x g of

powder placed in a closed vessel whose internal pressure can be measured.
3
The usual density of charging is 200 kg/m . The volume of the container is 700 or
3
200 cm . 1 to 2 g of black powder initiated by an electric heating wire are used for ignition
purposes.
The various ballistic parameters, such as maximum pressure, force, powder quickness
etc, are calculated by comparison with a reference powder or as absolute figures.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to grain or stick

powders.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Artillery powders: quickness 1 to 2 m /s.kg
FB 665-A-1
FB 666-A-1
FR-57
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.02.003
2. TEST TITLE: Rate of combustion of propellant sticks
b. Description: After inhibition by a lacquer, a stick of propellant (of variable cross-section

depending on the material) fitted with fuses at regular intervals is placed in a hermetic
container at the selected temperature and pressure.
After ignition, the intervals of time between the cutting off of the fuses are measured.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to propellants in block

form.
d. Typical Results:
FAP 100-A-1
FAP 102-A-1
FAP 102-B-1
FR-58
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.02.004
2. TEST TITLE: Firing in standard motor
b. Description: Fuel blocks made of the propellant to be tested are fired in standard motors
in which the operating pressure and the temperature can be selected.
Such firing allows the main characteristics of the propellant to be deduced, in particular
its rate of combustion. The fuel blocks used are:
(1) for the “Épictète” and “Nitrargols” propellants (cast double-base): Panisse block
or Bates block,
(2) for the SD propellants (extruded double-base): 32 x 16 block
(3) for composite cast propellants: Mimosa block or Bates block.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to the various

propellants in block form.
d. Typical Results:
FAP 104-A-1
FR-59
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.03.001
2. TEST TITLE: Capability of initiation by an initiator
a. Type of Test: Assessment of performance
b. Description: The Bruceton method is used to determine the thickness of a barrier which
gives a 0.5 probability of initiation of a booster explosive by a defined initiator-detonator.
The transmission of the detonation to the explosive under test is observed with the help
of a witness plate placed under the latter
The arrangement ensures confinement of the explosive. The thickness of the barrier
varies in discrete steps from 1 to 10 mm. A minimum of 50 tests are carried out. The
result is considered satisfactory if the mean thickness converges towards an asymptotic
value.
The trial is carried out on cylindrical test pieces of diameter 10 mm and height 18 mm,
obtained by casting, compression or machining.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all solid explosives
which can be put in the form defined above.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetryl: 4.25 mm

(2) Hexocire [RDX/wax]: 2.70 mm
(3) Octocire [HMX/wax]: 2.80 mm
FMD-210-A-1
FR-60
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Capability of initiation by a booster
gives a 0.5 probability of initiation of an explosive charge by a defined PETN booster. The
transmission of the detonation to the explosive under test is observed with the help of a
witness plate placed under the latter
The arrangement ensures confinement of the explosives. A minimum of 50 tests are

carried out. The result is considered satisfactory if the mean thickness converges towards
an asymptotic value.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tolite [TNT]: 10.50 mm
FMD 210-A-2
FR-61
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.03.003
2. TEST TITLE: Initiating power of a booster
gives a 0.5 probability of initiation by a booster explosive, the acceptor explosive being a
PETN pellet. The transmission of the detonation to the explosive under test is observed
with the help of a witness plate placed under the latter
The arrangement ensures confinement of the explosives. The thickness of the barrier
varies in discrete steps. A minimum of 50 tests are carried out. The result is considered
satisfactory if the mean thickness converges towards an asymptotic value.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetryl : 21.70 mm

(2) Hexocire [RDX/wax] : 25.10 mm
FMD-211-A-2
FR-62
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.03.004
2. TEST TITLE: Initiating power (primary explosives)
a. Type of Test: Experimental method
b. Description: The initiating power of a primary explosive relative to a secondary explosive

used as a reference is characterized by the maximum thickness in mm of a barrier which
permits the initiation of the secondary explosive.
The inert barrier which attenuates the shock wave emitted by the primary explosive is
made of aluminium disks. The secondary explosive is considered to be initiated when it
pierces an aluminium witness perforation disk 3 mm thick.
The test quantities are 150 mg of primary explosive and 300 mg of secondary explosive.
The two explosives and the barriers between them undergo compression at 1000 bars.
The primary explosive is initiated by a laser providing an energy of 2 joules.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to primary explosives in

powder form.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Lead azide: 4 mm (associated with hexogen [RDX])
FA -603-A-1
FR-63
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
France/302.03.005
a. Type of Test: Critical dimensions
b. Description: A test piece comprising coaxial cylinders of decreasing diameter is initiated

to detonate at its larger end. The point where the detonation stops, observed with the
help of a lead plate and possibly a resistance-wire probe, indicates the greatest diameter
of the part of the test piece which does not detonate. The length of each cylinder is equal
to 4 diameters. The critical diameter is determined to within ± 0.5 mm.
whose critical diameter lies between 2 and 20 mm.
d. Typical Results:
NF T 70-701
FR-64
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
10.7.5 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR GERMANY
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.5.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION GE-3
10.7.5..2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY(IES) GE-3
10.7.5.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES GE-4
10.7.5.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS GE-6
10.7.5.4.3 MANDATORY DATA FOR EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS GE-6
10.7.5.4.4 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS GE-6
10.7.5.5 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS GE-8
GE-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
GE-2
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
10.7.5.1.1 The Federal Office of Military Technology and Procurement (Bundesamt fur Wehrtechnik
and Beschaffung - BWB) has full responsibility for qualification of explosives. Within the
scope of qualification of a new explosive, the technical sections of BWB are responsible
for the following tasks:
a. Initiation of the qualification procedure;
b. Identification of the explosive characteristics (together with the Defence Institute

for Materials, Explosives, Fuels and Lubricants (Wehrwissenschaftliches Institut
für Werk-, Explosiv- und Betriebsstoffe - WIWEB);
c. Decision on the application of the qualified explosive which is characterized by

the substance specification;
d. Decision on the release of explosives data to other NATO partner nations in

10.7.5.1.2 Within the scope of qualification of a new explosive the WIWEB is responsible for the
following tasks:
a. Identification of the explosive characteristics (together with the technical sections

of BWB);
b. Selections of the required tests in agreement with the technical sections of BWB;
c. Conduct tests and preparation of the qualification report;
d. Assessment of the explosive in accordance with STANAG 4170 and

determination of the qualification status;
e. Documentation and updating of qualification records and test data;
f. Release of explosives data to NATO nations in accordance with STANAG 4170

(with the agreement of the project manager in BWB);
g. Preparation of the substance specification for the qualified explosive.
10.7.5..2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY(IES)
10.7.5.2.1 The Defence Institute for Materials, Explosives, Fuels and Lubricants
(Wehrwissenschaftliches Institut für Werk-, Explosiv und Betriebsstoffe – WIWEB) is the
appointed National Authority for Germany and is responsible for the following functions in
accordance with STANAG 4170:
a. Establish and maintain a data bank of qualified explosives used by the military
services of the FRG;
b. Coordinate the implementation of STANAG 4170 within the FRG;
c. Serve as Point of Contact within Germany for inputs to AOP-7;
d. Serve as Point of Contact to other NATO nations for the exchange of information.
GE-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.5.3.1 In Germany the term "explosives" comprises igniting and initiating substances and
mixtures of these, propellants, high explosives and pyrotechnic compositions. The
development of new explosives intended for military use is mainly carried out by private
firms. It is also the task of certain institutes sponsored by the GE MOD to carry out
research in the field of explosives.
10.7.5.3.2 A "new explosive" is defined as one which has not yet been used or qualified, whose
composition, nature, manufacturing procedure, manufacturer or manufacturing location
has subsequently been changed, or which is intended for a role for which it has not yet
been qualified.
10.7.5.3.3 In general, studies and developments are carried out under study or development
contracts awarded by the GE MOD or BWB. However, they may also result from a firm’s
initiative. Beside an application related development, a general development, i.e., without
relation to a particular equipment or weapon system, is also practiced.
10.7.5.3.4 The decision as to the suitability of an explosive in principle, which was developed within
the scope of one of the above mentioned contracts, is made by BWB after the completion
of the study or development contract. This decision is based on various factors, including
the fulfillment or nonfulfillment of basic safety requirements and of requirements set up in
a specification on which the contract was based.
10.7.5.3.5 After an investigation by WIWEB, the technical sections of BWB also decide on the use in
principle of such new explosives which are proposed by firms for a particular role.
10.7.5.3.6 A new explosive whose use is desired, is subjected to a qualification procedure in

accordance with STANAG 4170 to ensure that it possesses properties which permit its
military use. The appropriate technical sections of BWB are responsible for the initiation
of the qualification procedure. WIWEB is responsible for the conduct of the qualification
and the subsequent assessment of the new explosive regarding its safety and its basic
suitability for military purposes.
10.7.5.3.7 The qualification procedure does not include the equipment/system integrated
assessment of the explosive. The qualification procedure is initiated by a written
application of the technical sections of BWB to WIWEB.
10.7.5.3.8 Before the start of the investigation, these sections and WIWEB must identify the
characteristics which are essential for the type, composition and nature of the explosive
and for its intended general use. This identification must not only take into consideration
the normal state in which the explosive is used, but also the state after stress caused by
expected storage and operational conditions, and must also include the effects of
environmental influences, in particular temperature, on the safety and performance
characteristics.
10.7.5.3.9 Based on these characteristics, WIWEB (in agreement with the section which applied for
the qualification) prepares the list of tests necessary to determine the characteristic data
of the explosive. The selection of the tests is influenced by the type, composition and
nature of the explosive, the intended role and application and the similarity with explosives
already qualified or used for similar purposes.
10.7.5.3.10 The investigation program must take into consideration the legal provisions for explosives
and transportation, and must permit an assessment of handling safety, stability,
compatibility and service life. In addition, it must provide for the determination of
chemical, physical, physicochemical and mechanical properties and performance data.
GE-4
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
10.7.5.3.11 The national tests listed in AOP-7 and the tests identified in STANAG 4170 are used for
this purpose. Other tests not included in AOP-7, but which are suitable to obtain the
required information, may also be used.
10.7.5.3.12 After completion of the investigations, WIWEB prepares an investigation report which not
only contains a substance characterization including the manufacturing process, and the
legal aspects with regard to explosives and transportation, but also the test procedures
applied and their results. The report also contains the assessment of the new explosive
in accordance with STANAG 4170 and the resulting qualification status: (a) qualified, (b)
not qualified., (c) qualified with certain restrictions. The assessment includes:
a. The evaluation of the new explosive on the basis of the legal provisions for
explosives and transportation; and
b. the evaluation of handling safety, stability, compatibility, service life and

performance based on the results of the individual tests and on the comparison
with results of explosives already qualified or used for similar purposes.
10.7.5.3.13 If IWEB determines that a new explosive is suitable in general for military use, it will
prepare a document which characterizes this qualified explosive (specification). This
specification stipulates the explosive characteristics such as composition, nature,
manufacturing process and use, as far as these ensure reproducible manufacture and
delivery. The technical requirements for the explosive, the testing instructions required for
their examination, and further, provisions on quality assurance and packaging, are also
reflected in this document.
10.7.5.3.14 After the substance specification has been written, the new explosive is approved for
immediate or later use. BWB is responsible for the decision to use it in ammunition.
10.7.5.3.15 In case of equipment or system developments requiring the development of explosives,

these explosives must be qualified before the equipment design is finalized.
10.7.5.3.16 The qualification of new explosives must be carried out independent of the equipment
tests and provings.
10.7.5.3.17 The introduction of the explosive for a particular role before conclusion of the qualification
procedure, before declaration of its basic suitability, and before completion of the
substance specification is prohibited in general.
GE-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.5.4QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS
10.7.5.4.1 The qualification of high explosives, propellants and pyrotechnic compositions is based on
mandatory data obtained in tests listed herein.
a. Special interest is focused on the safety characteristics of booster explosives

used in fuzes beyond the shutter to transmit and augment a detonation reaction
initiated by a primary explosive. The tests and requirements for booster
explosives are to be found in Chapter 7 Section 7.3 of this document.
b. Mandatory Data for Explosive Materials:
Tests Registry or STANAG No.
(1) BAM Drop-Hammer STANAG 4489

(2) BAM Friction STANAG 4487
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity 201.03.001
(4) BICT Gap STANAG 4488
(5) Initiation Test in Steel Pipes 201.04.004
(6) Bullet Impact 201.05.001
(7) Deflagration-to-DetonationTransition 201.08.001
(8) Steel Tube (Koenen-Test) STANAG 4491
o o
(9) 105 C (110 C) Weight Loss (Holland Test) 202.01.001
o o
(10) Loss of Weight Test at 75 C/90 C 202.01.002
(11) Bergmann-Junk-Siebert 202.01.003
(12) BAM Ignitability (Standard Heat Sources) 202.01.004
o
(13) Quantitative Heat Test at 100 C 202.01.005
(14) Methyl Violet 202.01.006
(15) Vacuum Stability STANAG 4479
STANAG 4147
o
(16) Quantitative Heat Test at 90 C 202.01.008
(17) Temperature of Ignition (Wood’s Metal Bath) STANAG 4491
(18) Simultaneous DTA/TGA STANAG 4515
(19) Heat Flow Calorimetry STANAG 4582
(20) Strand Burning 302.02.001
(21) Closed Vessel 302.02.002
(22) Eprouvette 302.03.001
GE-6
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
10.7.5.4.4 List of Germany’s Test Information Sheets
Category 100 Chemical, Physical &

102.01.XXX Physical Tests
102.01.001 Uniaxial Tensile

102.01 002 Creep
102.01.003 Stress Relaxation
102.01 010 Uniaxial Compression
102.01.011 Shearing
102.01.022 Charpy
102.01.023 Hardness
102.01.042 Peel
102.01.060 Thermal Mechanical Analysis
102.01.070 Density (Pycnometry)

Explosiveness
201.01.001 BAM Impact

201.02.001 BAM Friction
201.03.001 Electrostatic Sensitivity
201.04.001 BICT Gap
201.04.004 Initiation Test in Steel Pipes
201.05.001 Bullet Impact
201.08.001 Deflagration-to-Detonation
Transition
201.08.002 Steel Tube Test (Koenen
202.01.XXX Thermal Stability

o o
202.01.001 105 C (40 C) Weight Loss
(Holland Test)
o o
202.01.002 75 C and 90 C Weight Loss
201.01.003 Bergmann-Junk-Siebert
201.01.004 BAM Ignitability
(Standard Heat Sources)
o
201.01.005 100 C Qualitative Heat
201.01.006 Methyl-Violet
201.01.007 Vacuum Stability/Reactivity
o
201.01.008 90 C Quantitative Heat
201.01.009 Temperature of Ignition (Wood's
Metal Bath)
202.01.010 Simultaneous DTA/TGA
202.01.011 Heat Flow Calorimeter
302.02.001 Linear Burning Rate

GE-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
302.03.001 Eprouvette Test
GE-8
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
NOTE: The Test Information Sheets are listed consecutively in accordance with their
Registry Number.
GE-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
GE-10
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/102.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosive, High Explosives, Propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Tensile Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical Property
b. Description: Specimen: JANNAF type(B or C), gauge length 50 mm, width 10 mm, 6 mm
(DB) or 12 mm (Composite) thickness, transition radius 12,5 mm. Crosshead speed: 5
mm/min to 8 m/s. Test temperature: varies from 203 to 343ºK. Control measurements: 50
mm/min and 293ºK. After conditioning to test temperature (1 h), the specimen is pulled to
failure with constant crosshead speed. Force and elongation of the gauge section
(directly measured) are recorded. Main physical parameters affecting the results: strain
rate, temperature and relative humidity. Stress (force/initial cross sectional area)and
strain (elongation/initial gauge length) are calculated and plotted. Main results of the
stress-strain curve: initial tangent Modul Eo, maxLPXPVWUHVV BVWUHVVDWUXSWXUH r and
WKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVWUDLQV BDQG r.
(1) Applications: Characterization, quality control.
(2) Significance: Material response(including failure)at different rates of deformation

and temperatures.
(3) Limitations: Specimen preparation and preconditioning may influence the

results. Elongation must be measured directly on the specimen.
o
d. Typical Results: (50 mm/min, 293 K)
(1) '%URFNHWSURS B 03D B

= 30%, Eo = 200 MPa.
(1) Good
(1) TL 1376-0701, Teil II, Blatt 4

(2) DIN 53455 (Testing of plastics; tensile test).
GE-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/102.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Creep Test
b. Description: A JANNAF type specimen (see tensile test) is deformed by an uniaxial

constant tensile stress (load). The elongation of the specimen with time is measured.
Main physical parameters affecting the results are: temperature, stress, and relative
humidity.
The creep compliance J(t) (strain(t)/stress) and the strain at failure are calculated. From
the results at different temperatures a shift factor aT can be determined.
(1) Applications: Material characterization

(2) Significance: Stress analysis, calculation of visocelastic properties.
(3) Limitations: To be supplied
(4) Properties: Specimen dimensions.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Results depend strongly on test conditions and on type of material.
(1) Good with the same specimen type.
(1) DIN 53444 (Testing of plastics; tensile creep test).
GE-12
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/102.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Stress Relaxation Test
b. Description: A specimen, e.g. JANNAF type, is deformed to a preset stress or strain.

The strain is kept constant during the relaxation test. Stress (load) is recorded vs time.
Main physical parameters affecting results: temperature, initial stress, initial strain and
initial strain rate. The relaxation modulus Er (t) (stress (t)/strain) is calculated and plotted.
From stress relaxation measurements at different temperatures the shift factor aT is
determined.
(1) Applications: Characterization of viscoelastic properties.

(2) Significance: Used for stress analysis or constitutive equation.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Modulus vs time and temperature.
(1) Good, if test facilities are the same.
(1) DIN 53441 (Testing of plastics; stress relaxation test.)
GE-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/102.01.010
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Compression Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical
b. Description: Specimen: Right circular cylinder with L/D <=2 (e.g. d = 20 mm, l = 40 mm)
or propellant grain (solid or perforated). Crosshead speed: 5 mm/min to 8 m/s; Test
o
temperature: 203 K to 343 K; Control measurements: 5 mm/min, 293 K. After
conditioning to the test temperature (1 h), the specimen is compressed to failure with
constant rate. Force and change of specimen length (displacement of the compression
bars) are measured and registered (not calculated from crosshead speed). Main physical
parameters affecting results: strain rate, temperature, relative humidity, specimen
geometry. Stress (force/initial cross sectional area) and strain (displacement/initial
length) are calculated and plotted. Main results: initial tangent Modulus Eo, stress and
strain at failure (onset of cracking).
(2) Significance: Material response (including failure)
(3) Limitations: Friction of specimen ends; no

mathematical procedure until now to transfer resultsfrom single grains to a powder bed;
buckling and web size.
d. Typical Results:
o -2 -1
(1) (293 . [ s )
(2) 5'; dB = 50 Mpa, G% = 2%, Eo = 1850 Mpa
(3) CompositHURFNHWSURSHOODQW dB 03D dB = 30%,
(4) Eo = 200 MPa.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good
(1) TL 1376-0701, Teil II, Blatt 5

(2) DIN 53454 (Testing of plastics; compression test).
GE-14
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/102.01.011
2. TEST TITLE: Shearing Test
b. Description: Specimen: Cylindrical shape, L/D >= 2 (e.g. d = 20 mm, L = 40 mm). The
test is done with a normal tensile tester. The fixture consists of two parts, a U-shape
outer compartment and a bar that fits in the center of the U. A central boring in the fixture
takes the specimen like a bolt. When the two parts of the fixture are pulled in opposite
directions, the specimen is sheared. Force and displacement are registered. Main
physical parameters affecting the results: crosshead speed, temperature and relative
humidity. Maximum shear stress (Force/two times the cross sectional area) and
displacement at maximum stress are the results of the test.
(1) Applications: Quality control, material characterization

(2) Significance: Material response under shear load
(4) Properties: Specimen geometry
d. Typical Results:
(293 K, 5 mm/min)
2
(1) tetryl: = 2,5 N/mm , L = 0,12 mm
2
(2) HX 11 : = 0,25 N/mm , L = 2,57 mm
(1) Good
(1) DIN 50141 (shearing test).
GE-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/102.01.022
2. TEST TITLE: Charpy Test
b. Description: Specimen: bar-shaped, 6 mm x 6 mm x 70 mm (notched or unnotched).

The specimen is fractured in a Charpy tester (4 J, 2.9 m/s) at different temperatures.
Specimen taken out of the temperature bath must be fractured within three seconds. The
energy required to break the specimen is determined from the loss in kinetic energy of the
hammer. Main physical parameters affecting the results: Temperature and specimen
geometry. Impact strength an is calculated and plotted versus temperature. Straight lines
through the data points in the low impact strength region and the high impact strength
region cross over in the transition region. Their crossing over marks the transition
temperature Tv (brittle to viscous transition).
(1) Applications: Quality control, material characterization.

(2) Significance: Toughness is important for safety.
(3) Limitations: Specimen preparation influences results.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Comp. Rocket Propellant:

(2) Tv = 215 K (Tv > Tg)
2
(3) an (215 K) = 5 mJ/mm
(1) Good
(1) TL 1376-0701, Teil II, Blatt 8

(2) DIN 53453 (Testing of plastics; determination of impact resistance).
GE-16
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/102.01.023
2. TEST TITLE: Hardness Test
b. Description: No special specimen. Specimen thickness must be a minimum of two times

the penetration depth. Surface must be smooth. Test is done in a indentation hardness
tester. The indenter is a spherical tip ped cone. The depth of indentation is measured
under load, 10s and 60s after loading. Normal load is 50 N. Main physical parameters
affecting the results are: temperature and relative humidity. Hardness (H10s and H60s) is
calculated as load/area of indentation (depth as a measure of the area is tabulated).
From the hardness a "Plasticity Coefficient" k is calculated as k = (H10s- H60s )/H10s x
100%.
(1) Applications: Quick control test

(2) Significance: Comparing materials or same material after different
preconditioning or aging.
(3) Limitations: Information is limited to the surface near region.
d. Typical Results:
2
(1) H10s : HE: 20 to 40 N/mm
2
(2) DB Propellants: 4 to 8 N/mm
2
(3) Composite Propellants: 0,1 to 6 N/mm
(1) High
(1) TL l376-0701, Teil II, Blatt 9

(2) DIN 53456 (Testing of plastics; indentation hardness test).
GE-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/102.01.042
2. TEST TITLE: Peel Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical property; adhesion
b. Description: Specimen: a) Rectangular bar, consists of two materials. The two materials
are partly separated and each part is mounted in one fixture of a tensile tester. b)
Disk-shaped specimen, the outer layer (second material) is partly separated and mounted
in a fixture of a normal tensile tester. The disk is fixed in the center by a bolt. The sample
is pulled and the force required to separate the two materials is measured. Main physical
parameters affecting the results are: Temperature, strain rate and peeling angle. The
result of the peel test is quoted as the mean force divided by the specimen width.
(1) Applications: Quality control

(2) Significance: Good adhesion is an important property.
(4) Properties: To be supplied
d. Typical Results:
(1) T = 2 N/mm
(1) Good
III. NATIONAL REFERENCES:
(1) DIN 53530 (Testing of organic materials; test for separating layers of laminated
woven fabrics).
GE-18
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/102.01.060
2. TEST TITLE: TMA (Thermal Mechanical Analysis)
a. Type of Test: Thermomechanical
b. Description: Specimen: cylindrical or rectangular bar, exact dimension depends on

material (e.g. GP grain) or device. The length of the specimen is measured over a range
of temperatures. Temperature change can be continuous or at fixed intervals. The
resolution of the measurement system should be 1 m or better. Main physical
parameters affecting the results: The temperature and, with anisotropic material, the
measured axis of the specimen. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion is calculated
by dividing the slope of the length-temperature plot by the length at 293ºK. A great
change in a small temperature interval indicates a transition temperature.

(2) Significance: Required to calculate thermal stress.
(4) Properties: Specimen geometry.
d. Typical Results:
Tg . [ K-1 for a composite Rocket Propellant (RP)

-4
(1)
(1) Good
(1) DIN 53752 (Testing of plastics; determination of the coefficient of linear thermal
expansion).
GE-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/102.01.070
2. TEST TITLE: Density
b. Description: The density is calculated as quotient of mass and volume. The mass is
measured with a balance (resolution 0,0001 g) and the volume is measured with a gas
pycnometer (air or helium). The specimen must be small enough to fit into the test cell.
The main physical property that affects the result is the temperature.
3
The density is measured as g/cm .
(1) Applications: Material characterization, quality control

(2) Significance: Basic property of an explosive.
(3) Limitations: To be supplied.
(4) Properties: To be supplied.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) PBX: 1,6 g/cm .

3
(1) Good (+ 0,004 g/cm ).
(1) DIN 53479 (Testing of plastics and elastomers; determination of density.)
(2) TL 1376-0600, Blatt 32.
GE-20
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/201.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: BAM Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact
b. Description: This test evaluates the sensitivity explosive materials to impact. The test
focusses on hazards associated with accidental impact during handling and transporting.
It determines, primarily, the lowest response level. The apparatus consists of a steel
block mounted on a concrete base. A steel anvil bearing the impact device is embedded
in the steel block. A column to support the guide rails of the free-falling drop weight is
attached to the rear of the steel block. Drop weights of 1 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg, each
assigned a given drop height test range, are used. The maximum height of the apparatus
3
is 1 m. The test substance of 40 mm rests between two coaxially arranged steel
cylinders fixed by a steel guide ring. An intermediate steel anvil and a steel centering ring
containing vent-holes complete this impact device. Powdered substances are dried and
sieved to a size of 0,5 to 1,0 mm before testing. Pressed or cast substances are crushed
and sieved to the afore- mentioned particle size. For liquids, a gap of l mm is left between
upper and lower cylinder. The upper cylinder is held in position by a rubber ring. The
sensitivity is the lowest height at which in a series of six tests at least one explosion is
registered. These values are quoted together with the resulting impact energy.
(1) Used to determine the impact sensitivity of explosives in powdered, gelatinous

and liquid form. It is required by the German Explosives Law, Transportation
Regulations and is accepted for qualification testing of explosives, propellants
and pyrotechnics.
d. Typical Results:
Drop Weight Drop Height Impact Energy

Explosives: PETN l kg 30 cm 3.0 Joule
Tetryl l kg 40 cm 4.0 Joule
RDX 5 kg l5 cm 7.5 Joule
TNT 5 kg 30 cm 15.0 Joule
Most solid rocket propellants have impact energies between 4 and 15 Joule (chips) and
15 to 35 Joule (pieces). Solid gun propellants lie between 3 and 10 Joule, whereas
pyrotechnic mixtures have impact energies over the entire range of the apparatus.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability is within the range of approximately +1

test increment.
(1) H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, K.H.Swart, Explosivstoffe 9 (1961) 4-13, 30-42.

(2) P. Langen, BICT Report Az.: 2.2-9/5867/82, Sensitivity to Impact: Test
Description and Procedure.
(3) Gesetz uber explosionsgefahrliche Stoffe (Sprengstoffgesetz) vom 13.
September 1976, Bundesgesetzblatt Teil I (1976) 2737-2787.
GE-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/201.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: BAM Friction Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Friction
b. Description: The test is used to evaluate the sensitivity of all types of explosive
substances to friction. Liquid and gelatinous substances are usually not tested due to
their lubricating tendencies and the resulting low heat development that is not sufficient to
cause a reaction. The explosive sample is held between a porcelain plate and a porcelain
peg under a given load. Frictional forces are applied by a horizontal movement of the
porcelain plate. An electric motor drives an eccentric disc and a connecting rod which is
fastened to the carriage of the plate. Movement of the plate relative to the peg is a
forward and backward motion of 10 mm each, with an average velocity of 5 cm/s. The
peg fixture also carries the load arm, which has six equally spaced notches for the
attachment of one of nine weights. By various combinations of weight and position on the
load arm one can apply loads from 5 to 360 Newton on the test substance. Before
testing, powdered substances are sieved through a 0.5 mm mesh screen. Pressed or
cast substances are crushed before sieving. The relative sensitivity to friction is indicated
by the lowest load expressed in Newton that leads to ignition, crackling or explosion at
least once in a series of six tests. The lowest load and the type of reaction observed are
registered on the data sheet.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test determines the sensitivity to friction
of explosives. It is required by the German Explosives Law, Transportation Regulations
and is acceptable for the qualification testing of explosives, propellants and pyrotechnics.
d. Typical Results:
Load Reaction
Explosives: PETN 60 Newton crackling
Tetryl 360 Newton crackling
RDX 180 Newton crackling
HMX 160 Newton crackling
TNT >360 Newton
Comp B >360 Newton
Solid rocket propellants react with crackling between 40 and 360 Newton. Gun propellants show
crackling between 120 and 240 Newton. Pyrotechnics mixtures begin to react with
crackling at 20 Newton. The most insensitive lie above 360 Newton.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability of results is within the range of +1 test

increment.
(1) H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, Explosivstoffe 3 (1955) 57-65,89-93.

(2) H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, K.-H. Swart, Explosivstoffe 9 (1361) 13-14, 30-42.
(3) Gesetz uber Explosionsgefahrliche StoffeSprengstoffgesetz) vom 13. September
1976, Bundesgesetzblatt Teil I (1976) 2737-2787.
(4) D. Langen, BICT Report Az.: 2.2-9/5868/82, Sensitivity to Friction, Test
Description and Procedure.
GE-22
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/201.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosive, High Explosives, and Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Sensitivity Test
a. Type of Test: Safety
b. Description: In this test small samples (approximately 25 mm3) of the explosive or

propellant material are subjected to an electrostatic discharge in order to determine the
relative ease of ignition. The test may be conducted in the energy range of 0.001 to 10
Joule using a device consisting essentially of a spring- activated approaching needle
electrode and a plane base electrode. The latter supports a large-diameter Trovidur block
containing a centrally located Teflon washer as a sample holder. An insulating tape
attached to the filled sample holder confines the test substance thereby assuring that the
discharge will pass through the entire sample. A series of ten tests is performed at each
of the chosen energy levels.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the lowest
discharge energy that will ignite an explosive or propellant sample under the given
conditions.
GE-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/201.04.001
2. TEST TITLE: BICT Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Shock Wave Sensitivity and Detonability.
b. Description: The shock sensitivity and the detonability of an explosive are determined as
a function of the height of a water column that is used to transmit and attenuate the shock
output of a standard donor explosive. Evidence of a detonation is provided by a
detonating cord placed on the acceptor charge and with its other end attached to a lead
witness plate. In the normal version, the donor charge of RDX/wax/graphite (94.5/4.5/1)
3
has a diameter of 2l mm and a length of 20 mm. Its density is 1.6 g/cm . Initiation is
conducted with a standard electric detonator. The acceptor charge has a diameter of 2l
mm and a length of 40 mm. Donor, water and acceptor are enclosed in a plexiglass tube
of 2l mm inner diameter and 25 mm outer diameter. Explosive materials with a critical
diameter greater than 20 mm are tested in a scaled-up version of the test where the
plexiglass tube has an inner diameter of 50 mm and an outer diameter of 60 mm. The
3
donor charge consists of 140 g of RDX/wax/graphite pressed to a density of 1.6. g/cm .
The dimensions are 50 mm diameter and 50 mm length. The acceptor has a diameter of
50 mm and a length of at least l00 mm. The limits of non-detonation (shock wave
sensitivity) and detonation (detonability) are determined by a type of up-and-down
procedure. Tests above the non-detonation limit will always give negative results and
tests below the detonation limit will always result in a detonation. Results are specified as
"mm water gap" and may also be supplemented by the corresponding shock pressure. A
substance is considered to be more sensitive to shock waves than others if its
non-detonation limit is greater than that of the other substance at a given density.
(1) The test is used to determine the shock wave sensitivity of explosives, and
occasionally of propellants. It is required by German military specifications (TL)
and is acceptable for qualification testing.
d. Typical Results:
(1) (Limit of) Non-Detonation Detonation

3
TNT, cast 1.6 g/cm 7 mm 99.5 kbar 6 mm 49.0 kbar
3
pressed 1.6 g/cm 21 mm 17.2 kbar 20 mm 18.3 kbar
3
Comp B1.7 g/cm 12 mm 33.0 kbar 11 mm 35.7 kbar
3
Tetryl1.6 g/cm 24 mm 14.3 kbar 22 mm 16.2 kbar
3
1.2 g/cm 37 mm 5.4 kbar 35 mm 6.2 kbar
3
PBXN-51.7 g/cm 25 mm 13.3 kbar 24 mm 14.3 kbar
(1) Repeatability is + 2 mm, Adjustment of the water gap is 1 mm.

1. F. Trimborn, Explosivstoffe 15 (1967) 2-8.
2. F. Trimborn, R. Wild, Propellants/Explosives, Pyrotechnics 7 (1982) 87-90.
3. P. Langen, BICT-Report Az.: 2.2-9/5901/S2.
GE-24
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/201.04.004
2. TEST TITLE: Initiation Test in Steel Pipes
a. Type of Test: Safety/Detonability
b. Description: In this test a propellant is confined in a 1" steel pipe and 300 mm long. A 0,6
g PETN detonator is used to initiate the propellant sample. The purpose of the test is to
determine whether a standard donor shock will initiate a detonation in the propellant and if
so, whether the detonation will propagate through the entire length of the propellant
column. Type and extent of reaction are determined by the examination of the remains of
the steel pipe. If there is no propagation under these conditions, the test is repeated
using a 2" pipe having a length of 500 mm. In this case a standard 50 g RDX/wax pellet
serves as a booster charge.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the detonability
of propellants under confinement. Also in certain cases other explosive substances that
are not expected to sustain a detonation in their normal mode of application are tested.
(1) Koenen, H., Ide, K. H., Swart, K. H, Explosivstoffe 9 (1961) 4-13, 30-42
(2) Military Specification TL 1376-701, Teil III, Blatt 5.
GE-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/201.05.001
2. TEST TITLE: Rifle Bullet Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Projectile Impact
b. Description: The test is reproducible and the behavior of the test substance in its mode of
application is determined. The test can differentiate between the behavior of an explosive
in the powdered, pressed, or cast state. Normally, the explosive or propellant is tested in
its state of application, i.e., density, cast, pressed, extruded. It is confined in a seamless
steel cylinder with an inner diameter of 50 mm, an outer diameter of 55 mm, and a length
of 50 mm. Steel caps of 5 mm thick enclose the substance at both ends. The cylinder is
placed in a test stand and a 7.62 mm projectile is fired using a NATO G-3 rifle set up 15
m from the cylinder. It impacts the flat end of the cylinder with a velocity of approximately
800 m/s. In a series of ten tests, a detonation, explosion, burning, partial reaction or
non-reaction is determined. The damage to the steel cylinder is also noted.
(1) The test is used as an indication of the sensitivity of an explosive or propellant to

projectile impact.
d. Typical Results:
10 partial reactions: Tetryl, TNT pressed, TR 8870

10 detonations: PETN/wax 95/5
10 non-reactions: TNT cast
8 partial reactions:
2 explosions: Comp B
(1) Trimborn, F. BICT-Literatur-Information 2 (1979) III-XII.
GE-26
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/201.08.001
2. TEST TITLE: Deflagration-to-Detonation Transition Test
a. Type of Test: Safety
b. Description: The test is used to determine whether an explosive substance initiated by

heat will transit from burning to detonation. For this purpose the test sample is loaded in
a steel pipe of 50 mm inner diameter, 60 mm outer diameter, and 500 mm length which is
closed at both ends. Burning is initiated at one end by means of an igniter composition
consisting of equal parts of black powder and RDX and weighing 5, 10, or 20 grams. No
instrumentation is provided, the results being assessed from the degree of fragmentation
of the steel pipe.
(1) The test is used to determine the tendency of an explosive or propellant to

undergo a deflagration-to-detonation transition.
GE-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany 201.08.002
2. TEST TITLE: Steel Tube Test (Koenen Test)
a. Type of Test: Safety/Thermal
b. Description: The sensitivity of explosives to thermal stimulus is determined. Solid, liquid

and gelatinous materials are tested in steel tubes of 24 mm inner diameter, 0.5 mm wall
and 75 mm long. The open end of a tube is sealed with one of a number of steel orifices
plates having orifices with diameters from 1 to 20 mm. A plate is secured by a threaded
collar. An additional diameter of 24 mm results when the test is performed without a
plate. The tube is suspended between two rods placed through holes in the opposite
walls of a steel protective box. One side and the top of the box are open. The walls and
the base are fitted with burners arranged so that the tube and the closure are heated.
Three tests are done at each diameter. If an explosion occurs, testing is continued with a
larger diameter orifice plate. The relative degree of thermal sensitivity is denoted by the
largest plate diameter at which the test substance explodes at least once in a series of
three tests with fragmentation of the steel tube into at least three pieces. This diameter is
the limiting diameter. In assessing the behavior of the substance, the time t1 from ignition
of the burners to the onset of a visible decomposition reaction (flame burning) and the
duration t2 of this reaction, resp. the time to explosion, are also considered. The thermal
sensitivity increases with increasing limiting diameter and decreasing times t1 and t2.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the thermal
sensitivity of explosive substances. It is required by the German Explosives Law,
Transportation Regulations and is acceptable for the qualification testing of explosives,
propellants and pyrotechnics.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Explosives: Comp B, TNT: 4 mm

Tetryl, PETN: 6 mm
HMX, RDX: 8 mm
(2) Solid gun propellants: 12 to 20 mm (chips)
1 to 2 mm (cylinders)
(3)Pyrotechnic mixtures: 14 to 16 mm
(1) Repeatability is usually + orifice plate, i.e.,

+ 0.5 mm for diameters from 1 to 3 mm;
+ l,0 mm for diameters from 3 to 6 mm;
+ 2,0 mm for diameters from 6 to 20 mm.
(1) Koenen, H., Ide, K.H., Explosivstoffe 4 (1956) 119-125, 143-148.

(2) Koenen, H., Ide, K.H., Swart, K.-H., Explosivstoffe 9 (1961) 4-13, 30-42.
(3) Gesetz uber explosionsgefahrliche Stoffe Sprengstoffgesetz) vom 13. Sept. 1976,
Bundesgesetzblatt Teil I (1976) 2737-2787.
(4) Langen, P., BICT Report Az.: 2.2-9/5880/82, Sensitivity to Heat: Test Description
and Procedure.
GE-28
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.001

o o
2. TEST TITLE: 105 C (110 C) Weight Loss Test (Holland-Test)
a. Type of Test: Stability

o
b. Description: The 105 C Weight Loss Test is used for the assessment of the safe
chemical life of gun and rocket propellants. In the test, the weight loss caused by the
decomposition of the propellant is determined as a measure of the stability. Test samples
of 4 g are heated in standardized tubes in an aluminum heating block. Single-base gun
o
propellants are tested at 110 C, double and triple-base gun propellants and rocket
o
propellants and tested at 105 C. The test is terminated after 72 hours. The amount of
weight loss after this time is reduced by the loss determined after the first 8 hours and is
quoted as percent weight loss.
(1) The weight loss caused by the decomposition of the propellant is a measure of its
stability. The Holland-Test is required by German specifications TL 1376-600,
Blatt 27 (gun propellants) and TL 1376-701, Blatt 19 (rocket propellants).
d. Typical Results:
(1) Rocket propellants are required to have a loss in weight below 2%.
(1) Limit of error: + 0.1%
(1) TL 1376-600, Blatt 27, dated October 1979.
(2) GL 1376-701, Blatt 19, dated May 1981.
GE-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/202.01.002

o o
2. TEST TITLE: 75 C and 90 C Weight Loss Tests

o o
b. Description: Samples of 5 g in glass tubes are heated at 75 C or at 90 C in a metal
heating block. Weight loss is determined periodically by withdrawing the samples from
o
the heating device. At 75 C measurements are made after approximately 30, 60, 90
o
days, etc. At 90 C the intervals are 5 days. The amount of weight loss is plotted against
time. Testing is continued until the weight loss increases sharply, indicating the onset of
autocatalytic decomposition of the propellant. If autocatalysis is not observed the test on
gun propellants is discontinued when the amount of weight loss has reached 10%. For
most rocket propellants it suffices to determine the time needed to reach a weight loss of
3%. The required data are taken from the weight loss vs. time. Typically these are the
times corresponding to 3% weight loss and the onset of autocatalysis.
(1) The Weight Loss Tests are used to assess the safe chemical life of propellants.
They are required by German specifications TL 1376-600, Blatt 29 (gun
propellants) and TL 1376-701, Blatt 20 (rocket propellants).
(2) TL 1376-701, Blatt 20, dated May 1981.
GE-30
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Bergmann-Junk-Siebert Test
b. Description: The stability of single and double-base gun propellants and double-base
rocket propellants is examined in this test. Propellant samples of 5 g are heated in
standardized tubes in an aluminum heating block. Single-base gun propellants are
o
heated for 5 hours at 132 C, double-base gun and rocket propellants are tested for 16
o
hours at 115 C.
As a measure of the stability, the nitrogen oxide evolved is determined acidimetrically.

The results are expressed as consumption of titrant per weight of sample, i.e.,
ml x n/100 NaOH/5g propellant
(1) The Bergmann-Junk-Siebert-Test is used to assess the safe chemical life of

propellants. It is required by German specification TL 1376-600, Blatt 28 (gun
propellants) and TL 1376-7019 Blatt 17 (rocket propellants).
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: + 0,2 ml
(2) TL 1376-701, Blatt 17, dated May 1981.
GE-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/202.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: BAM Ignitability Test (Standard Heat Sources)
b. Description: In the test, a standard mass of explosive substance is exposed to various

sources of heat. Observations are made to determine whether or not the explosive is
ignited and if ignition occurs, whether or not it continues to burn after removal from the
heat source. Substances that are ignited immediately by the sparks of a cerium-iron
igniting device, a short burst of flame of a black powder fuze, or within one second by a
gas flame are classified "easy to ignite". Explosives that are ignited by a red-hot bar, a
burning match, or after more than one second by a gas flame are classified "ignitable".
Finally, substances that ignite only after their introduction into a red-hot iron crucible are
classified "difficult to ignite".
(1) The test is used to determine the ease of ignition of explosive substances.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Explosives: ignitable

(2) Gun Propellants: ignitable
(3) Rocket Propellants (Chips): easy to ignite
(4) Pyrotechnics: easy to ignite
(1) Koenen, H., Ide, K. H., Swart, K.-H, Explosivstoffe 9 (1961) 4-13.
GE-32
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.005

o
2. TEST TITLE: Qualitative Heat Test at 100 C
a Type of Test: Safety/Stability.
b. Description: In this stability test 10 g samples of gun propellants, enclosed in

o
standardized test tubes, are heated at 100 C in an aluminum heating block. The number
of days required to cause clearly visible fumes of nitrogen oxides is recorded. It is a
measure for the chemical stability of the test substance.

o
(1) The Qualitative Heat Test at 100 C is used to estimate the safe chemical life of
gun and solid rocket propellants and is required by German Military
Specifications.
d. Typical Results:
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: + 1 hour
(1) TL 1376-701, Teil I, Blatt 18, May 1981
(2) TL 1376-600, Blatt 26, March 1976.
GE-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/202.01.006
2. TEST TITLE: Methyl-Violet Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Stability
b. Description: In this stability test, gun propellants are heated under standardized
conditions in a metal heating block. The test temperature for single base propellants is
o o o o
135 C (408 K) and 120 C (393 K) for double base propellants. The appearance of fumes
of nitrogen oxide is detected with the aid of methyl-violet indicator paper. The time
elapsed until the change of color sets in, is taken as the measure of stability for the
propellants. During a period of five hours, a deflagration must not occur.
(1) The test is used to verify the stability requirements specified for single and double
base propellants.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: + 2 min.
GE-34
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.007
2. TEST TITLE: Vacuum Stability/Reactivity Test

o
b. Description: The test material is heated at a constant temperature of 100 C for 40 hours
in a vacuum. The volume of gas evolved from 2.5 g of the substance under test is
measured at the end of the heating period. When a mixture of equal parts of an
explosives and a contact material is tested the volume of the gas evolved is compared
with the volume evolved when these substances are heated separately under other
identical conditions.
(1) Required by military specifications and used to determine the stability of

explosives and propellants alone or in contact with other materials. The following
requirements are verified:
Volume of gas evolved

(ml)
Explosives: <3
Explosive/Contact Material: <3
Propellant/Contact Material: <5
d. Typical Results:
(1) RDX 0.25 ml

(2) RDX/Wax 0.24 ml
(3) Comp B 0.04 ml
(4) TR 8870 0.35 ml
e Repeatability and Reproducibility:
(1) 0.05 ml, dependent also on the material under test.
(1) TL 1376-701, May 1981
(2) TL 1376-800, Oct. 1982.
GE-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/202.01.008

o
2. TEST TITLE: Quantitative Heat Test at 90 C
b. Description: In this stability test a standard mass of solid rocket propellant is heated in
o
Bergmann-Junk tubes at 90 C in a metal heating block. The total acid produced by
oxidation of the decomposition products in the presence of a 3% H2O2 solution is
determined by titration with NaOH.
Results are expressed in days within which the amount of acid that can be neutralized by
12.5 ml n/100 NaOH has been produced. The result correlates with the 3% limit in the
o
90 C Weight Loss Test.
(1) This test is required by German Military Specification TL 1376-701 as a means

for estimating the safe chemical life of propellants.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: + 0.2 ml.
(1) Military Specification TL 1376-701, Teil 1, Blatt 23, May 1981.
GE-36
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.009
2. TEST TITLE: Ignition Temperature Test (Wood’s Metal Bath)
b. Description: The ignition or decomposition temperature is determined by heating a

standard mass of explosive at a standard rate in a Wood’s Metal Bath. Three glass test
tubes containing 0.5 g of the explosive are immersed to a fixed depth in the bath which
o
has been preheated to 100 C. Nitrocellulose and nitrocellulose containing substances are
heated at a rate of 5ºK/min whereas the heating rate for all other substances is 20ºK/min.
The lowest temperature where a visible sign of ignition or decomposition is observed is
recorded as the temperature of ignition or decomposition.
(1) The test is used to determine the temperature at which an explosive ignites or
decomposes.
d. Typical Results:
o
(1) Tetryl: 202 C
o
(2) RDX/Wax/Graphite: 232 C
o
(3) Comp B: 205 C
o
(4) TATB: no visible sign of reaction up to 360 C
o
(5) Gun Propellants: 170-175 C
(1) Koenen, H., Ide, K.H., Swart, K.-H., Explosivstoffe 9 (1961) 4-13.
GE-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/202.01.010
2. TEST TITLE: Simultaneous Differential Thermal Analysis/-Thermogravimetric Analysis
b. Description: About 20 mg of sample are heated on a thermobalance with DTA

instrumentation at a rate of 5ºK/min until deflagration or explosion occurs. The normal test
o
atmosphere is dry air. Vacuum, moisture, or temperatures down to –150 C may be used
in special cases. During the test period, the weight loss and the temperature difference
between sample and reference material are continuously recorded and plotted against the
temperature of the reference material.
(1) Used to determine all changes in enthalpy and the loss of weight as a result of
chemical or physical changes of the substance during heating at a constant rate.
Thus, information on stability and compatibility is obtained.
d. Typical Results:
o
(1) Silver Azide: crystal transformation 190 C
o
melting 289 C
o
explosion 307 C
o
(2) HMX: crystal transformation 180 C
o
beginning of exothermaldecomposition 262 C
o
explosion 271 C

o
(1) Melting and transformation temperatures + 1 K; loss of weight + 1%.
(1) Krien, G., Explosivstoffe 13 (1965) 204-220.
GE-38
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/202.01.011
2. TEST TITLE: Heat Flow Calorimeter Test
b. Description: The heat of decomposition is measured at various constant temperatures as

a function of storage time using a heat flow calorimeter. A 25 g sample of the material is
placed in a Dewar vessel which is inserted in one of the holes of an aluminum heating
o o
block (oven). The temperature may be varied from 30 C to 160 C. An air thermostat
maintains a constant temperature around the heating block. As heat is generated the
sample temperature rises above the temperature of the oven until equilibrium is reached
between the heat generated and the heat dissipated. A thermobattery delivers a voltage
signal which is proportional to the temperature difference between sample and oven.
This is converted to the heat generated per unit time by means of a calibration curve.
The heat generated per unit time and mass are plotted as a function of storage time.
Since the thermal outputs, which are constant over the storage time, follow the law of
Arrhenius, the determination of the kinetic constants in the temperature range relevant in
practice is possible.
(1) The results are used to determine the critical diameter and the time to
self-ignition.
(1) Frey, M., "Zur Messung der Zersetzungswarme vons Treibladungspulvern:,

Einfuhrungssymposium des CTI, 13.-15.6.1973, 352-365.
GE-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/302.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Linear Burning Rate
b. Description: In this test the strand burning technique is employed to determine the linear
burning rate of solid rocket propellant under defined temperature and pressure conditions.
Before testing begins, the strands having lengths of 230 mm and diameters of 6 mm, are
coated with an inhibitor to prevent premature burning of the superficies. Also, holes are drilled
into the strands for attaching fuse wires and gauges necessary for ignition and determination
of the burning rate. After these wires have been introduced, the strand is fastened to a
holding device in the bomb head, which is then screwed into the bomb. The Crawford bomb
itself has a volume of 1 liter and may be pressurized to a maximum of 400 bar. Test
o o
temperatures may be adjusted between -40 C and +50 C. Constant pressure is maintained
throughout burning by means of an expansion tank connected to the bomb.The time of
burning between the gauges is recorded, converted to a burning rate, and plotted as a
function of pressure.
(1) The results from the test are used for quality assurance.
(1) The test has both good repeatability and reproducibility of + 1%.
(1) TL 1376-701, Teil II, Blatt 2, September 1971.
GE-40
AOP-7
(Editon 2)
Germany/302.02.002
a. Type of Test: Performance.
b. Description: The closed vessel is a high pressure combustion chamber of constant

volume used to determine the burning characteristics of gun propellants. Closed vessels
3
of 200 cm volume designed for maximum pressures of 5000 resp. 8000 bars are utilized.
The propellant charge is ignited by a black powder charge weighing approximately 5% of
the propellant charge. The density of loading in the vessel is selected so that the sample
consists of at least 100 grains. Relative to the volume of the vessel, however, the density
3
of loading must not be less than 0.2 g/cm . The pressure rise is measured by a
piezoelectric pressure transducer. Using a computer program, the dynamic vivacity of the
test propellant is determined from the pressure-time curve.
(1) The results of the test are used for a ballistic assessment of the test propellant.
(1) TL-1376-600, part 40, August 1979.
GE-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Germany/302.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Black Powder
2. TEST TITLE: Eprouvette Test
a. Type of Test: Performance.
b. Description: The eprouvette is used for the determination of the performance of black
powder. It consists essentially of a cylindrical combustion chamber having a conical
opening at the upper end and a super-imposed cylindrical weight of 10 kg mass. Both are
mounted upright on a device similar to that of the impact test apparatus. In testing, a 10 g
sample of black powder is placed in the combustion chamber and ignited by means of an
electric fuze head. On ignition the weight is accelerated vertically upward between two
guide rails and arrested on reaching the maximum height. This height is determined as a
measure of the performance of the black powder.
(1) The test is used to assess the performance of black powder.
(1) TL 1376-591, para. 5.7
GE-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF ITALY
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.7.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION IT-3
10.7.7.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY IT-3
10.7.7.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES IT-3
10.7.7.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS IT-6
10.7.7.4.1 Primary Explosives IT-6
10.7.7.4.2 Booster Explosives IT-7
10.7.7.4.3 High Explosives IT-8
10.7.7.4.4 Solid Gun Propellants IT-9
10.7.7.4.5 Solid Rocket Propellants IT-10
10.7.7.4.6 Liquid Propellants IT-11
10.7.7.4.7 Pyrotechnics IT-11
10.7.7.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS IT-13
10.7.7.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS IT-15
IT-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
IT-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §3)
10.7.7.1.1 The procurement of weapon systems for the Armed Forces is under the responsibility of the
three different bodies :
Body Procurement of
Direzione Generale degli Armamenti Terrestri (DGAT or TERRARM) Land Armament Systems
Direzione Generale degli Armamenti Navali (DGAN or NAVARM)- Navy Armament Systems
Direzione Generale degli Armamenti Aeronautici (DGAA or ARMAEREO) Air Force Armament Systems
These three General Directorates are subordinated to Defence General Secretariat and
National Armament Director (SGD/DNA), which is the national STANAG 4170 implementation
responsible.
Qualification is mandatory for all explosive material to be used in munitions intended for the 4
Services: Army, Navy, Air Force and “Carabinieri”.
10.7.7.2 NATIONAL AUTHORTY

(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 § 4(a) & Annex A)
10.7.7.2.1 Within SGD/DNA, the office appointed as National Authority for the Qualification of explosive
materials is the DGAT. So DGAT has the full responsibility of qualifying all explosive materials
to be used by the Italian forces.
Direzione Generale degli Armamenti Terrestri

Via Marsala, 104
00185 Roma
10.7.7.3.1 General: (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §3 & 4(c))

According to STANAG 4170, the Qualification of an explosive material is a process whereby it
is officially acknowledged that:
a. this well specified explosive material has the necessary properties to provide an
expectation of an adequate level of safety and suitability for service in military use, for a
given intended role,
b. the manufacture and quality of the explosive material are adequately controlled.
10.7.7.3.2 Qualification request:
a. Generally, and especially for a new composition, the official request for qualifying an
explosive has to come from the designer of this explosive.
b. In some cases, the request could come from the manufacturer of the explosive, or even
from the munition or munition-component designer. This request is sent directly to the
National Authority.
10.7.7.3.3 Approach: (cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §4 & 5)
a. In order to make the Qualification decision, the following information has to be brought
to the DGAT:
(1) the precise identification/specification of the explosive material to be qualified

(which include the manufacturing process),
IT-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(2) the assessment data (from tests performed on material coming from industrial
production batches) on which the judgement of safety and suitability for service use
will be based,
(3) the information justifying that the manufacturing process and quality are adequately
controlled.
b. According to STANAG 4170, all these informations are collated in the Qualification
report upon which is based the Qualification decision.
10.7.7.3.4 The validity and quality of the informations produced are ensured by involving the DGAT offices
and the AQ Services (Army or Navy or Air Force), located on the manufacturers:
(1) DGAT - for technical expertise and testing – in participating in the design of the
Qualification programme as well as giving advice on the Qualification report.
(2) AQ Services – for the quality assurance for all armament programmes - mainly
involved in verifying that both the designer and the manufacturer of the explosive
have a good quality assurance system, and that the manufacturer has the
capability of producing it in conformity with the designer specifications. AQ
Services verifies that the tests are carried on according to the applicable
STANAGs.
10.7.7.3.5 The steps of the qualification procedure:

(cf. STANAG 4170 Ed2 §4 & 5)
a. The following table provides the different steps of the qualification procedure and the
parties involved in them:
Step Participants
From Explosive Designer or munition manufacturer (or

1 Request for Qualification other requester)
To DGAT
Definition of the Qualification By DGAT;
2
programme (issue of the “Instructions for Qualification”)
By Explosive Designer or munition manufacturer (or
Performing of the Qualification
3 other requester)
programme
Under the control DGAT and/or AQ Service
Production of the By Explosive Designer or munition manufacturer (or
4
“Qualification report” other requester), verified by AQ Service
By DGAT
5 Qualification decision
(issue of the Qualification certificate”)
IT-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.3.6 The term “Qualification” is applied in the following different cases :
a. When it is possible to completely follow the process as described under §5 of STANAG 4170
Ed2 and particularly as described under §10.7.7.3.3 “Approach” of this document, DGAT
makes the “Qualification” decision of the explosive material.
b. For the Explosives already in service for which there is a well-established history of safe and
satisfactory use, providing the original material specifications remains the same, may be
qualified for use in the same role. Without further testing, or with a very limited testing
programme, DGAT makes the “Qualification ” decision with possible restrictions of the role.
c. If an explosive material was already qualified according to STANAG 4170 by a foreign National
Authority, DGAT is just making a “recognition of the Qualification” - given by this foreign
National Authority - decision. This is done on the basis of the Qualification certificate produced
by this Authority and, if necessary, of the Qualification report (which should include all
informations on this explosive material). Most of the time, DGAT is also asking for additional
data according to the methods and tests described at §10.7.7.4.
d. A decision can be taken to satisfy a request from the designer or the manufacturer to qualify a
new explosive material, even if there is no immediate application envisaged for national military
use. In that case DGAT applies the criteria as described in previous point a.
IT-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4.1. List of Tests for Primary Explosives
a. Mandatory Tests:
(1) Impact STANAG 4489

(2) Friction STANAG 4487
(3) Spark sensitivity (small-scale) STANAG 4490
(4) Thermal characterization STANAG 4515
(6) Thermal stability 60° or lower 202.01.001
b. Optional Tests:

(2) Thermogravimetric analysis STANAG 4515
IT-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4.2 List of Tests for Booster Explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests
(1) Uniaxial tensile (PBX) STANAG 4506

(2) Impact sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4489
(3 Friction sensitivity (BAM)) STANAG 4487
(6) Differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) STANAG 4515
(10)Shock Sensitiveness (small scale) STANAG 4488
(11)Stress relaxation STANAG 4507
(12) DMA STANAG 4540
(13) TMA STANAG 4525
(15) Critical temperature of thermo-ignition 202.01.002
(17) Density (gravimetric) 102.02.001
(18 )Detonation velocity 302.01.001
IT-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4. 3 List of Tests for Main Charge High Explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests:
(1) Uniaxial tensile (PBX) STANAG 4506

IT-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4.4 List of Tests for Solid Gun Propellants:
a. Mandatory Tests:
(1) Uniaxial compression STANAG 4443

(14) Propellant stability STANAG 4117
(15) Ageing STANAG 4527
(16) Propellant stability (DB + DPA) STANAG 4541
(17) Propellant stability (DB + 2-DPA) STANAG 4542
(17) Closed bomb 302.02.001
IT-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4. 5 List of Tests for Solid Rocket Propellants:
a. Mandatory Tests:

(2) Electrostatic discharge (large scale) STANAG 4490
(3) Uniaxial compression STANAG 4443
(15) Propellant stability STANAG 4117
(16) Ageing STANAG 4527
(17) Propellant stability (DB + 2-DPA) STANAG 4542
IT-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4.6 List of Tests for Liquid Propellants:
a. IT is not interested to the liquid propellants.
10.7.7.4.7 List of Tests for Pyrotechnics:
a. Mandatory Tests:

(2) Friction sensitivity (large BAM) STANAG 4487A
IT-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.4.8 Other Tests
a. Chemical analysis
To determine the chemical characteristics of the different types of explosive materials, others
general tests can be conducted.
The tests, specific for each explosive material which have to be defined, will be conducted
according to the applicable STANAGs or national procedures.
b. Insensitive Munitions ( IM_ MURAT )
In case of IM-MURAT (explosives and/or munitions) IT carries on the specific tests according
to STANAG 4439, in addition to the mandatory tests of the STANAG 4170.
IT-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.7.5 LIST OF ITALY’S TEST INFORMATION SHEETS

102.01.XXX Mechanical properties
STANAG 4443 Uniaxial compression

STANAG 4506 Uniaxial tensile
STANAG 4507 Stress relaxation
STANAG 4540 Dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA)
102.01.001 Apparent density by gravimetric method
102.01.002 Granulometry by microscopic examination

Explosiveness
201.01.XXX Impact
STANAG 4489 Impact sensitivity (BAM)
201.02.XXX Friction
STANAG 4487 Friction sensitivity (BAM)
201.03.XXX Electric discharge
STANAG 4490 Spark sensitivity (small scale)

STANAG 4490 Electrostatic discharge (large scale)
201.04.XXX Shock
STANAG 4488 Water gap test

STANAG 4488 Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø 40)
STANAG 4488 Shock sensitivity (plastic barrier Ø 75)
201.05.XXX Projectile impact
STANAG 4241 Bullet Impact Test
201.06.XXX Fragment impacts
STANAG 4496 Heavy Fragment-Impact Test

STANAG 4496 Light Fragment Impact Test
201.07.XXX Shaped charge jet impact
STANAG 4526 Shaped Charge Jet Impact Test
IT-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
STANAG 4396 Sympathetic detonation
202.01.XXX Thermal tests
STANAG 4491 Temperature of ignition

STANAG 4515 Thermal characterization by DSC
STANAG 4515 Thermal characterization by TGA
STANAG 4556 Vacuum stability
202.01.001 Thermal Stability 60° C or lower
202.01.002 Critical temperature of thermo-ignition
STANAG 4240 Fast Heating Test

STANAG 4382 Slow Heating Test
203.01.XXX Compatibility/Reactivity
STANAG 4147 Compatibility
205.01.XXX Critical diameter evaluation
205.01.001 Critical diameter for detonation
Category 300 Performance Evaluation

Theoretical/Experimental methods
302.01.XXX Detonation velocity
302.01.001 Detonation velocity
302.02.XXX Burning rate
302.02.001 Closed bomb
302.03.001 Critical diameter
IT-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NOTE: The Test Information Sheets are listed consecutively in accordance with their Registry
Number.
IT-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy/102.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Apparent density by gravimetric method
b. Description: The method is to measure the mass of a certain quantity of the material which,
loose in bulk, exactly fills a container of a given volume.
The bulk state is obtained by filling the container with the material flowing freely from the orifice
of a funnel located a specified distance above the said container, without compaction.
3
The ratio of the mass to the volume represents the apparent density of the material (in kg/m ).
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Lead styphnate: 1300 kg/m
3
(2) Lead azide: 1600 kg/m
IT-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy/102.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Granulometry by microscopic examination
b. Description: A representative fraction of the sample to be analysed is placed on and glued to

the electron microscope plate.
The enlargement is adapted to the material under examination in order to determine the shape
and size of the crystals or particles
IT-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy/202.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Thermal Stability: behaviour under long period at 60°C or a lower temperature
a Type of Test: Thermal trial
b. Description: Samples of 1 to 60 g of the material placed in hermetically-sealed flasks are left to

age in an enclosure or building where the temperature is maintained at 60°C or at a lower
temperature.
After predetermined periods of heating (for example 42 days, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2
years etc) a sample of the material under test is removed from the enclosure or building.
After its return to ambient temperature, the material is examined visually and then analysed to
establish its physico-chemical, mechanical, ballistic, sensitivity and reactivity characteristics etc.
The characteristics after ageing are compared with those of the unaged material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosive materials.
d. Typical Results:
For a single-base grain propellant, the loss of stabilizer (diphenylamine) after ageing at 50°C for
42 days is generally less than 0.2%.
IT-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy/202.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Critical temperature of thermo-ignition
b. Description: The method is to determine the behaviour of an explosive material placed in an

aluminium boat and subjected to a specified thermal environment in a heated enclosure.
The sample is 50 mm high and the boat 150 mm high.
The aim is to find the maximum temperature which does not lead to a pyrotechnic event or, if
there is always a pyrotechnic event, the temperatures leading to this event after 20 hours and
100 hours of exposure.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to shaped solid materials.
IT-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy /205.01.001
IT-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy /302.01.001
a. Type of Test: Velocity of the detonation reaction
b. Description: A test piece in the form of a cylinder of diameter 30 mm or a parallelepiped of

cross-section (30 x 30) mm² is initiated at one end. The time taken for the detonation front to
travel between two points at least 100 mm apart is measured.
The passage of the detonation front is registered by the short-circuiting of trigger probes
connected to a timing device with a resolution of 20 ns. The test is performed with 2 such bases
for measurement; the value measured is only taken into consideration if the difference between
the 2 velocities is less than 100 m/s. The result of the trial is the mean of 4 valid individual tests.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all explosives whose
velocity of detonation is greater than 5000 m/s.
IT-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy/302.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Firing in a closed pressure vessel
a. Type of Test: Closed Bomb: Velocity of combustion
b. Description: The curve of variation of pressure as a function of time is recorded for x g of

powder placed in a closed vessel whose internal pressure can be measured.
3 3
The usual density of charging is 200 kg/m . The volume of the container is 700 or 200 cm . 1 to
2 g of black powder initiated by an electric heating wire are used for ignition purposes.
The various ballistic parameters, such as maximum pressure, force, powder quickness etc, are
calculated by comparison with a reference powder or as absolute figures.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to grain or stick powders.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Artillery powders: quickness 1 to 2 m /s kg
IT-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Italy /302.03.001
a. Type of Test: Critical dimensions
b. Description: A test piece comprising coaxial cylinders of decreasing diameter is initiated to

detonate at its larger end. The point where the detonation stops, observed with the help of a
lead plate and possibly a resistance-wire probe, indicates the greatest diameter of the part of
the test piece which does not detonate. The length of each cylinder is equal to 4 diameters. The
critical diameter is determined to within ± 0.5 mm.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This trial is applicable to all solid explosives whose
critical diameter lies between 2 and 20 mm.
IT-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.9 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF NORWAY
To be provided
NO-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.10 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF POLAND
To be provided
PO-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF ROMANIA
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.11.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION RO-3
10.7.11.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY (IES) RO-3
10.7.11.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES RO-5
10.7.11.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS RO-7
10.7.11.4.1 HIGH EXPLOSIVES RO-7
a Primary Explosives RO-7

b Booster Explosives RO-7
c Main Charge High Explosives RO-8
10.7.11.4.2 PROPELLANTS RO-8
a Solid Gun Propellants RO-9

b Solid Rocket Propellants RO-9
10.7.11.4.3 PYROTECHNICS RO-10
10.7.11.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS RO-12
10.7.11.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS RO-13
RO-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.11.1.1 In Romania, the Procurement and Services Department (P.S.D.) and its Research -
Development Directorate (R.D.D), from the Ministry of National Defense, has full
responsibility for the qualification of explosives and ammunitions. The Chief of the
Testing - Evaluation Department and the Program Managers has the responsibility for the
implementation of R.D.D policy.
10.7.11.2.1 In Romania, the Research - Development Directorate (R.D.D) is the appointed National
Authority. This directorate has responsibility for qualification of military explosives and
ammunitions used by Romanian Armed Forces.
10.7.11.2.2 Within the process for qualification of explosive materials and ammunitions, the Research
- Development Directorate collaborate with:
a. Military Equipment and Technologies Research Agency;
b. State Owned Company ROMARM S.A.;
c. Ammunition Test Center;
d. Military Technical Academy.
During the process of establishing the tasks, and during the final qualification, R.D.D. co-
operates with representatives from the Army, Air Force and Navy Staffs, in order to
ensure safety of use, storage and transport of the explosives and ammunitions.
10.7.11.2.3 National Authority performs the following functions:
a. Initiates the procedures of qualification, evaluates the preliminary data, selects

the tests for the qualification of military explosives and ammunition used by the
Romanian Army, following the Romanian Standard SMT 40362 – 2001
“Principles and methodology for the qualification of military explosives and
ammunition”, standard which is similar to STANAG 4170 and AOP-7.
b. Establishes the requirements for acceptance or rejection of the explosive

materials qualification;
c. Receives from agencies within Romania, or from other nations the test data for
qualifying explosive materials, and assesses whether the material is safe and
suitable for consideration for use by the Services in a particular role or appli-
cation;
d. Publishes the test data and assessment which enables qualification, with or
without limitations;
e. Co-ordinates the implementation of STANAG 4170, AOP-7, and other

international and NATO standards dealing with the explosives within Romania;
f. Co-operates with the Standardisation Bureau for maintaining and enriching the
central collection of national and international standards relating to explosive
materials and explosive safety test data;
RO-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
g. Maintains and up-dates a data bank of qualified explosive materials used by the
Romanian Armed Forces;
h. Provides a Romanian point-of-contact to other National Authorities from other

countries for the exchange of information, on the safety of explosives and the
qualification of explosive materials;
i. Liasing with the appropriate governmental organisations responsible for the

protection of the environment, regarding the impact of the military explosive and
ammunition on the environment, in order to ensure observance of the regulations
in this domain;
j. Prepares and up-dates Romania’s section in AOP-7.
10.7.1.2.3 The address for the Romanian National Authority is the following:
Ministry of National Defense

Procurement and Services Department
Research – Development Directorate
9 – 11, Drumul Taberei Boulevard
Bucharest
ROMANIA
Telephone +40-1-413 02 52
Fax +40-1-411 59 41
RO-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.11.3.1. Romania, as PfP nation, is determined to do its best to joint NATO. Regarding
ammunition and explosive safety and suitability for service, Romania is at the beginning
of STANAG 4170 implementation. Thus, the information contained in this section should
be considered as preliminary and can be a subject of change. All these things happen
because of the reorganization process of Romanian Ministry of National Defense and of
the institutions dealing with military materials research, development and production; it
also happens because of the process of lining up with the international standards.
10.7.11.3.2. Romania is able to produce and to load a wide range of explosive materials: Primary
Explosives, Solid Gun Propellants, Solid Rocket Propellants, Booster Explosives, Main
Charge High Explosives and Pyrotechnics. In the past, the process of Explosives
qualification proceeded according to the military standards of The Warsaw Treaty, and to
Romanian military standards. They were based upon the available international
regulations or the results of our national researches. The performing of the tests and
testing procedures were established by military standards, manuals of requirements and
internal norms. After 1990, Romania has dealt with the implementation of international
standards, especially NATO and MIL-STD. Thus, the Romanian technical military
standards were and will be modified so that the process of estimating – assessing and the
tests for qualification will be performed according to STANAG 4170 and AOP-7.
10.7.11.3.3. SMT 40362-2001 “The Principles and methodology for the qualification of military
explosives and ammunition” is the Romanian standard, which settles the qualification and
represents the implementation in Romania of STANAG 4170. The other NATO standards,
established to be compulsory for qualification of explosive materials will be adopted as
SMT and will be implemented in the near future, depending on the capability of the
Romanian institutions responsible for ammunition and explosive safety and suitability in
service.
10.7.11.3.4. In Romania most of the research in military explosives of all types is performed in the
following research, design and production units of the Procurement and Services
Department or of the State Owned Company ROMARM:
a. Military Equipment and Technology Research Agency;
b. Ammunition Test Center;
c. Military Technical Academy;
d. Special Products Plant Fagaras;
e. Special Products Plant Victoria;
f. Mechanical Plant Sadu – Gorj.
Part of the research, development and evaluation of military explosives and propellants is
done in private and public centers or civilian institutions such as National Center for
Mining Safety and Anti-explosives Protection “INSEMEX” Petrosani.
RO-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.11.3.5. Written requests for qualification of an explosive material are to be submitted to the
National Authority, which has to perform all legal actions for the beginning of the
qualification process.
10.7.11.3.6. In general, formal qualification testing of an explosive material is not done until it has
successfully passed all stages of research and development including laboratory model,
prototype lot and pilot - scale production. The explosive also must have been produced in
pre-production lots using full - scale production equipment, conditions and methods.
However, it is customary to use appropriate qualification tests during the research and
development phases to ensure that when an explosive finally reaches production it will be
unlikely to encounter unforeseen problems.
10.7.11.3.7. Before qualification, it is necessary for an explosive to have its transportation and storage
hazard classification determined in accordance with NATO STANAG 4123, "Methods to
Determine and Classify Hazards of Ammunition." This is the responsibility of the
Procurement and Services Department of Ministry of National Defense.
RO-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
The Research-Development Directorate (R.D.D.) has no test facilities of its own.

Therefore, the tests are normally carried out in one or more of the Military Equipment and
Technologies Research Agency Laboratory, Test Ammunition Centers, Own State
Company ROMARM, Military Technical Academy. In some cases, tests may be
conducted in other government or private test laboratory, authorized by R.D.D. The
organizations or laboratories that have conducted the tests must report the results and
any observations occurring during the tests, to the Program Manager. Than, the Program
Manager is responsible for arranging a meeting review of the R.D.D. Then, the National
Authority can decide as following:
a. Whether the results are sufficient to qualify the explosive;
b. Whether further tests are needed; or
c. Whether the explosive should be considered unsuitable for qualification.
When the R.D.D. is satisfied that the explosive warrants qualification for safety and
suitability in service, the Program Manager prepares the appropriate papers and data
sheets for approval and issuance by the Chief of R.D.D and P.S.D.
10.7.11.4.1 HIGH EXPLOSIVES:
a. Mandatory Tests for Primary Explosives

Test Registry / STANAG Number
(1) Impact Sensitivity (BAM) /(KAST) STANAG 4489 (C)/
201.01.001
(2) Friction Sensitivity (BAM) STANAG 4487 (A)
(3) Electric Spark Sensitivity STANAG 4490
(4) Temperature of Ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)/
202.03.001
(6) Chemical Compatibility with materials STANAG 4147
(7) Determination of Primary Explosives Components 101.01.001
b. Optional Tests for Primary Explosives

(1) Ball and Disc impact 201.01.002

(2) Bulk Density 102.01.001
(3) Heat of Explosion 301.01.001
(4) Specific Volume 301.01.002
a. Mandatory Tests for Booster Explosives

(1) Impact Sensitivity (BAM)/(KAST) STANAG 4489 (C)/

202.01.001
(3) Shock Sensitivity (Small Gap Test) STANAG 4488 (A)
RO-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
201.03.001
(7) Chemical Compatibility with Materials STANAG 4147
(8) Determination of Booster Explosives Components 101.02.001
(10) Melting Point 102.04.001
(11) Moisture Content 102.03.001
b. Optional Tests for Booster Explosives

(1) Density 102.01.003

(3) Chemical Stability (Abel Method) 202.02.004
(5) Granulation 102.02.002
a. Mandatory Tests for Main Charge High Explosives

(1) Impact Sensitivity (BAM)/(KAST) STANAG 4489 (C)/

201.01.001
(3) Shock Sensitivity (Small Gap Test) STANAG 4488 (A)
201.03.001
(8) Determination of Main Charge Explosives Components 101.02.001
(10) Melting Point 102.04.001
(11) Moisture Content 102.03.001
b. Optional Test for Main Charge High Explosives

Test Registry /
STANAG Number

(2) Density 102.01.003
(3) Chemical Stability (Abel Method) 202.02.003
10.7.11.4.2 PROPELLANTS
a. Mandatory Tests for Solid Gun Propellants

(1) Mechanical Strength 103.01.001/103.01.002
(2) Determination of Solid Gun Components 101.03.001
(4) Density 102.01.003/102.01.004
(5) Grain Geometry Conformity Test 102.02.001
RO-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(7) Moisture and Volatile Contents 102.03.001/102.03.002
201.03.001
(12) Chemical Stability by Aging 202.01.001
(13 Vacuum Thermal Stability STANAG 4556
0
(15) Chemical Stability (Vieille Method at 106.5 C) 202.02.001
(16) Burning Rate Closed Vessel STANAG 4115
b. Optional Tests for Solid Gun Propellants

(1) Absolute Density (Mercury Method) 102.01.002
0
(2) Chemical Stability by Heating at 120 C 202.02.002
0
(3) Chemical Stability by Weight Loss at 95 C 202.02.003
(4) Heat of explosion 301.01.001
c. Solid Gun Propellants are tested for qualification in two stages, as formulation
and in specific charges in ammunitions.
(1) As formulation, the tests are conducted in order to obtain:

(a) Chemical, Physical, Ballistic, and Mechanical Properties;
(b) Compatibility with Materials;
(c) Sensitivity and Stability.
(2) As Specific Charge Ammunitions the tests are conducted for:

(a) Ballistic Characteristics;
(b) The Temperature Influence of Ballistic Characteristics.
a. Mandatory Tests for Solid Rocket Propellants

(1) Uniaxial Mechanical Properties (constant strain rate)STANAG 4507/

103.01.001
(2) Determination of Solid Rocket Propellants Components 101.03.001
(3) Density 102.01.003/102.01.004
(4) Volatile Contents 102.03.002
201.03.001
0
(8) Chemical Stability (Vieille Method at 106.5 C) 202.02.001
b. Optional Tests for Solid Rocket Propellants
RO-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

(2) Shock sensitivity STANAG 4488
(5) Specific volume 301.01.002
c. Solid Rocket Propellants are tested for qualification in two stages: as formulation
and in specific motors:
(1) As formulation, the following data are obtained and evaluated:

(a) Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties
(b) Compatibility with materials;
(c) Sensitivity and Stability.
(2) In specific rocket motors the following data are obtained and evaluated:
(a) Ballistic properties, such as: Thrust, Total Impulse, Specific Impulse;
(b) Temperature influence on performance characteristics.
a. Mandatory Test for Pyrotechnics

(1) Determination of Pyrotechnics Components 101.04.001

(3) Impact Sensitivity (BAM)/(KAST) STANAG 4489C
(4) Friction Sensitivity STANAG 4487A
(5) Electric Spark Sensitivity STANAG 4490 A
b. Optional Test for Pyrotechnics


(2) Moisture and Volatile 102.03.001/102.03.002
RO-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Category 100 Chemical, Physical & Mechanical Properties
101.XX.XXX Chemical Properties

101.01.001 Determination of Primary Explosives Components
101.02.001 Determination of Main Charge Explosives Components
101.03.001 Determination of Solid Propellants Components
101.04.001 Determination of Pyrotechnics Components
102.XX.XXX Physical Properties

102.01.001 Bulk Density
102.01.002 Absolute Density (Mercury Method)
102.01.003 Density of Regularly Shaped Samples
102.01.004 Density by Hydrostatic Method
102.02.001 Grain Geometry Conformity Test
102.02.002 Granulation
102.03.001 Moisture Content
102.03.002 Volatile Content
102.04.001 Melting Point
103.XX.XXX Mechanical Properties

103.01.001 Uniaxial Mechanical Properties (constant strain rate)
103.01.002 Mechanical strength

Sensitiveness / Sensitivity / Explosiveness
201.XX.XXX Sensitiveness and Sensitivity

201.01.001 Impact Sensitivity (KAST)
201.01.002 Ball and Disc impact
201.03.001 Temperature of Ignition
202.XX.XXX Chemical Stability

202.01.001 Chemical Stability by Aging
0
202.02.001 Chemical Stability (Vieille Method at 106.5 C)
0
202.02.002 Chemical Stability by Heating at 120 C
0
202.02.003 Chemical Stability by Weight Loss at 95 C
202.02.004 Chemical Stability (Abel Method)

Experimental methods
301.XX.XXX Solid Propellants Performance Assessment

301.01.002 Specific Volume
302.XX.XXX High Explosive Performance Assessment
302.01.001 Detonation Velocity
RO-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.11.6 CATALOGUE OF ROMANIAN TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
registry number.
RO-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/101.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Primary Explosives Components
a. Type of test: Chemical Property/Analysis using different techniques of Primary Explosives

Components
b. Description:
- The determination of individual components of Primary Explosives can be performed
with different analytical techniques.
- Is determined:
Primary Explosive (Mercury Fulminate, TNRPb, Tetracene, Lead Azide);
oxidants (e.g. Ba(NO3)2, KClO3);
reducing agents (e.g. metallic powder, Sb2S3);
binders;
moisture and volatile.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are used to confirm that the
composition of the Primary Composition matches the declaration of the manufacturer, or
that the composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description.
The result represents a quality characteristic.
d. Typical results: The result depends on Primary Composition Type.

- Primary Composition type F:
TNRPb 40 %;
Tetracene 3 %;
Ba (NO3)2 44 %;
Sb2S3 13 %;
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Depends on analytical procedure used.
3.1 PTMI 20-2000 Testing Procedure.
3.2 SF – 17/32-1999. Technical quality requirements for TNRPb.
3.3 SF – 15/32-1999. Technical quality requirements for Tetracene.
3.4 NI – 5619-1974. Technical quality requirements for Barium Nitrate.
3.5 GOST 5593-1978. Technical quality requirements for metallic powders.
3.6 OST V 84-384-1971. Technical quality requirements for Antimony Sulfide.
RO-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/101.02.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge HighExplosives
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Main Charge Explosives Components
a. Type of test: Chemical Property/ Analysis using different techniques of Main Charge
Explosives Components
b. Description:
- The determination of individual components of Main Charge Explosives can be

performed with different analytical techniques, High Performance Liquid
Chromatography, Gas Chromatography.
- For pure Booster Explosives or Main Charge Explosives, acidity, impurities, ash and
insoluble material are determined. The melting point is performed for Booster
Explosives or Main Charge Explosives (RO/102.04.001) to verify the purity of
explosive material.
composition of the Main Charge Explosives matches the declaration of the manufacturer,
or that the composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description.
d. Typical results: The result depends on Main Charge Explosive Type. The methods work
for explosive compositions containing 0,01% to nearly 100 % of energetic material.
A IX-1 Main Charge Explosive Composition contents:
- RDX min. 94.5 %;
- Wax 5.0 – 6.5 %;
- Moisture and volatile max. 0.1 %;
- Insoluble particles in acetone max. 0.25 %;
- Ash max. 0.1 %;
- Acidity max. 0.05 %.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: If the composition of Main Charge Explosives is

inhomogeneous, multiple specimens at different locations must be investigated. The
relative error of quantitative results should be less than 0.5 %.
3.1 STP-M 40232-1998. Technical quality requirements for re-crystallized RDX.
3.2 SMT 40251-1999. Technical quality requirements and testing procedures for PETN.
(Corresponding to MIL-P-387 C).
3.3 SMT 40252-1999. Technical quality requirements and testing procedures for A IX-1.
RO-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/101.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Solid Propellants Components
a. Type of test: Chemical Properties/Analysis using different techniques
b. Description:
The determination of Solid Propellants Components can be performed using
analytical techniques, by atomic absorption spectroscopy and gas chromatography.
For single base propellants is determine:
- NC content;
- Nitrogen content from NC;
- stabilizer content (DPA);
- inorganic substances content (KNO3, graphite);
- volatile content;
- moisture content.
For Double Base Propellants is determine:
- NC content;
- Nitrogen content from NC;
- other energetic material content (e.g. NG, NQ);
- stabilizer content (centralit I, II, III);
- volatile content.
Some title methods for establishing different contents are presented hereunder.
composition of Solid Propellants matches the declaration of the manufacturer, or that the
composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description. The result
represents a quality characteristic.
d. Typical results: Results depend on Solid Propellant composition.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Depend on analytical procedure used. The result

relative error must be less than 0,1 %.
3.1 SMT 40133-1995. Solid Propellant. Preparing methods for physical and chemical
tests.
3.2 STP-M 40235-1997. Black powder. Technical requirements.
3.3 SMT 40375/1-1996. Solid Propellants. Technical requirements.
3.4 SMT 40397-1995. Solid Rocket Propellants. Technical requirements.
3.5 STP-M 40375/2-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Physical and chemical requirements.
3.6 STP-M 40376/1-1998. Nitrocellulose. Technical requirements and methods.
3.8 STP-M 40376-1992. Solid Gun Propellants. Technical requirements.
3.9 SMT 40164/1-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Technical quality requirements and
testing procedures for DPA, camphor, alcohol and ethyl - ether.
3.10 SMT 40164/4-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Camphor content determination method.
3.11 SMT 40210-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Potassium Nitrate content determination
methods.
3.12 SMT 40211-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Potassium Sulphate content determination
method.
RO-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
3.13 SMT 40212-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Ash content determination method.
3.14 SMT 40231-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Ceresine content determination method.
3.15 SMT 40163-1994. Solid Propellants. Graphite determination method.
3.16 SMT 40385-1995. Solid Gun Propellants. PVC content determination method.
3.17 SMT 40386-1995 Solid Gun Propellants. Colophony content determination method.
3.18 SMT 40395-1995. Nitrocellulose. Nitrogen content determination method.
3.19 SMT 40382-1993. Solid Rocket Propellants. Nitric ester content determination
methods.
3.20 SMT 40383-1993. Solid Rocket Propellants. Butyl phthalate content determination
method.
3.21 SMT 40398-1993. Solid Rocket Propellants. Low nitrocellulose content determination
method.
3.22 SMT 40399-1994. Solid Rocket Propellants. Centralit content determination method.
3.23 SMT 40404-1996. Solid Rocket Propellants. Vaseline content determination method.
3.24 SMT 40414-1994. Solid Rocket Propellants. Lead dioxide, Calcium Carbonate and
Cobalt Trioxide content determination method.
3.25 SMT 40428-1995. Solid Rocket Propellants. Copper and Lead content by atomic
absorption spectroscopy.
3.26 SMT 40428-1996. Solid Propellants. Magnesium content by atomic absorption
spectroscopy.
3.27 SMT 40429-1995. Solid Propellants. Aluminium Oxide content by spectrophotometric
method UV-VIS.
3.28 SMT 40227-1998. Triple Base Propellants. NQ determination content.
3.29 SMT 40226-1998. Triple Base Propellants. Ethyl centralit determination content by
volumetric method.
3.30 SMT 40233-1997. Triple Base Propellants. Disc and cone method (similar to MIL-
STD-286C, method 103.1.3).
3.31 SMT 40246-1999. Triple Base Propellants. Cryolite determination method.
3.32 SMT 40303-2000. Triple Base Method. Graphite determination content by gravimetry.
RO-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/101.04.001
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Pyrotechnics Components
a. Type of test: Chemical Property/Analysis using different techniques
b. Description: The determination of Pyrotechnics Components can be performed using

analytical techniques and by atomic absorption spectroscopy. The determined
components are oxidizers (e.g. Nitrates, Chlorates, Perchlorates, Chromates), reducing
agents (e.g. Metallic Powders, Sulphur, Sulphates, Phosphorus), binders (e.g. Shellac,
PVC), and different aditives (moderators, coloring agents).
composition of Pyrotechnic Compositions matches the declaration of the manufacturer, or
that the composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description.
d. Typical results: The result depends on the pyrotechnic composition under investigation,
e.g. for V 11 Composition:
- PbO - 53,2 r 0,6 %;
- BaCrO4 - 24,6 r 0,6 %;
- KClO4 - 3,0 r 0,2 %;
- Zr - 16,8 r 0,5 %;
- S - 2,4 r 0,2 %;
- NC - 2,0 r 0,4 % (over 100%)
3.1 STP-M 40239-1998. Initiation and Delay Pyrotechnic Compositions. Technical
requirements. Analytical Methods.
RO-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Bulk Density (Gravimetric Density)
a. Type of test: Physical Properties /Determination of Bulk Density by filling the explosive
material into a vessel of defined volume.
b. Description: The test is applicable to dry grain and pulverulent material. The dimensions
and the volume of the vessel have to be specified since the gravimetric density depends
3
on its. The volume of vessel depends on material type (e.g. a cylinder with 1000 cm
volume is used for Solid Gun Propellants). The sample is filled into a funnel which lower
opening in closed by a slide valve. After opening of the slide valve, the sample trickles
into the cylindrical vessel. The surplus of explosive material is removed by carefully
scarping off along the upper edge of the vessel. The explosive’s Bulk Density is calculated
as mass of explosive present in the vessel divided by the volume of the vessel.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results represent a quality

characteristic of explosive material. The Bulk Density affects the loading density of the
Solid Gun propulsive charges or the specific density of explosive charges. Reduction of
Bulk Density means that less explosive material can be filled in ammunition cartridges or
into an explosive pressing mould. Variations in Bulk Density indicate changes in the
granulation process (e.g. extruding and cutting operations).
d. Typical results: The results depend of explosive material and it manufacturing process.
3
- Granular single and double base propellant: 550 – 1200 g/dm ;
3
- P-45 gun propellant: min. 550 g/dm ;
3
- 4/7 Tgr gun propellant: min. 900 g/dm ;
3
- Black Powder DRP t 900 g/dm .
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The relative error of measurements must be less than 0.1%.
3.1 STP-M 40235-1997. Black Powders. Technical requirements.
3.2 SMT 40213-1996. Black Powders and solid gun propellants. Method to determine the
Bulk Density.
RO-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Absolute Density (Mercury Method)
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination of Absolute Density by measuring the

mercury volume displaced by a known quantity of energetic material.
b. Description: The test is applicable to dry grain and pulverulent explosive material. The
apparatus, a metallic cylindrical vessel, is provided with two hand-operated valves at the
top and bottom of the vessel, a vacuum pump, a mercury manometer and connecting
tubes. Metallic sieves are disposed between the cylindrical vessel and valves. The
cylindrical vessel is full fill by mercury using the vacuum pomp. The mass m2 is than
determined. The vessel is full empty and 100 r 0.1g energetic material is placed into it.
Than the vessel is full fill with mercury and the mass m3 is measured. The Absolute
Density is calculated with:
m1 U Hg
U
m 2 m 3 m1
Where:
m1 - energetic material mass >g@;
m2 - the mass of cylindrical vessel filled with mercury >g@;
m3 - the mass of cylindrical vessel filled with explosive and mercury >g@;
3
UHg - the density of mercury at testing temperature >g/cm @.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are a quality characteristic of
tested explosive. The Absolute Density affects the performance characteristics.
d. Typical results: Depend on the explosive type and its manufacture process.
3
- DRP 1R Black powder: 1.70 – 1.77 g/dm ;
3
- Single/double base solid propellant: 1.50 – 1.8 g/cm .
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Two parallel essays are performed and the median
3
value is calculated with 0.01 g/cm precision. The difference between the two results
3
must be less than 0.02 g/cm .
3.1 STP-M 40235-1997. Black Powders. Technical Requirements.
RO-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Density of Regularly Shaped Samples
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination of density by measuring the dimensions

of a well definite geometry sample.
b. Description: The density of pressed or extruded explosive samples can be calculated as

mass of explosive divided by its volume (U m/V). The test is applicable only to explosive
samples with a well definite geometry: cylinders, conical shapes, tubes, plates and
spangles.
- The sample mass is weighed with a high precision balance, the dimensions (height h,
inner diameter d and external diameter D) are measured with appropriate instruments
(micrometers, calipers), and the volume is calculated.
- Because pressed pellets can have a slightly conical shape, at least three diameters
should be measured: one on top, one in the middle and one at the bottom. An
averaged value should be used for diameter.
- The density of cast samples is determined by weighing the mould before and after
the casting process. The volume can be calculated either from technical drawings, or
by determining the volume of a liquid, which is consumed to fill the mould.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are used to evaluate a quality
characteristic of tested explosives. The explosive density has many influences on the
performance and security characteristics. Variations in density mean changes in charge
manufacturing process. Reduced density may indicate defects and inclusions as voids
and fissures.
d. Typical results: The results depend on explosive type and the parameters of charge
manufacturing process.
3
value is calculated with 0.01 g/cm precision. The difference between the two results
3
must be less than 0.02 g/cm .
3.1 SMT 40165-1993. Cylindrical hexatol charges. Technical requirements.
3.2 SMT 40182-1993. Cylindrical TNT charges. Technical requirements.
RO-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.01.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Density by Hydrostatic Method
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/ Determination of density by weighting the explosive in

air and by sinking in a liquid with known density.
b. Description:
- The explosive sample is weighed in air with a high precision balance (r 0,0002 g). The
explosive mass must be within 0,5 y 1 g (for gun propellants with web d 0.8 mm) and
5y10 g (for gun propellants with web t 0.8 mm).
- A glass container is filled with a known density liquid and then the recipient is disposed
under the hydrostatic balance. On the balance arm is hanging a metallic case, which is
placed in immersion at 15 – 20 mm. The metallic case mass (m1) is determined.
- Than the case is filled with explosive samples. The total mass (m2) is determined with
0.0002g precision.
- The density d1 is calculated with:
d2 m
d1
m m 2 m1
Where:
- d2 - liquid density;
- m - explosive mass, weighted in air;
- m1 - metallic case mass, weighted in liquid;
- m2 - metallic case and explosive sample mass, weighted in liquid.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used to evaluate a quality
characteristic for Solid Gun Propellants.
d. Typical results:
3
- Single/double base propellants: 1,50 – 1,8 g/cm .
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The final result is the average value of two parallel
3
essays. The difference between the two results must be less than 0.015 g/cm .
3.1 STP M 40178-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Methods to determine density.
RO-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Grain Geometry Conformity Test
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination of explosive grain dimensions by

micrometry or by measuring under a microscope.
b. Description: The test is applicable to Solid Gun Propellants with one or multi perforated
grains, tubular, annular, lamellar, and flake grains.
- For one or multi perforated grains, and for tubular grains web thickness, grain diameters,
perforation diameter, and grain height are measured.
- For lamellar and flake grains web thickness, length, width are determined.
- For annular grains web thickness, inner diameter, and external diameter are measured.
- Because of the inhomogeneity of extruded propellants, at least 20 – 30 different grains
have to be measured in order to achieve reliable results.
- For lamellar grains, the web thickness is measured at least in three places: at the ends
and on the middle.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are used for quality
assurance. The interior ballistic behavior of a gun propellant depends strongly on its
dimensions.
d. Typical results: Depends on Solid Gun Propellant type.

- For 7/1 BP fl single base propellant: web 0.68…0.70 mm; d 0.25…0.35 mm;
l 2.7…3.3mm.
- For 7/14 gr single base propellants: web 0.70…0.85 mm; d 0.20…0.35 mm;
l 8.8…11mm.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The measurement precision depends on propellant

type, measured parameter and used equipment.
3.1 SMT 40133-1995. Solid Propellant. Preparing methods for physical and chemical
tests.
3.2 STP-M 40377-1993. Solid Gun Propellant. Methods to determine the grain conformity
dimensions.
3.3 STP-M 40234-1997. Triple base propellants. Method to determine the grains
dimensions (similar to MIL-STD-286C, method 504.1.1).
RO-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.02.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Granulation
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determining the dimensions for propellant grains which
has not a regularly shape.
b. Description: The method is used for determining the granulation of low sensitivity
explosives. The specimen shall consist of approximately 100 g of the explosive weighed
within 0.1g. The portions retained or passed by the various sieves shall be weighed and
the results calculated to a percentage basis.
- The sieves are of circular or square shapes, with 400 mm diameter/width.
- The mechanical shaker is set to produce 150 r 10 vibrations per minute, with 70 r 10
mm amplitude; the sieves, and the tested explosive must be covered and then shaken
for 3 minutes.
- The granulation fraction can be calculated with:
100 >%@
mi
xi
m
Where mi is the explosive mass retained by “i” sieve, and m is the explosive total
mass.
- The minimum and maximum size for the utilized sieves are:
For VU fl propellant: 0.40-0.56 mm ... 0.7-0.8 mm;
For VTK propellant: 0.56-0.70 mm …1.1-1.4 mm.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are used to evaluating a
quality characteristic. The granulation can affect the bulk density.
d. Typical results: Depend on explosive type.
3.1 STP-M 40310. Black Powders and Solid Gun Propellants. Method to determine the
granulation.
3.2 STP-M 40375/2-1992. Solid Gun Propellants. Technical requirements.
RO-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Moisture Content
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination of water content into explosive samples.
b. Description:
- The moisture content is determined by loss of weight, by water extraction with isopropyl
alcohol, by propellant decomposition with solvent mixture, and by Karl Ficher method
- Large propellants are ground or cut into pieces of maximum size 10x10x3mm.
- The loss of mass method is used for explosive which not contains volatile solvents. The
0
testing temperature is within 60-80 C, and the loss of mass is recorded after 150
minutes.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The moisture content is used to evaluating a

quality characteristic. Knowledge of the moisture is important because uptake/loss of
moisture may lead changes for performance characteristics.
d. Typical results:
A IX-1 Main Charge Composition: max. 0.1 %;
PETN: max. 0.1 %;
ST –1 pyrotechnic composition: max. 0.2 %.
value is calculated with 0.01% precision. The difference between the two results must be
less than 0.03 %.
3.1 SMT 40209-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Methods to determine the moisture content.
3.2 SMT 40209/1-1993. Solid Rocket Propellants. Methods to determine the moisture
content.
3.3 SMT 40486-1996. High Explosives. Method to determine the moisture and volatile
content.
RO-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Volatile Content
a. Type of test: Physical properties/Determination of the total volatile content by complete

dissolving, precipitation and drying to a constant mass.
b. Description:
- For single base propellants, the volatile substances are moisture (eliminated volatile)
and residual volatile (e.g. ethanol, ethyl ether or mixture).
- The residual volatile content is represented by the difference between total volatile
content and eliminated volatile content.
- The propellant sample is dissolved into an organic solvent. After precipitation, the
0
solvent is eliminate by drying at 75-85 C, until a constant mass.
- Generally, the used solvent is acetone and the precipitation is performed with a mixture
ethanol/water (2/1).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for quality insurance of
manufacturing process. The volatile contents may change the performance
characteristics of the ammunitions.
d. Typical results:
- P-45 single base propellant: max. 1.8 %;
- VTH-20 single base propellant: max. 3.7 %
- 22/1 TR single base propellant: max. 5.6 %.
value is calculated with 0.1% precision. The difference between the two results must be
less than:
- 0.30 % - for web 0.7 mm;
- 0.40 % - for 0.7 d web d 1.0 mm;
- 0.50 % - web ! 1 mm.
3.1 SMT 40164/3-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Method to determine the volatile content
by precipitation.
3.2 STP-M 40375/1-1996. Solid Gun Propellants. Technical requirements.
RO-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.03.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Hygroscopicity
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination of the hygroscopicity by the change in

moisture content as a function of air humidity level.
b. Description: Large propellants are cut into small pieces of maximum size 10x10x2mm.
0
Approximately 10 g explosive sample are heated and dry at 100 C for 30 minutes, until
the mass remain constant.
- After cooling into a desiccator, the explosive sample is weighed with 0.0002g precision.
- Than the sample is disposed into a desiccator which containing a KNO3/water solution
3
(1200g KNO3/1000 cm H2O).
0
- The testing temperature must be within 18 … 22 C, and the sample is maintained into
desiccator during 12 h.
- The hygroscopicity is calculated with:
'm
H >%@
m
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Knowledge of the hygroscopicity is important
because the changes in moisture content can affect the performance characteristics or
lead to malfunction.
d. Typical results: Depend on explosive type.

- ST-1 pyrotechnic composition: max. 0.8 %.
value is calculated with 0.1% precision.
3.1 STP-M 40235-1997. Black Powders. Technical requirements.
RO-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/102.04.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Melting Point
a. Type of test: Physical Properties/Determination the temperature of solid/liquid transition.
b. Description:
- This method is used for determining the melting point of explosives to be used as a
criteria of purity;
- The specimen shall consist of a portion of a sample (not exceeding 5 g).
- The heating apparatus is equipped with an electrical heating controller device, which
0
supplies constant heating speed (e.g. 1y1.5 C / min.);
- The explosive sample is disposed into capillary tubes or between two glass plates. The
sample mass is according the used apparatus.
- The melting point is determined with accurately standardized centigrade thermometers.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The melting point is used to determinate the
purity of booster and main charge explosives. For an explosive composition, many
melting points can be determined.
d. Typical results:
0
- RDX: min. 200 C;
0
- TNT I and II: min. 80.2 C
0
value is calculated with 0.1 C precision. The difference between the two results must be
0
less than 0.3 C.
3.1 STP-M 40232-1998. Hexogen. Technical requirements.
3.2 STP-M 40500-1996. Trinitrotoluen. Technical requirements.
RO-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/103.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Mechanical Properties (Constant Strain Rate)
a. Type of test: Mechanical Properties/Compression Behavior of Solid Propellants with

Constrain Strain Rate
b. Description: The testing compression equipment is provided with a mobile slab. The axial
motion may be selected with an appropriate constant rate. The strain indicator must
indicate the load with 1% precision, and the elongation with 0.01-mm precision. The
samples can have many regularly shapes: cylindrical, tubular etc. During the test, the
force and elongation are recorded. After the test, it is possible to obtain the maximal
strain, E-module, strain-deformation diagram. Parameters as temperature, dimension of
the sample and strain rate are influencing the results and have therefore to be specified.
At least two tests must be performed.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used for characterizing the
mechanical behavior of the solid propellants. The data are required to assess the
mechanical properties, and the ability of the propellant to retain its integrity throughout
the range of operating conditions.
d. Typical results: To be supplied.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The strain must be determined with r1 MPa precision.
3.1 STP-M 40450-1996. Solid Propellants. Method to determine the compressing
strength.
RO-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/103.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Mechanical Strength
a. Type of test: Mechanical Properties /The test consist in the determination of the
deformation of solid gun grains at 157 MPa Strain.
b. Description: The test is conducted for single base gun propellants. 20 grains are
subjected to geometric measurements. The medium diameter and crossing area are
calculated. The samples are machined from a middle region of propellant grain, at length
equal with the diameter at .1 mm precision. Than the samples are subjected to a maximal
157 MPa strain, during 5 seconds, until the crack of the sample. The load is calculated as
the product between strain and medium crossing area.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The compressive behaviour of solid gun

propellants is a safety and quality characteristic. The test is used to assess the
mechanical compressive strength that may have an effect upon the ballistic behaviour of
the propellant.
d. Typical results: The deformation who not produce the samples crack must be:
- Min. 35 % - for 7/7 single base propellants (web t .7 mm);
- Min. 30 % - for 7/14 irregularly shaped grains.
3.1 STP-M 40378-1993. Single Base Gun Propellants. Method to determinate the
mechanical strength.
3.2 STP-M 40375/2-1992. Single Base Gun Propellants. Physical and Chemical
Requirements.
RO-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/201.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Solid Propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Sensitivity (KAST)
a. Type of test: Safety/Impact. The test is conducted so as to assess the explosive

response of fallhummer (striker) impact.
b. Description:
- The impact sensitivity test is used to determining the liquid, gelatinous and solid
energetic materials sensitivity.
- The KAST fallhammer apparatus consists in a solid plate, an anvil, and two guidance
bars from witch a striker is dropped down. Tetryl is used to verifying this device. The
explosive sample is placed in a confinement device, which consists of two coaxial
cylinders placed one on top of the other and guided by a steel ring.
- The weight hammers are 1, 2, 5 and 10 kg. For sensitive explosives such as primary
explosives, a small fallhammer is used.
- The usual fall heights are 0.1 – 1.5 m.
- The explosive samples (0.05 g for solid explosive) are sieved (0.9 mm sieve for granular
explosive) and pressed at 290 MPa between the steel cylinders.
- The inferior sensitivity (H0 – 4%), superior sensitivity (H96 – 100%), the impact sensitivity H50
and the frequency of explosions are determinate.
- 25 essays are conducted for every height.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is conducted so as to determine the

sensitivity of explosive materials by a fallhammer impact between two steel cylinders.
The results are safety characteristics.
d. Typical results:
- Tetryl (0.2-0.27 mm grain size): H50 = 250 mm;

- RDX H50 = 150 mm.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The impact sensitivity H50 is given with r 50 mm

precision.
3.1 The Kast method to determine the impact sensitivity of a small explosive samples.
A.T.M. Experimental Testing Proceeding.
RO-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/201.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary Explosive
2. TEST TITLE: Ball and Disc Impact
a. Type of test: Safety/Impact. The test is used for Primary Explosive and Pyrotechnics -
Optional.
b. Description:
- A small sample of energetic granular material, 10 – 20 mg, is used for testing.
- The explosive sample is placed on a steel anvil and entirely covered by a metallic disc
(0.5 – 1 mm).
- It is then subjected to impact from a falling steel ball impacting on a striker with a
hemispherical end.
- The device (metallic disc, explosive sample, and the anvil) is placed under an
electromagnetic drop hammer.
- The method aims at establishing the sensitivity diagram, the height of 50 % explosions.
- 10 - 25 essays are conducted for every height.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is aims at determining the impact
sensitivity of Primary Explosives and represents the first step in assessment of the primer
compositions. The result is a safety characteristic.
d. Typical results:
- Primary Composition: 16 – 17 cm.
3.1 Method to determine the Ball and Disc Impact Sensitivity. A.T.M. Experimental
Testing Proceeding.
RO-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/201.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives and Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Temperature of Ignition (BAM)
a. Type of test: Safety/Temperature. The test is conducted to determine the temperature at

0
witch an event occurs, if the temperature is lower than 400 C.
0 0
b. Description: The explosive sample is heated with 5 C/min. or 20 C/min and the
temperature at witch an event will occur is determinate.
- The apparatus consists of a heating electric bath, which is heated by a constant
0 0
standard rate, two thermometers (60 - 260 C and 200 –400 C), and three glass tubes.
- A small quantity of energetic materials is placed into each glass tube (50 – 100 mg for
Solid Propellants and Main Charge Explosives or 5-20 mg for Primary Explosives).
0
- The initial bath temperature is 100 C.
- When each event occurs (decomposition, deflagration, detonation), the temperature of
ignition is read on the thermometer.
- The final value of test is the lower temperature.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used to determining the
thermal behavior of energetic materials. The temperature of ignition is a safety and
quality characteristic. The test is also used to assessing the changes after an ageing
process.
d. Typical results:
0
- primary composition type F: 259 - 263 C;
0
- primary composition (based on Hg (ONC)2): 180 - 187 C;
- primary composition (based on Hg (ONC)2)
0 0
aged at 65 C for 8 days: 328 - 331 C
0
- double base ball powder type SB 511: 160 - 165 C;
0
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The temperature of ignition is determined with r 0.5 C
precision.
3.1 Method to determine the temperature of ignition. A.T.M. Experimental Testing
Proceeding.
3.2 STANAG 4491.
RO-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/202.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical Stability by Aging
a. Type of test: Stability. The quantity of remaining stabilizer after ageing process is used as
a measure of chemical stability.
b. Description:
0
- The propellant samples are kept 60 or 120 days at 65.5 C temperature. Then the
quantity of remaining stabilizer is measured.
- 8 samples at 5 g are used for determinate the medium remaining stabilizer content.
- Each sample is placed in a hermetic glass tube (170 mm height and 27 mm diameter).
0
The tubes are placed in a heated device at 65.5 C.
- 4 tubes are taken out after 60 days and the rest after 120 days.
- When the brown gases appear, the test is stopped, and the propellant is considered
unstable.
- Spectrometry, chromatography or other analytical methods may measure the remaining
stabilizer contents.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used for estimating the chemical
stability of the propellants.
d. Typical results:
- The propellant is considered stable, for 5 years, if the remaining stabilizer (after 60 days
aging) is 1 % at least or it represents more than 50 % from initial content. The minimum
value of stabilizer content must be 0.3 %.
- The propellant is considered stable, for 10 years:
- If the remaining stabilizer is 1 % at least or it represents more than 75 % from
initial content after 60 days; the minimum value of stabilizer content must be 0.7 %;
- If the remaining stabilizer is 1 % at least or it represents more than 50 % from
initial content after 120 days; the minimum value of stabilizer content must be 0.3%.
3.1 SMT-40584-2000. Triple base propellants. Method to determine the chemical stability
by aging.
3.2 STANAG 4117.
3.3 STP-M 40133-1995. Solid Propellants. Methods to prepare samples for physical and
chemical analysis.
RO-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/202.02.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants/ Solid Rocket Propellants

0
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical Stability (Vieille Method at 106.5 C)
0
a. Type of test: Chemical Stability. Heating the sample at 106.5 C for a given period of time
and measure the time until the indicator paper changes color.
b. Description:
0
- A standard mass of the propellant is heated in special apparatus at 106.5 r 0.5 C.
- The test has more methods: simple, repeated (10 x simple).
0
- The samples are prepared by cutting, sieving and drying at 95-100 C for 2 hours. The
propellant is not cut when its weight is under 1 g.
- Two 10 r0.1 g samples are placed into two hermetic glass tubes (23.5 mm inner
diameter and 79 mm height). In each tube is introduced a blue litmus indicator paper.
- The samples are maintained in the heating apparatus until the indicator paper changes
its color or brown gases appear.
stability of the propellants.
d. Typical results: The test results are expressed in number of hours. For:
- simple method for single base propellant: Min 7 hours;
- repeated method:
- Min 50 hours for lamellar and porous propellant;
- Min 60 hours for other propellant.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The test result is one-hour precision.
3.1 STP-M 40294/1-1993. Solid propellants. Methods to determine the chemical stability
0
by blue litmus indicator paper at 106.5 C.
chemical analysis.
RO-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/202.02.002

0
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical Stability at 120 C
0
a. Type of test: Chemical Stability. Heating the sample at 120 C for a given period of time
and measure the time until the methyl indicator paper changes color.
b. Description:
0
- A standard mass of the propellant (2.5 r 0.002 g) is heated in special apparatus at 120 r 0.5 C
- 5 samples are putted into 5 glass tubes (15 mm inner diameter and 290 mm height). In
each tube are placed a methyl indicator paper (70x20mm).
- At each 5 minutes the sample are observed. When the indicator turns into pink, the test
is stopped and time is recorded.
stability of the propellants. The test results are safety and quality characteristics.
d. Typical results: To be supplied.
3.1 STP-M 40238-1999. Triple base propellants. Method to determine the chemical
0
stability by heating at 393 r 0.5 K (120 C).
3.2 MIL-STD-286C, Method 404.1.2.
chemical analysis.
RO-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/202.02.003

0
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical Stability by Weight Loss at 95 C
0
a. Type of test: Stability. Heating the sample at 95 C until the propellant decomposition (for
a given period of time) and determination of the weight loss.
b. Description:
- 10 r 0.0002 g are weighed and placed into spherical glass ball (49 mm inner diameter)
and than the ball is closed.
0
- The sample is heated in a special apparatus at 95 r 0.5 C.
- When 24 hours have passed, the ball with sample is weighed and the weight loss is
recorded.
- The weight loss is graphically represented as a function of time.
- The start of accelerate decomposition is represented by inflection point (the point where
0
the curve modifies its convexity). The sample is maintained 5 days more at 95 C after
the inflection point is reached.
- The constant of decomposition characterizes the velocity of uniform decomposition. The
loss of weight, in mg for 100 g propellant and 24 hours, is calculated with expression:
C a b
K100 1000
c d
Where: a - the loss of mass (%) till accelerate decomposition is reached;
b - the loss of mass (%) till uniform decomposition is reached;
c - the time (days) till accelerate decomposition is reached;
d - the time (days) until uniform decomposition is reached;
d. Typical results:
- For porous gun propellant: min. 8 days;
- For granular propellant: min 10 days.
3.1 STP-M 40294-1995. Single base propellants. Method to determine the chemical
stability by weight loss.
3.2 STP-M 40375/2-1992. Solid propellant. Physical and chemical requirements.
3.3 STP-M 40133-1995. Methods to prepare samples for physical and chemical analysis.
RO-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/202.02.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives and Solid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Explosives stability (Abel Method)
0
a. Type of test: Stability. Heating the sample, at 80 r 0.5 C, till iodine – starch indicator
paper change its color
b. Description:
- Four samples, 1.0 r 0.001 g each of them, are placed into an hermetic glass tube (15.5
inner diameter and 140 mm height) In each tube a iodine – starch indicator paper is
introduced too.
- The time passed until the indicator paper changes its color and is recorded.
- The test result is represented by the median value.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to estimating the chemical
d. Typical results:
- TNT : min. 1 hour;
- PETN: min 1 hour;
- Nitroglycerin: min 0.5 hour.
.
3.1 Method to determinate the chemical stability of Explosives (Abel Method). A.T.M.
Experimental Testing Proceeding.
RO-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/301.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary Explosives/Solid Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Heat of explosion
a. Type of test: Performance. The test determines the quantity of heat liberated in a closed
vessel.
b. Description:
- The energetic material is initiated in a vacuum stainless steel container. This container is
placed in an adiabatic water-bath calorimeter and heat of explosion of the sample is
determined from the temperature raise of the water-bath. Knowing the heat capacity of
the calorimeter the heat of explosion can be calculated.
- A standard mass is placed into the container.
- The test results represent the median value of two essays.
- The heat of explosion can be calculated with:
K 'T q am
Qv
Z
Where: K- heat capacity of apparatus;
'T - raise temperature;
qam - heat of initiation device;
Z- mass of the tested sample.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The result is a performance characteristic.
d. Typical results:
- primary composition type F: 460 kcal/kg;
- 4/7 T gr single base gun propellant: max. 875 kcal/kg;
- SB 511 double base gun propellant: 1290 kcal/kg;
- red flare pyrotechnic composition: min. 1600 kcal/kg.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The difference between the individual results of the
heat of explosion must be lower than:
- 0.6 % for the explosive materials with Qvd1000 kcal/kg;
- 0.8 % for the explosive materials with metallic powder;
- 1.3 % for the rest of the Explosives, but not more than 47 kcal/kg.
3.1 STP-M 40319-1993. Solid propellants. Methods to determine the heat of explosion.
3.2 STP-M 40375/2-1992. Solid propellants. Physical and chemical requirements.
RO-40
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/301.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary explosives/Solid propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Specific Volume
a. Type of test: Performance. The test determines the volume of gases products liberated
during the explosion.
b. Description:
- The gas products are introduced into a hermetic container and the raise of pressure is
measured. The specific volume can be calculated with:
W 0 'H 273.15
V 0sp
Z 760 273.15 t
Where: W0 - volume of the container;
'H - raise pressure;
Z - mass of tested sample;
t - ambient temperature.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is a performance

characteristic.
d. Typical results:
- primary composition type F: 235 l/kg;
- SB 511 double base propellant: 812,5 l/kg;
- MS-2 pyrotechnics composition: 12 l/kg.
3.1 Method to determine the specific volume. A.T.M. Experimental Testing Proceeding.
RO-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
RO/302.01.001
a. Type of test: Performance. The test determines the detonation velocity within the
explosive.
b. Description:
- The time that has slipped away between two points at known distance is measured and
the velocity is calculated.
- At least two measurement sensors are placed on the explosive charge.
- The final value of the test represents a medium of two essays.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are a quality characteristic.
d. Typical results:
Cast TNT 6950 m/s
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The measurement precision is r 2%.
3.1 Method to determine the detonation velocity. A.T.M. Experimental Testing
Proceeding.
RO-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.8 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF THE NETHERLANDS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.8.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION NL-3
10.7.8.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITIY(IES) NL-3
10.7.8.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES NL-3
10.7.8.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS NL-4
HIGH EXPLOSIVES NL-4
10.7.8.5 LIST OF TESTS INFORMATION SHEETS NA
10.7.8.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS NA
NL-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
NL-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.8.1.1 The Netherlands does not qualify new military explosives since no new military explosives
are developed in this country.
10.7.8.1.2 The Netherlands procures explosives from foreign producers as part of a complete
munition or weapon system design or bulk explosives for production or rework of
ammunition.
10.7.8.1.3 The approval of explosives, in the Netherlands, is done as part of the approval of the
specifications of the complete ammunition or weapon system as procured from either
Netherlands or foreign contractors by the involved Materiel Command after consulting the
1
Militaire Commissie Gevaarlijke Stoffen , MCGS.
10.7.8.2.1 The following authorities within the Netherlands Defense Organization are responsible for
approving the specifications for explosives contained in munitions:
a. Directoraat Matrerieel Koninklijke Landmacht (Army Materiel Command)

b. Directoraat Matrerieel Koninklijke Marine (Naval Materiel Command)
c. Directoraat Matrerieel Koninklijke Luchtmacht (Air Materiel Command)
10.7.8.3.1 It is required that the explosives are qualified before taken into service, the qualification is
part of the final classification. The properties of the explosive should be identified by TNO
Prins Maurits Laboratory (TNO-PML), either by assessing the data provided by the
manufacturer or by performing an (additional) experimental test program. This results in a
qualification report and draft specifications for the explosive substance.
1
Military Committee for Dangerous Substances.
NL-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.8.4.1 The basis for the approval of new explosives is the specifications with related
test-methods and requirements given in NATO STANAGs used for approval in other
NATO countries. Specific Netherlands test methods for explosives do not exist.
Consequently, Test Information Sheets are not relevant. The tests which the Netherlands
authorities consider mandatory for assessing the safety of an explosive material are listed
below.
10.7.8.4.2 The activities required for setting up and implementing a qualification program are:
a. Identifying the relevant characteristic properties in relation to STANAG 4170,

STANAG 4123, MP 40-22, the expected life cycle and use of the explosive
substance.
b. Inaugurating the (additional) test program
c. Implementing the (additional) test program
d. Compiling a qualification report
e. Compiling the specification
The qualification of an explosive substance for military use is recorded by the chairman of
the MCGS in a qualification document.
a. Mandatory Data
(1) Impact Sensitivity (BAM test)

(2) Friction Sensitivity (BAM test)
(4) Shock Sensitivity (BICT gap test)
(5) Heat Sensitivity (Koenen test)
NL-4
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
10.7.12 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF THE SLOVAK REPUBLIC
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.12.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION SK-3
10.7.12.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY (IES) SK-3
10.7.12.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES SK-3
10.7.12.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS SK-5
10.7.12.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS SK-10
10.7.12.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS SK-11
SK-1
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK-2
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
10.12.1.1 Military Technical and Testing Institute Zahorie (Vojensky Technicky a Skusobny Ustav
Zahorie - VTSU) has full responsibility for qualification of military explosives.
Military Technical and Testing Institute Zahorie (Vojensky Technicky a Skusobny Ustav
Zahorie – VTSU) is the appointed National Authority for the Slovak Republic and is
responsible for the following functions in accordance with STANAG 4170:
a. Initiation of the qualification procedure, assessment of the preliminary data

and selection of the tests necessary for qualification of military explosive
materials used by the military services of the Slovak Republic.
b. Conducting tests and preparing the qualification reports
c. Assessment of the military explosive in accordance with STANAG 4170 and

determination of the qualification status
d. Decision on the application of the qualified explosive
e. Creating and maintaining the Slovak data bank of qualified explosive

materials used by the Slovak military services
f. Maintaining Slovak repository for NATO Standardization Agreements and

Slovak Technical Standards relating to the military explosive materials
g. Coordination of the implementation of STANAG 4170 within the Slovak

Republic
h. Acting as a Point of Contact within the Slovak Republic for inputs to AOP-7
i. Serving as a Point of Contact to other NATO countries for the exchange of

information
j. Releasing the qualification data to other NATO and PFP nations in

accordance with STANAG 4170
SK-3
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
10.7.12.3.1 The Slovak Republic is in the beginning of the implementation process of STANAG 4170
into its testing practice. Thus, the information contained in this section should be
considered as preliminary and can be a subject of the change. The basis for the Slovak
assessment for the qualification of an explosive composition is laid down in the Slovak
Technical Standards. There are plenty of differences between Slovak Technical
Standards and STANAGs for military explosives. The Slovak National Standards will be
changed in the future and to this time the basis for the Slovak assessment for the
qualification of an explosive composition will be laid down in test methods and
procedures. These procedures are in preparation. They will be in line with requirements
of STANAG 4170 and the STANAGs for explosives testing quoted in STANAG 4170.
10.7.12.3.2 In the Slovak Republic, the research and the development of new military explosives
intended for military use are mainly carried out by private firms - e.g. Chemko a.s.,
Strazske (high explosives ), Konstrukta – Defence, a.s., Trencin (pyrotechnics), Zavody
Vseobecneho strojarenstva, a.s., Dubnica nad Vahom (high explosives, pyrotechnics) .
Additionally, research may also be carried out in certain state institutes sponsored by the
Slovak MOD (e.g. Military Technical and Testing Institute, Zahorie).
10.7.12.3.3 In general, the research and the development of new military explosives are carried out
under contracts awarded by Slovak Ministry of Defence, or Slovak Ministry of Economy.
However, they may also result from a private firm’s initiative. Import of military explosives
or munitions with military explosives not qualified according to STANAG 4170 can be
another source of new military explosives for qualification. In this context a new explosive
is an explosive which has not yet been qualified, whose composition, nature or
manufacturing procedure has been changed, or which is intended for a role for which it
has not been qualified. Existing military explosives may be regarded as being qualified by
sufficient long experience representative for its expected life cycle and intended use.
10.7.12.3.4 Written requests for qualification of a new explosive are to be submitted to the National
Authority. Requests may be submitted by the military services (Army, Air Force),
developers, manufacturers or importers.
10.7.12.3.5 Before the beginning of the qualification procedure, an applicant requesting the
assessment of the developed explosive must identify some basic characteristics of the
explosive, according to Table 1 to STANAG 4170 and must present results of tests
obtained in the development project. The information is evaluated by the National
Authority and can be returned for revision if they are unsatisfactory or incomplete. The
producer of the new military explosive has to prove the military explosive can be
manufactured and processed in a full production scale and the required quality levels can
be met consistently. The National Authority can refuse further qualification testing if it is
clear from the preliminary results that the new explosive will not satisfy general
requirements for safety and suitability in the intended role.
10.7.12.3.6 In case of positive results of the preliminary assessment, the National Authority prepares
a list of tests for qualification of the explosive. The tests listed in STANAG 4170 are
always taken as mandatory for this purpose, the national tests listed in AOP-7 are usually
taken as optional (except those referred by STANAG 4170 to AOP-7, such as electric
spark test, detonation velocity and critical diameter test). Other tests not included in
STANAG 4170 or AOP-7, but which are suitable to obtain the required information, may
also be used. The results of optional tests can be taken from the development project of a
new explosive.
10.7.12.3.7 The National Authority is responsible for conducting of the qualification tests and the
subsequent assessment of the new explosives regarding its safety and basic suitability for
SK-4
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
military purposes. If any particular test cannot be conducted by the facilities of the National
Authority, the National Authority will delegate other testing laboratory for conducting the
test. The qualification procedure does not include the assessment of the explosive in a
particular ammunition system (final or type qualification) or legal provisions for storage
and transportation.
10.7.12.3.8 The results of the qualification tests, together with other observations and
recommendations are considered by committee of specialists of the National Authority,
other Slovak military technical institutes, General Staff and Ministry of Defence. The
results are evaluated in relation to the results of the same tests carried out on materials of
a similar type and role which have proven history of safety and satisfactory use in service.
After completion of the investigation, the National Authority prepares a qualification report
in accordance with STANAG 4170 and the resulting qualification status: (a) qualified, (b)
not qualified, (c) qualified with certain restrictions.
10.7.12.3.9 If the National Authority determines that a new explosive is suitable for military use, an
organization developing, manufacturing or importing the explosive will prepare a technical
specification for this qualified explosive. The technical specification stipulate
characteristics of the explosives such as composition, nature, manufacturing process,
type and source of raw materials and use, as far as these ensure reproducible
manufacture and delivery. The technical requirements for the explosive, the testing
methods, provisions on quality assurance, packaging, storage and transportation
conditions are also reflected in this document.
10.7.12.3.10 After the technical specification for explosive has been written, it is to be sent for
comments by organizations participating on production, processing or use of the
explosive. The final version of this document is ratified by all the organizations (a
developer, a manufacturer, a processing company, military authority representatives to
these companies, the National Authority, end user etc.).
10.7.12.3.11 In case of ammunition system developments requiring the new explosives, these
explosives must be qualified before the system design is finalized. The introduction of the
explosive for a particular role before conclusion of the qualification procedure and before
completion of the technical specification is prohibited in general.
SK-5
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
10.7.12.4.1 List of Tests for Primary explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests
(1) Thermal characterization by DTA STANAG 4515

(2) Thermal characterization by DSC STANAG 4515
(3) Thermal characterization by TGA STANAG 4515
(4) Chemical compatibility with materials by dynamic TGA* STANAG 4147
(5) Chemical compatibility with materials by DSC* STANAG 4147
(6) Chemical compatibility of azides with materials
by chemical analysis* STANAG 4147
(7) Temperature of ignition STANAG 4491 (B1)
(8) Impact sensitivity STANAG 4489 (C)
(9) Friction sensitivity STANAG 4487 (A)
(10) Electric spark 201.03.001
b. Optional Tests for Primary explosives
(1) Density 102.01.071

(2) Small BAM friction sensitivity test 201.02.001
(3) Large scale differential thermal analysis 202.01.003
10.7.12.4.2 List of Tests for Booster and Main Charge High Explosives:
a. Mandatory Tests

(4) Vacuum stability test STANAG 4556 (2B)
(5) Chemical compatibility with materials
(9) Slow cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
(10) Fast cook-off STANAG 4491 (C3)
(14 Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity STANAG 4490 (B)
(15 Shock sensitivity (small, intermediate
and super large scale gap) STANAG 4488 (ABD)
(16) Large scale gap 201.04.001
(18) Detonation velocity test 302.01.001
(19) Uniaxial compressive test STANAG 4443
(20) Uniaxial tensile test (only for PBX) STANAG 4506
SK-6
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
(21) Stress relaxation test in tension (only for PBX) STANAG 4507
(22) Thermomechanical analysis STANAG 4525
(23) Dynamic mechanical analysis (only for PBX) STANAG 4540
b. Optional Tests for Booster and Main Charge High Explosive
(1) Density 102.01.071

(3) Lead block compression 302.03.001
(4) Ballistic mortar 302.03.002
(5) Lead block expansion 302.03.003
10.7.12.4.3 List of Tests for Solid gun propellants
a. Mandatory Tests

(4) Vacuum stability test STANAG 4556 (2B)
(5) Chemical stability tests by stabilizer depletion STANAG 4117 (B)
STANAG 4527
STANAG 4541
by stabilizer depletion* STANAG 4147
(16) Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity STANAG 4490 (B)
(17) Shock sensitivity
(intermediate and super large scale gap) STANAG 4488 (BD)
#
(20) Uniaxial compressive STANAG 4443
#
#
(22) Dynamic mechanical analysis STANAG 4540
SK-7
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
b. Optional Tests for Solid gun propellants
(1) Density 102.01.071

(2) Deflagration to detonation transition 201.08.002
o
(3) 100 C heat 202.01.001
(4) Slovak vacuum stability 202.01.002
(6) Closed vessel 302.02.001
10.7.12.4.4 List of Tests for Solid rocket propellants
a. Mandatory Tests

(4) Vacuum stability STANAG 4556 (2B)
+
(5) Chemical stability tests by stabilizer depletion
(only for double based propellants) STANAG 4117 (B)
STANAG 4527
STANAG 4541
(9) Chemical compatibility with materials by stabilizer
depletion* (only for double based propellants) STANAG 4147
(15) Large scale electrostatic discharge sensitivity STANAG 4490 (B)
(16) Shock sensitivity
(intermediate and super large scale gap) STANAG 4488 (BD)
(17 Large scale gap 201.04.001
(19) Uniaxial compressive STANAG 4443
(21) Stress relaxation test in tension STANAG 4507
SK-8
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
b. Optional Tests for Solid rocket propellants:
(1) Density 102.01.071

o
(2) 100 C heat test (only for double based propellants) 202.01.001
(3) Slovak vacuum stability
(only for double based propellants) 202.01.002
10.7.12.4.5 List of Tests for Liquid Propellants
a. The tests required for liquid propellants are listed in Chapter 7 of this document.
10.7.12.4.6 List of Tests for Pyrotechnics
a. Mandatory Tests

(4) Vacuum stability STANAG 4556 (2B)
#
(13) Shock sensitivity STANAG 4488 (BD)
#
#
#
b. Optional Tests for Pyrotechnics
(1) Density 102.01.071

(2) Small BAM friction sensitivity 201.02.001
10.7.12.4.7 Remarks :
* two compatibility tests are usually chosen from the lists
+
selection of a suitable chemical stability test depends on composition of
a propellant under test
#
applicability of the test depends on a resolution of the national authority
SK-9
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
10.7.12.5 Aging Characterization
10.7.12.5.1 Determination of the influence of aging on a new explosive’s properties is an important

part of the qualification process. The aging characterization is mostly based on artificial
o
aging at higher temperatures (50-70 C) for several months with packaging corresponding
to the final application of the explosive and following determination of change in selected
properties. Some types of explosives materials (especially rocket propellants and main
charge high explosives) can be also aged using temperature cycling and shocks. The
concrete version of the aging protocol for different types of explosives is established by
case to case basis in such a manner allowing to determine the important properties of the
explosive after artificial aging corresponding to at least the end of its guaranteed service
life (with some safety reserve).
10.7.12.5.2 Determination of change in properties of a new explosive before and after the artificial
aging is done by the following methods, in general:
Methods Types of explosives

Impact, friction and electrostatic All types of explosives
discharge sensitivity
Shock wave sensitivity Booster and main charge high explosives
Thermal stability (DTA, TGA, DSC, All types of explosives (except primary explosives
temperature of ignition, cook-off) for cook-off tests)
Vacuum stability test All types of explosives
Stabiliser or antioxidant depletion Propellants
Mechanical properties (in tension, Propellants, plastic bonded high explosives
pressure, relaxation, DMA, TMA,
hardness)
Chemical properties (plasticizer Propellants, pyrotechnics
migration, active metal degradation)
Performance properties (heat of Propellants, pyrotechnics
explosion, closed vessel test, live
firings from ballistic weapons)
SK-10
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)

102.01.271 Density

Explosiveness
201.02.XXX Friction
201.02.001 Small BAM Friction Sensitivity
Test
201.03.XXX Electrostatic Discharge

201.04.XXX Shock Tests

201.04.001 Large Scale Gap Test

201.08.001 Critical Diameter
201.08.002 Deflagration to Detonation
Transition
202.01.XXX Thermal Tests

o
202.01.001 100 C Heat Test
202.01.002 Slovak Vacuum Stability Test
202.01.003 Large Scale Differential
Thermal Analysis

302.03.001 Lead Block Compression Test
302.03.002 Ballistic Mortar Test
302.03.003 Lead Block Expansion Test
SK-11
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
Registry Number.
SK-12
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/102.01.071
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster and Main Charge High Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Density
b. Description: The density is calculated as a quotient of mass and volume of a sample. The
mass is measured with an analytical balance (resolution 0.0001 g) and the volume is
o
measured with a pycnometer by a liquid displacement method at 20 C. Liquid that does
not dissolve the sample is used as a medium for the pycnometric measurements (e.g.
water for high explosives, parafinic oil for propellants and pyrotechnics). A solid sample is
used in a form of small pieces that will pass through the pycnometer neck, with smooth
surfaces free from crevices and dust.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used for material characterization
and quality control before some qualification tests.
d. Typical Results:
-3
Cast TNT loading density: 1.58 g.cm
-3
Good (± 0.005 g.cm )
(1) STN 66 8102
SK-13
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK/201.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Small BAM Friction Sensitivity Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Friction - Used for Primary Explosives and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The sensitivity of primary explosives and very sensitive pyrotechnics is tested
by means of the scale-down version of BAM friction test apparatus (according to Annex A
to STANAG 4487). The applied friction load ranges from 0.1 N to 18 N. Sensitivity of an
explosive is usually expressed as a down level (the maximum load giving 0 ignitions of 6
trials) and an up level (the minimum load giving 6 ignitions of 6 trials).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to determine the sensitivity of
primary explosives and sensitive pyrotechnics at very low loads that can produce errors in
results using the standard type BAM friction test apparatus.
d. Typical Results: Results are quoted as minimum loads for obtaining 6 ignitions or
explosions of 6 trials (up level)
(1) Potassium Chlorate + Red Phosphorous 75/25: 0.4 N (explosion)

(2) Lead Trinitroresorcinate: 5 N (explosion)
(1) ON 66 8095
SK-14
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/201.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary, Booster, Main Charge High Explosives, Propellants, and
Pyrotechnics
a. Type of Test: Safety/Electric Spark - used for all types of explosives.
b. Description: An explosive sample (2-30 mg) is placed between an adjustable needle

electrode and a static disc electrode. Electrostatic energy stored on a charged variable
capacitor (maximum capacity 350 nF, charged with 4-10 kV potential) is discharged to the
sample. The standard test interval ranges from 0.1 mJ to 16 J. Using an oscilloscope and
high voltage sensors, voltage vs. time dependence is measured on the electrodes and
software determines the real energy transferred into the sample. The 50 % probability
level of initiation is determined by an „up and down“ Bruceton method. The test should be
more representative than usual spark tests owing to direct measurement of spark energy
transferred to the sample.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the electrostatic charge required

to ignite and explosive material at an energy level greater than that found on personnel.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Lead azide: 50 mJ

(2) RDX: 300 mJ
(1) TP-VD-1080-(01)-00-ZH
SK-15
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK /201.04.001
2. TEST TITLE: Large Scale Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Detonative Shock
b. Description: A flat shock wave from a conical donor charge of cast TNT (density 1.58
-3
g.cm , diameter of the bottom of the charge 68 mm) with coating layer of PETN/TNT
50/50 and a small booster charge of PETN/wax 90/10 is attenuated by layers of PMMA
discs (diameter of 68 mm). The occurrence of detonation of the acceptor charge in a steel
tube (internal diameter of 60 mm, thickness of 5 mm, length of 200 mm) is assessed by
the degree of damage to a steel witness plate under a 3 mm air gap. Thickness of the
attenuator giving a 50% probability of detonation is determined by a simplified Bruceton
method.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the sensitivity to shock
initiation of explosives that will propagate detonation in confined charges with diameters of
60 mm
d. Typical Results:
(1) TP-VD-1080-(02)-00-ZH
SK-16
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/201.08.001
2. TEST TITLE: Critical Diameter Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Critical Diameter - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives, Propellants and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The explosive under test, contained in a 100 cm steel tube with a selected
internal diameter and wall thickness of 10 % of internal diameter, is subjected to an
explosive shock known to be sufficient to initiate detonation (using detonator or a plastic
explosive booster) and the remains of the tube are examined to determine whether the
detonation has propagated through the whole length of the charge. If detonation
propagates, internal diameter of the next steel tube is reduced to its half. If detonation
fails, internal diameter of the next steel tube is doubled. Using this procedure, critical
diameter of the explosive at given loading density is determined as a minimum diameter
of the tube at which complete detonation occurs.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the critical diameter of an
explosive for sustaining a detonation through a long confined explosive charge.
d. Typical Results:
(1) TP-VD-1080-(03)-00-ZH
SK-17
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK /201.08.002
2. TEST TITLE: Deflagration to Detonation Transition Test
a. Type of Test: Safety - Used for Gun Propellants
b. Description: The explosive under test is contained in a steel tube (inside diameter of 32
mm, thickness of 3 mm, length of 500 mm), which is closed at one end by a welded steel
disc 3 mm thick. Initiation occurs by means of electric squib at the open end of the tube.
The lengths of deflagration and detonation zones are determined by means of a
mechanical sensor that is made of 3.15 mm thick steel wire wrapped with 0.6 mm thick
copper wire. The mechanical sensor is located inside the tube along all its length. After
explosion, the mechanical sensor is collected. The first cut of the copper wire into the
steel wire corresponds the transition point from deflagration to detonation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines tendency of an explosive

to transition from burning to detonation
d. Typical Results:
(1) A porous nitrocellulose sheet propellant: 250 mm
(1) TP-VD-1080-(04)-00-ZH
SK-18
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/ 202.01.001

o
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for Gun Propellants and Double Based Rocket
Propellants
b. Description: 10g samples of propellants, enclosed in standardised glass test tubes, are
o
heated at 100 C in a heating block. The number of days required to cause clearly visible
yellow or red fumes of nitrogen oxides is recorded.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the stability level of the
single and double based propellants
d. Typical Results:
(1) Double based propellants: 2-10 days

(2) Single based propellants: 6-14 days
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: within r 6 hours
(1) STN 66 8102
SK-19
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SKZ/202.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Slovak Vacuum Stability Test
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for Gun Propellants and Double Based Rocket
Propellants.
b. Description: Samples of explosives (2 grams), enclosed in standardised glass test tubes

3
(volume 20 r 1 cm ) with adapters for connection of electronic pressure transducers and
a vacuum pump are heated at initial vacuum for a specified period of time at a specified
o
temperature in a heating block. Single based propellants are heated for 5 hours at 125 C,
o
double based propellants for 5 hours at 115 C. The volume of gases evolved during the
test is recorded from the transducers by computer in regular intervals (5-30 minutes) and
volume of gases vs. time graph is finally plotted for every sample. Together with total
volume of gases evolved in the test, rate of steady gas evolution is determined from the
3 -1
curve. The rate (extrapolated to 20 hours: cm .g .20hours) is usually taken as a value for
stability evaluation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the stability level of the
propellants.
d. Typical Results:
3 -1 o
(1) Nitroglycerine propellants: 6-16 cm .g .20hours (115 C)
3 -1 o
(2) Single based propellants: 10-25 cm .g .20hours (125 C)
3 -1
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Within 0.2 cm ml.g .20hours for propellants.
(1) STN 26 910
SK-20
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/202.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary, Booster, Main Charge High Explosives, Propellants, and
Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Large Scale Differential Thermal Analysis
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal - Used for all types of explosives.
b. Description: Commercially available DTA equipment with reinforced design is utilised. The
apparatus is capable to withstand explosion of up to 50 mg of primary explosives. Sample
weight of 50-500 mg of non-primary explosives can be used. In this apparatus,
endothermic and exothermic changes of the sample in a small glass test tube are
o -1
observed and recorded during heating at a constant rate (usually 5-20 C.min ) under air
atmosphere. The apparatus is very suitable for measurement of highly heterogeneous
samples (esp. pyrotechnics) that can produce unrepeatable results with low sample
weights. The equipment is also suitable for preliminary assessment of thermal reactivity of
an unknown explosive before measurement at more sensitive apparatuses.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the thermal stability of an
explosive - start, onset and peak of exothermal decomposition
o -1
d. Typical Results (peaks of decomposition at 50 mg sample weight and 5 C.min heating
rate):
o
(1) TNT: 295 C
o
(2) RDX: 220 C
o
(3) PETN: 190 C
o
(4) Double Based Propellants: 165-170 C
o
(5) Black Powder: 320 C
o
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: r 2 C of peak temperatures
(1) TP-VD-1080-(05)-00-ZH
SK-21
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK/302.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster and Main Charge High Explosives
a. Type of Test: Performance/Experimental - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives.
b. Description: Two measurement probes (insulated copper foils or wires wrapped round or
pressed to each other) are inserted into the explosive charge of the selected diameter,
length and confinement. The explosive charge is initiated by means of a detonator or a
booster charge and the two probes are short-circuited by the passing detonation wave that
removes insulation from the probes. The time between the two generated pulses is
determined by an electronic counter. Knowing the distance between the two probes, the
average detonation velocity is determined.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the detonation velocity of
an explosive charge - one of important performance parameters
d. Typical Results:
-3 -1
(1) TNT (pressed 1.62 g.cm ): 6800 m.s
-3 -1
(2) RDX/wax 95/5 (Pressed 1.62 g.cm ): 8150 m.s
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Precision r 2%
(1) STN 66 8066
SK-22
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/302.02.001
a. Type of Test: Performance/Experimental - Used for Gun and Rocket Propellants
b. Description: The basic ballistic properties of a propellant are determined in a closed high-
3
pressure combustion chamber of constant volume (5-200 cm ). The propellant charge is
ignited by a small black powder charge. Loading density of a propellant in the bomb
-3
should be 0.19-0.22 g.cm . The pressure rise is measured by a piezoelectric pressure
transducer, with computer evaluation of the pressure-time curve. The force, covolume,
quickness, vivacity, form and other ballistic parameters of the propellant are calculated
from the curve.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The results of the test are used for a ballistic
assessment of the test propellant
d. Typical Results:
(1) TP-VD-1080-(06)-00-ZH
SK-23
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK/302.03.001
2. TEST TITLE: Lead Block Compression Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Brisance - Used for Booster and Main Charge High Explosives
b. Description: 50 g explosive charge of diameter 40 mm is placed on one to three steel

plates 10-30 mm thick situated on the top of a lead cylinder of 40 mm diameter and 60
mm height. The charge is initiated by means of a detonator. After explosion, resulting
compression of the lead cylinder is measured.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The value of the lead cylinder compression
corresponds to a brisance of the explosive.
d. Typical Results: (with 3 steel plates)

-3
(1) TNT (pressed, 1.60 g.cm ): 22 mm
-3
(2) RDX/TNT 75/25 (cast, 1.71 g.cm ): 28.5 mm (130% TNT)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: within ± 0,5 mm
(1) STN 66 8065
SK-24
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/302.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Ballistic Mortar Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Explosive power - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives
b. Description: 10 g explosive charge is detonated in a heavy (300 kg) steel mortar, damped
with a steel projectile (15 kg). The mortar is attached to a pendulum bar and suspended
on knife edges. After explosion of the charge, resulting degree of swing is compared to
that produced on detonation of a specific amount of TNT. The result is expressed as
percentage of TNT.

d. Typical Results:
(1) RDX/TNT 75/25: 144% TNT
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: ± 2% TNT
(1) STN 66 8075
SK-25
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK/302.03.003
2. TEST TITLE: Lead Block Expansion Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Explosives - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives
b. Description: 10 g sample is placed into a tube of diameter 25 mm made of tin sheet and a
standard detonator is inserted. The charge is then put into a hole in a lead block of
diameter and length 200 mm. Volume produced by the explosion of the charge is
measured.

d. Typical Results:
3
(1) TNT (powder): 300 cm (100% TNT)
3
(2) RDX/Al/wax 76/20/4: 471 cm (157% TNT)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Within ± 1% TNT
(1) STN 66 8064
SK-26
AOP-7
(2nd Edition)
SK/302.03.004
2. TEST TITLE: Heat of Explosion
a. Type of Test: Performance - Used for Propellants and Pyrotechnics
b. Description: The heat of explosion of an explosive is determined in a gas-tight stainless

steel container. This container is placed in an adiabatic water-bath calorimeter and the
heat of explosion of the sample is determined from the temperature raise of the water-
bath. Knowing the heat capacity of the calorimeter obtained by combustion of a reference
material, the heat of explosion of the explosive can be calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Determination of an energetic content of

explosives.
d. Typical Results:
(1) TP-VD-1080-(07)-00-ZH
SK-27
AOP-7
(2nd Edition
SK-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.13 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF SWEDEN
To be provided
SW-1
NATO/PfP/ UNCLASSIFIED
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.14 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR SWITZERLAND
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.14.1 GENERAL REMARKS CH-3
10.7.14.2 MILITARY DEPARTMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALIFICATION CH-3
10.7.14.3 NATIONAL AUTHORITY(IES) CH-3
10.7.14.4 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES CH-4
10.7.14.5 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS CH-5
a. HIGH EXPLOSIVES CH-6
(1) Primary Explosives CH-6

(2) Booster Explosives CH-6
(3) High Explosives CH-6
b. PROPELLANTS CH-7
(1) Solid Gun Propellants CH-7

(2) Solid Rocket Propellants CH-7
c. PYROTECHNICS CH-8
10.7.14.6 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CH-9
10.7.14.7 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS CH-11
CH-1
NATO/ PfP UNCLASSIFIED
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.14.1 GENERAL REMARKS
10.7.14.1.1 Switzerland, as a Partnership for Peace, PfP, nation has taken the decision to make an
input in the national part of AOP-7 in view to declare its qualification tests and procedures
for explosives intended to be used in military applications. In case of STANAG
incompatible generation of data for qualification of explosives, a harmonisation between
Swiss tests and procedures and corresponding STANAG test requirements shall be
established as a long term objective.
10.7.14.1.2 As Switzerland does not join NATO’s MAP (Member Action Plan), a ratification of
STANAGs is not foreseen in near future. So a reference to a STANAG within the Swiss
national part of AOP-7 does not imply the acceptance of this STANAG without any
restrictions. Thus, such references are made in sense of pure literature references.
10.7.14.1.3 In view of a further development of tests and procedures for qualification of explosives to
future needs and requirements, as also to harmonize tests and procedures in direction of
corresponding STANAGs, Swiss authorities keep the right to adapt those according to the
given situation.
10.7.14.2 MILITARY DEPARTMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALIFICATION
10.7.14.2.1 Swiss Defence Procurement Agency (DPA), and therein the "Weapon Systems and
Ammunition Test Center" (FA26), hereafter called "Test Center FA26", has full respon-
sibility for qualification of explosives for military applications.
10.7.14.3.1 The Test Center FA26 is the appointed Swiss National Authority for the qualification of
explosives for military purposes and is responsible for the following functions:
a. Defining the tests necessary to obtain evidence for the assessment of explosive
materials used by Swiss Army and Airforce, and the requirements applied for the
qualification of these materials.
b. Receiving from agencies within Switzerland, or from other nations the test data
for qualifying explosive materials, and assessing whether the material is safe and
suitable for consideration for use by the Services in a particular role or appli-
cation.
c. Publishing the test data and assessment which enables qualification, with or
without limitations.
d. Co-ordinating the implementation of international standards within Switzerland.
e. Maintaining a central collection of national and international standards relating to

explosive materials and explosives safety test data.
f. Providing a Swiss Point of Contact to other countries for the exchange of infor-
mation, as appropriate, on the safety of explosives.
g. Liasing with the appropriate security responsible of Swiss Defence Procurement

Agency to ensure that the security regulations, and requirements for commercial-
confidentiality governing the release of information are complied with in respect of
data to be provided in response to requests from other nations.
CH-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(NOTE: Transportation hazard classifications are the responsibility of the Federal
Inspectorate of Dangerous Goods (EGI) which is located at Überlandstrasse 129, CH-
8600 Dübendorf)
10.7.14.4.1 In Switzerland research into explosives (of all types) for Army and Air Force is carried out
in governmental test centers or full or partially government owned private companies,
such as
a. Weapon Systems and Ammunition Test Center (FA26) at Thun
b. Swiss Ammunition Factory (SM) at Thun and Altdorf
c. Nitrochemie Wimmis AG (NCW) at Wimmis
10.7.14.4.2 Additionally, research may also be carried out in private industry, universities and further
governmental agencies under contract by Defence Procurement Agency (DPA).
10.7.14.4.3 When a munition containing explosive materials is to be designed within Switzerland or

purchased from an other country, the appropriate System Manager of the Swiss Defence
Procurement Agency (DPA) tasks for Test Center FA26 to advise on the Safety and
Suitability for Service of the munition.
10.7.14.4.4 The Test Center FA26 is a professionally independent, advisory body. It is normally
tasked by, and its advice addressed to, the appropriate System Manager of Defence
Procurement Agency (DPA).
10.7.14.4.5 The primary purposes of the Test Center FA 26 in view of explosives qualification are:
a. To provide impartial appraisal of the Safety, and advice on the suitability for
service, of those parts of weapon systems and stores within its field of
operations in which explosives are used. In this context, the term "suitability for
service" means that the explosive and associated elements of a weapon system
or store are capable of functioning technically as designed, and that neither this
functioning, nor safety, will be unacceptably degraded by the service
environment through the agreed service life. It does not embrace operational
effectiveness or reliability.
b. To provide the Defence Procurement Agency a focus for international

standardisation in the field of safety and suitability of explosives.
10.7.14.4.6 During the evaluation phase of the munition procurement process the System Manager
has formally to inform the Test Center FA26 about the timetable in which the assessment
and qualification of explosive materials has to be considered (paragraph 10.7.14.4.7) and,
if appropriate, conducted.
10.7.14.4.7 In a first analysis, all energetic materials involved in a certain system are considered by
corresponding specialists to determine whether these are new to service, or known
materials being used in a novel role.
10.7.14.4.8 All energetic materials either being new to service or being used in a novel role become
subject of assessment and qualification, for their safety and suitability for consideration
for use in service. STANAG 4170 will be used as a guideline for this process.
CH-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.14.4.9 In certain circumstances, the Test Center FA26 may accept tasks from governmental
organisations or even private companies as specified in paragraph 10.7.14.4.1 for the
assessment and qualification of a new explosive material before it has been selected for
use by an ammunition project.
10.7.14.5.1 The basis for the Swiss assessment for the qualification of an explosive are the
requirements of STANAG 4170, whereas restrictions and additional claims are in
responsibility of Test Center FA26. It sets out the information required for assessment,
with general guidance on the suitable tests for the various types of explosives.
10.7.14.5.2 Selection of Tests. The selection of the specific tests to obtain data is a matter of
agreement between all organisations involved in the procurement and munition
surveillance process. If a qualification process is initiated outside the procurement
process (paragraph 10.7.14.4.9) the selection of tests is made to cover as far as possible
the requirements of STANAG 4170. In both cases consideration is given to type of
material, to its intended role and to the need to carry out tests at extremes of temperature
and on aged material.
10.7.14.5.3 For all materials, information is required to provide answers to Questions 1 to 8 of Table 1
in STANAG 4170.
10.7.14.5.4 Conduct of Tests. Once the test requirements for assessment and qualification have been
fixed by the relevant organisations, they are carried out in one or more test laboratories
as declared in paragraph 10.7.14.4.1 and 10.7.14.4.2.
10.7.14.5.5 Assessment. The results are considered in relation to the results of the same tests carried
out on materials of a similar type and role which have a proven history of safety and
satisfactory use in service.
10.7.14.5.6 Qualification. The test results, together with the discussion of the assessment, are
presented in a report, in which in case of positive overall conclusions is recommend that
the material is safe and suitable for consideration for use, with limitations if necessary.
10.7.14.5.7 Use in Service. Based on the recommendations and restrictions of the explosives qua-
lification report and the final munition evaluation test report, the system manager is
responsible for the use of the corresponding explosive materials to be introduced into
service.
CH-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Tests Registry/STANAG No.
(1) BAM Impact Test 201.01.001

(2) Julius Peters Friction Test 201.02.001
(3) Electrostatic Discharge Test 201.03.001
(4) Temperature of Ignition Test 202.01.002
(1) HPLC for Energetic Material used in High

Explosives not ruled in corresponding STANAGs 101.01.001
(2) Uniaxial Compression Test 102.01.010
(3) Density of Regularly Shaped Samples 102.01.071
(5) BAM Impact Test and Effect of Ageing 201.01.001
(6) Julius Peters Friction Test and Effect of Ageing 201.02.001
(8) 21mm BICT (WIWEB) Gap Test 201.04.001
(9) Steel Tube Test (KOENEN) 202.01.001
(10) Temperature of Ignition Test and Effect of Ageing 202.01.002
(11) Vacuum Stability Test (Stability) 202.01.006
(12) DSC/TG 202.01.007
(13) Heat Flow Calorimetry Test (Compatibility) 203.01.001
(14) Vacuum Stability Test (Compatibility) 203.01.002
(15) Detonation Velocity Test 302.01.001
c. Mandatory Data for Main Charge High Explosives
(1) HPLC for Energetic Material used in High

Explosives not ruled in corresponding STANAG’s 101.01.001
(2) Uniaxial Tensile Test 102.01.001
(4) Dynamic Mechanical Analysis Test (DMA) 102.01.020
(5) Thermomechanical Analysis (TMA) 102.01.021
(6) DSC (Glass Transition Temperature) 102.01.050
(9) Hygroscopicity Test 102.01.073
(13) 21mm BICT (WIWEB) Gap Test 201.04.001
(14) Intermediate Scale Gap Test 201.04.002
(15) EIDS Bullet Impact Test 201.05.001
(16) High Velocity Fragment Impact Test 201.06.001
(18) Temperature of Ignition Test and Effect of Ageing 202.01.002
CH-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(20) DSC/TG 202.01.007

(21) Tube Test (FCO & SCO) 202.01.010
(24) Detonation Velocity Test 302.01.001
a. Mandatory Data for Solid Gun Propellants
(1) Determination of Propellant Components 101.01.002

(3) Density (Gas Pyknometry) 102.01.070
(7) Low Temperature Embrittlement Test 102.01.090
(14) Weight Loss Test at 90 °C 202.01.003
(15) Bergmann-Junk-Siebert Test 202.01.004
(16) Heat Flow Calorimetry Test (Stability) 202.01.005
(18) DSC/TG 202.01.007
(19) HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion not Covered by
STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542 202.01.008
(20) HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion Covered by
STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542 202.01.009
(21) Tube Test (FCO & SCO) 202.01.010
(24) Manometric Bomb Test 302.02.002
(25) Heat of Combustion Test 302.03.001
b Mandatory Data for Solid Rocket Propellants
(1) Determination of Propellant Components 101.01.002

(2) Uniaxial Tensile Test 102.01.001
(3) Double Plate Tensile Test 102.01.002
(5) Dynamic Mechanical Analysis Test (DMA) 102.01.020
(6) Thermomechanical Analysis (TMA) 102.01.021
CH-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(14) High Velocity Fragment Impact Test 201.06.001
(15) 50mm Shaped Charge Impact Test 201.07.001
(20) DSC/TG 202.01.007
(21) HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion not Covered by
STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542 202.01.008
(22) HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion Covered by
STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542 202.01.009
(23) Tube Test (FCO & SCO) 202.01.010
(26) Plasticiser Migration Evaluation 203.02.001
(1) Determination of Pyrotechnic Components 101.01.003

(4) BAM Impact Test 201.01.001
(5) Julius Peters Friction Test 201.02.001
(10) DSC/TG 202.01.007
(12) Burning Rate Test 302.02.001
CH-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

Mechanical Properties Tests
101.01.XXX Chemical
101.01.001 HPLC for Energetic Material

used in High Explosives not
ruled in corresponding
STANAGs
101.01.002 Determination of Propellant
Components
101.01.003 Determination of Pyrotechnic
Components
102.01.XXX Physical & Mechanical

Properties Tests

102.01.002 Double Plate Tensile
102.01.010 Uniaxial Compression
102.01.020 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis
Test (DMA)
102.01.021 Thermomechanical Analysis
(TMA)
102.01.050 DSC (Glass Transition
Temperature)
102.01.070 Density (Gas Pyknometry)
102.01.071 Density of Regularly Shaped
Samples
102.01.072 Bulk Density
102.01.080 Grain Geometry Conformity
102.01.090 Low Temperature Embrittlement
201.01.XXX Sensitiveness/Sensitivity/
Explosiveness Tests
201.01.001 BAM Impact

201.02.001 Julius Peters Friction
201.03.001 Electrostatic Discharge
201.04.001 21mm BICT (WIWEB) Gap
201.04.002 Intermediate Scale Gap
201.05.001 EIDS Bullet Impact
201.06.001 High Velocity Fragment Impact
201.07.001 50mm Shaped Charge Impact
202.01.XXX Stability Tests
202.01.XXX Thermal
202.01.001 Steel Tube (KOENEN)
202.01.002 Temperature of Ignition
CH-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
202.01.003 Weight Loss at 90 °C
202.01.004 Bergmann-Junk-Siebert
202.01.005 Heat Flow Calorimetry
202.01.06 Vacuum Stabilityt
202.01.07 202.01.007 DSC/TG
202.01.008 HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion
not Covered by STANAG 4117,
4541 and 4542
202.01.009 HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion
Covered by STANAG 4117,
4541 and 4542
202.01.010 Tube Test (FCO & SCO)
203.01.XXX Compatibility & Reactivity Tests
203.01.001 Heat Flow Calorimetry

203.01.02 Vacuum Stability Test
203.02.001 Plasticiser Migration Evaluation
302.00.XXX Experimental Methods
302.02.001 Burning Rate Test

302.02.002 Manometric Bomb Test
302.03.001 Heat of Combustion Test
CH-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.14.7 CATALOGUE OF SWITZERLAND’S TEST INFORMATION SHEETS
Registry Number.
CH-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/101.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: HPLC for Energetic Material used in High Explosives not Ruled in Corresponding
STANAGs
a. Type of Test: Chemical Properties/Determination of the Individual Content of the

Components in the Explosives by High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC).
b. Description: A state of the art High Performance Liquid Chromatographic system, inclu-
ding a suitable UV detector and a gradient solvent system is needed. The explosive is
dissolved in acetone or in an other convenient solvent. The solution is then injected and
the sample components are separated with the aid of a reversed phase column. An
optimised liquid phase mixture which allows base line separation of the component peaks
has to be used. For a mixture containing RDX, HMX, TNT, Tetryl and PETN a C-18
reverse phase column as a stationary phase and an eluent mixture of about 65% acetoni-
trile and 35% water is recommended. All eluents need to have HPLC quality (Purity:
99.5% or better). A detector wave length of 220 nm is used. If a diode array detector is
available, an optimised wave length for each individual component can be used too. The
components of a sample are identified by their eluation time. The run time of the
mentioned explosives should be less than ten minutes. For the acquisition of quantitative
information the chromatographic peak areas have to be related to their corresponding
concentrations by following a sample concentration screening. Thereby the wave length
of detection has to be fixed for each component. Based on this calibration function and
the detected peak area for a certain component the corresponding concentration can be
calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test results are used for the
characterisation of energetic materials or as a verification of product specifications.
d. Typical Results: Depends on explosive under investigation. The method works for
explosive compositions containing 0.01% to nearly 100% of energetic material.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: If the composition of the explosive is inhomogeneous,

multiple specimens at different locations must be investigated. The relative error of the
quantitative results should be less than 0.5 %.
(1) Report FA26-SIG BE 980918 1462
CH-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/101.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Propellant Components
a. Type of Test: Chemical Properties/Analysis Using Different Techniques
b. Description:
(1) Determination of organic components (monomeric or oligomeric compounds):

Propellant samples (ground or not ground – according to propellant type) are (i)
digested in acetonitrile (containing internal standard), followed by precipitation
with water and centrifugation, or (ii) extracted with dichlormethane (attention:
stabilisers such as akardite and centralite are only extracted quantitatively from
small propellant grains or from ground propellants). The organic compounds are
then determined by means of HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography),
by GC (gas chromatography), ore by other analytical techniques of similar
accuracy.
(2) Determination of residual solvents: Propellant samples (unground) are (i) diges-
ted in n-butylacetate as described above, or (ii) soaked in a solvent mixture that
swells the propellant and extracts the residual solvents (but not the
nitrocellulose). The residual solvents are then determined by means of GC (gas
chromatography).
(3) Determination of inorganic components: (i) Propellant samples (ground except
for fine granular propellant) are digested in nitric acid. The inorganic compounds
(metal salts) are then determined by means of AAS (atomic absorption spectros-
copy). (ii) Soluble salts can also be extracted with water and then determined by
AAS. Other analytical techniques of similar accuracy, such as gravimetry, are
also allowed.
(4) Determination of moisture: The propellant is digested in a mixture of "Karl-
Fischer Reagent 1" and methanol; then titrated with "Karl-Fischer Reagent 2" in a
Karl Fischer titration apparatus.
(5) Determination of nitrocellulose content: (i) The nitrocellulose is
extracted from the residue of the dichlormethane extraction using acetone,
followed by precipitation with water (gravimetric determination).
composition of the propellant matches the declaration of the manufacturer, or that the
composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description.
d. Typical Results: Depends on propellant type.
(1) NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG; Different Testing Procedures

(2) German "Technische Lieferbedingungen" TL 1376-0600, Chapter 1
CH-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/101.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Pyrotechnic Components
a. Type of Test: Chemical Properties/Analysis using Different Techniques
b. Description: Pyrotechnic compositions consist typically of one or more reducing agents,

one or more oxidisers and a binder.
(1) Determination of the oxidisers: A sample of the pyrotechnic composition is dis-

solved in water or hydrochloric acid. The oxidiser content is determined by using
ion chromatography, ion-selective electrodes or by classical analytical methods.
(2) Determination of the reducing agent: A sample of the pyrotechnic composition is
dissolved in nitric acid or in a convenient solvent. The reducing agents (metal
powders) are detected by using AAS (atomic absorption spectroscopy) or other
techniques of similar accuracy as mentioned above.
(3) Determination of the binder: A sample of the pyrotechnic composition is
dissolved in an organic solvent as e.g. acetone. The quantitative analysis is done
by using a gravimetric method, the identification of the substance is done by IR
(infrared spectroscopy) or NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy).
(4) Determination of moisture: A sample of the pyrotechnic composition is digested
in a mixture of "Karl-Fischer Reagent 1" and methanol; then titrated with "Karl-
Fischer Reagent 2" in a Karl Fischer titration apparatus.
pyrotechnic composition matches the declaration of the manufacturer, or that the
composition lies within the limits given in the product performance description.
d. Typical Results: Depends on the pyrotechnic composition under investigation, e.g.: 20%
(w/w) Boron, 79% (w/w) Potassium Nitrate, 1% (w/w) Nitrocellulose.
CH-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Rocket Propellants /Main Charge High Explosives (PBX)
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Tensile Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical and Physical Properties/Tensile Behaviour of Poly- mer

Based Propellants and Explosives.
b. Description: JANNAF (if geometry allows) or otherwise specified samples are cast or
machined from bulk. After conditioning, these samples are subjected to a defined load.
Force, elongation and time are recorded. Parameters as Temperature, dimension of the
sample and crosshead speed are influencing the results and have therefore to be
specified too.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Changes in the mechanical properties of

polymeric based propellants and explosives may affect their performance and
functionability. This test is used to assess the mechanical properties, to ascertain
physical ageing behaviour and chemical degradation and to predict the lifetime.
d. Typical Results: The mechanical properties of cured polybutadiene propellant (HTPB/AP)

at ambient temperature, JANNAF specimen, crosshead speed 50.8mm/min are
2
(1) Strain (max) 6 kg/cm
(2) Elongation (max) 40 %
(3) Elongation (break) 43 %
2
(4) E-Module 46 kg/cm

2
(1) Strain r 0.5 kg/cm
(2) Elongation (max) r 7.0 %
(3) Elongation (break) r 8.5 %
2
(4) E-Module r 6.0 kg/cm
(1) Report Nitrochemie AG, SIG BP2666

(2) Report FA26, Nr.1496
CH-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Rocket Propellants (Case Bonded)
2. TEST TITLE: Double Plate Tensile Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical and Physical Properties/Adhesion Between the Interfaces of

Propellant , Liner and Case.
b. Description: The test is limited to case bonded rocket motors only. In this test, tapped
solid specimen (12 mm x 25 mm x 25 mm) consisting of Propellant, Liner and Case are
put under mechanical load. Specimen are pulled in tension at low rate of strain until
failure. Bond Tensile Strength and Time to max. Stress are recorded. The Type of Failure
is described. Parameters such as specimen dimension, crosshead speed, temperature
and applied load will affect the results and have therefore to be specified.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Bond failure either between propellant and
liner or liner and case influences performance and functionality of a rocket motor. This
test is used to assess the state of the interfaces propellant/liner/case.
d. Typical Results: Cured polybutadiene propellant motors (HTPB/AP, HTPB, steel) show at
room temperature and a crosshead speed of 12.7 mm/min the following, typical values:
2
(1) - Bond Tensile Strength:0.85 N/mm
(2) - Time to max. Stress: 0.09 minutes
(3) - Failure Pattern: Propellant on Liner, clean Separation of Case

2
(1) - Bond Tensile Strength:r 0.2 N/mm
(1) Report Nitrochemie AG, SIG BP2666
CH-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.010
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Rocket Propel-

lants
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Compression Test
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Uniaxial Compression at Constant

Deformation Rate.
b. Description: A tensile test equipment with a conditioning chamber (temperature) and a

computerised data acquisition system is used to perform uniaxial compression tests at
constant deformation rate. Breaking pressures and initial compression E-moduli may be
determined as a function of temperature and deformation rate. Cylindrical test samples
with a diameter of 21mm and a height of 21mm have to be used for this test. If samples
of other dimension are used, the dimension have to be specified and related to typical
standard samples. At least three tests have to be conducted.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to assess the mechanical
behaviour of explosive pellets when exposed to compression. These parameters show a
correlation to sensitivity data of corresponding charges.
d. Typical Results: A wide range of compression moduli and breaking pressures may be
measured for high explosives and propellants, depending on composition and
application.
Max. Pressure Compression E-modulus

2
(1) LX-1419.4 r 0.3MPa 21613 r 770N/mm
2
(2) Oktastit VIII 15.7 r 0.5MPa 11131 r 700N/mm
Dimension: 21x15mm
Conditions: Deformation rate 0.005mm/s, ambient temperature
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Assuming that the test samples are homogeneous, the
breaking pressure should be within 1.0 MPa.
CH-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.020
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives (PBX)/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Dynamic Mechanical Analysis Test (DMA)
a. Type of Test: Mechanical and Physical Properties/Mechanical Behaviour Under

Dynamic Load and Temperature.
b. Description: Solid specimens are either machined from bulk or cast. A typical
specimen is a rectangular bar of 10 mm x 6mm x 50 mm. Conditioned specimens are
cooled down and then heated up continuously (5K/min). The changes in length and
temperature are recorded. Changing of heating rate, mechanical load frequency and
specimen dimensions will affect the results. These parameters have to be specified.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the Glass
Transition Temperature (Tg) of polymer based propellants and main charge explosives
(PBX). The glass transition point defines the lower temperature limit for the application of
polymer based explosives and solid rocket propellants. If this temperature changes after
storage or artificial ageing, a change in the behaviour of the explosive has to be expec-
ted. Life time predictions can be made by monitoring the changes of Tg during artificial
ageing of the samples.
d. Typical Results: Glass Transition Temperature (Tg ):
(1) - Cured Polybutadiene propellant (HTPB/AP): - 78 °C

(2) - Double Base propellant: - 30 °C
(3) - LX-14: - 30 °C
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The results are repeatable within 2°C
(1) Report FA26, Nr. 1521

(2) STANAG 4540
CH-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.021
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Thermomechanical Analyses (TMA)
a. Type of Test: Mechanical and Physical Properties/Coefficient of Linear Thermal

Expansion.
b. Description: Specimen are cast or machined from bulk. Typical dimension of these solid
specimen are 10 mm in length and 10 mm in diameter. After conditioning the samples are
cooled down and then heated up continuously. A typical heating rate is 5K/min. A purging
gas, e.g. Helium, with a flow rate of 20ml/min is used. Specimen dimension and heating
rate are affecting the results. These parameters have to be specified.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test enables the characterisation of

the mechanical properties of polymer based propellants and explosives. Significant
changes in the coefficient of linear thermal expansion, D(T), result in different behaviour
of the materials. By monitoring this Coefficient on samples artificially aged at elevated
temperatures, lifetime prediction is possible. Repeating this test several times on the
same sample allows to assess hysteresis effects.
d. Typical Results: Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion, D(T), of cured polyurethane

propellant (HTPB/AP) is:
-5
(1) 8.5 x 10 mm/°C (-70°C to 100°C)
-5
(2) 10.1 x 10 mm/°C (-70°C to 100°C) Aged sample: 4 weeks, 63 °C

(2) STANAG 4525
CH-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.050
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives (PBX)/Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket
Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: DSC (Glass Transition Temperature)
a. Type of Test: Mechanical and Physical Properties/Low Temperature Behaviour of

Propellants and Explosives.
b. Description: Commercial equipment is used. Whenever possible the explosive

samples are used in their original form. If this is not possible, the samples are cut into
adequate pieces or ground and sieved. After loading 10 to 20 mg of this material (film,
powder, granular or crystalline form) into an aluminium crucible, the crucible is sealed
and then cooled down. Nitrogen is used as an inert purging gas (typical flow rate: 50
ml/min). The sample is then heated up at a constant rate of 20°C/min, whereas heat flow
effects indicate a change in the physical state of a polymer. Scan rate, sample size,
physical state and purge gas are affecting the results. Therefore these parameters have
to be specified.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to characterise the low
temperature behaviour of polymeric based propellants and main charge explosives
(PBX). Glass Transition Temperature (Tg) is measured. Also the heat capacity (cp) can be
extracted in a certain temperature range. The test allows further the assessment of
physical ageing and chemical degradation of polymers. The glass transition point defines
the lower temperature limit for the application of polymer based explosives.
d. Typical Results: Glass Transition Temperature (Tg ):
(1) Cured Polybutadiene propellant (HTPB/AP): - 82°C
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The Results are repeatable within 5°C.
(1) Laboratory Report, FS261, 28.05.1999

CH-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.070
2. TEST TITLE: Density (Gas Pyknometry)
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Determination of Density by Gas

Displacement in a Gas Pyknometer.
b. Description: The volume of air which is displaced by an accurately weighted portion of

sample is determined by means of a gas pyknometer. The density of the sample is then
calculated as quotient sample weight / sample volume.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for characterisation
and quality assurance. Reduced density values may indicate defects / inclusions such as
voids and fissures or insufficient gelatination of the nitrocellulose in the propellant.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) 1.5 – 1.8 g/cm for single/double/triple base propellants.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The measured density is accurate to 0.3%.
(1) Testing Procedure P 8 010 040; NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG

(2) German "Technische Lieferbedingungen" TL 1376-0600, Procedure 3.31
CH-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.071
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Rocket Pro-

pellants/ Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Density of Regularly Shaped Samples
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Density.
b. Description: The density (U = m/V) of pressed cylindrical pellets can be determined by

weighting the pellet with a high precision balance and by calculating the corresponding
2
volume due to the measured height (h) and diameter (d) of the cylinder (U = 4m/Sd h).
Because pressed pellets can have a slightly conical shape, at least three diameters
should be measured: one on top, one in the middle and one at the bottom of the pellet.
An averaged value should be used. The roundness of the pellet should also be checked.
The density of casted samples is determined by weighting the mould before and after the
casting process. The corresponding volume can be calculated either from technical
drawings under consideration of filling height or by determining the volume of a liquid
which is consumed to fill the mould. If the explosive sample is completely insoluble in
water, also the principle of Archimedes can be used. The advantage of this method is,
that also samples with a more complicated shape can be measured in an easy way.
Rough surfaces should be avoided. The water temperature has to be equilibrated
accurately to 20.0 °C. The force used to hold the sample in air (F) and within a water bath
(Fw) is measured. The corresponding density can be calculated as U = UwF/(F-Fw), where-
3
as Uw = 998.206 kg/m at 20 °C. Instead of water other adequate liquids can be used.
Also the temperature can be changed. The experimental conditions have to be specified.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for characterisation of
explosives and quality assurance of charge manufacturing processes. Reduced density
values may indicate defects/inclusions such as voids and fissures.
c. Typical Results:
3
(1) Hextro 60/40 cast cylinder 1.709 g/cm
3
(2) LX-14 isopressed shaped charge 1.820 g/cm
3
(3) LX-19 isopressed shaped charge 1.926 g/cm
d. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Depends very much on the size of the sample and the
method used to determine the density. The accuracy of the density should be within
3
r0.003 g/cm
(1) Testing Procedure: Swiss Munition Enterprise (SM), PE 4945200 (13.12.1988)
CH-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.072
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Gun Propellants

and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Bulk Density (Gravimetric Density)
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Determination of Bulk Density by

Filling the Sample Through a Funnel Into a Container of Defined Volume.
b. Description: The test is only applicable to grain explosives. The dimensions of the
apparatus have to be specified since the result of the test may depend on vessel
dimension and filling height. In case of propellant testing, a cylindrical vessel having a
volume of 1 liter is used; adequate volumes for high explosives and pyrotechnics have to
be chosen.The sample is filled into a funnel which lower opening is closed by a slide
valve. After opening of the slide valve, the sample trickles into a cylindrical vessel. The
surplus explosive is removed by carefully scrapping off along the upper edge of the ves-
sel. The explosive’s gravimetric density is calculated as mass of explosive present in the
vessel divided by the volume of the vessel.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment:The test result is used for quality assurance.
Reduction in bulk density means that less explosive can be filled into the ammunition
cartridge or into a explosive pressing mould. Reduced bulk densities indicate changes in
the granulation process.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Single/double base granular propellants: 950 - 1100 g/dm
3
(2) LX-14: 880 g/dm
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The measured bulk density is accurate to 0.3%.

CH-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.073
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Pro-
pellants
2. TEST TITLE: Hygroscopicity Test
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Determination of the Hygroscopicity

of the Propellant by Measuring the Change in Moisture Content as a Function of Air
Humidity Level.
b. Description: Large propellants are ground or cut into pieces of maximum size 20 mm x
20 mm x 3 mm. Air of defined humidity can be produced (i) through moistening an air
stream by bubbling it through water, followed by dilution with dry air, or (ii) by putting a
bowl containing a saturated salt solution into a desiccator. Temperature has to be kept
constant as the humidity level obtained does strongly depend on temperature. Humidity
levels between 45% and 85% (Swiss method), and between 22% and 86% (German
method) should be chosen.
The uptake/loss of moisture can be determined by weighting of the sample or by

determination of its water content by the Karl-Fischer method.The result can be displayed
as (i) equilibrium value (equilibrium moisture level in function of humidity; so called
"Hygroscopicity Curve", German method), or (ii) as curve showing the change in moisture
content for a specific humidity level in function of time (Swiss method).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Knowledge of the hygroscopicity is important,

as in cases when the explosives humidity is far from equilibrium during assembling of the
ammunition, uptake/loss of moisture may change the performance characteristics of the
ammunition or lead to malfunction.
d. Typical Results: At 65% relative humidity:
(1) - single base propellants: 0.5% – 2.0% equilibrium moisture content

(2) - double base propellants: 0.1% – 0.5% equilibrium moisture content
CH-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.080
2. TEST TITLE: Grain Geometry Conformity Test
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Determination of Grain Geometry of

Propellants by Micrometry or by Measuring under a Microscope.
b. Description: The dimensions of propellants of larger size are determined using

micrometers. The dimensions of small propellant grains (granular, flake or ball propellant)
are determined by the use of an optical microscope especially equipped for distance
measurements (e.g. equipped with xy-stage being able to submit the actual position to a
computer).
For the determination of web-sizes of one- and multi perforated propellants, cutting of the
grains before measurements is sometimes necessary. Alternatively, a system consisting
of a video camera, combined with optical image analysis, can be used for the
assessment of grain geometry. Because of the inhomogeneity of extruded propellants, at
least 20 to 30 different grains have to be measured in order to achieve reliable results.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for quality assurance.
The interior ballistic behaviour of a propellant depends strongly on its dimensions.
d. Typical Results: Depending on propellant type.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The measured dimensions are accurate to 1% to 5%;

depending on propellant, measured parameter and used equipment.
CH-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/102.01.090
2. TEST TITLE: Low Temperature Embrittlement Test
a. Type of Test: Physical and Mechanical Properties/Determination of the Increase of

Propellant Surface Caused by Compression at -40°C The Increase in Surface is
Determined by Manometric Bomb Testing.
b. Description: At lower temperatures, propellants may become brittle. Due to this

brittleness, mechanical stress (as for example caused during ignition of the propellant)
might cause crushing of the propellant grains, leading to a dangerous increase in the
burning surface and, as a consequence, in the peak gas pressure. The test procedure
described here is aimed to show the tendency of a propellant to break at low
temperatures.
300 g of the propellant is stored in a cylindrical sample vessel of 110 mm inner
diameter, covered by an airtight bag, at -40°C for at least 12 hours. The vessel is then put
into a press with piston diameter of 110 mm. The sample is then compressed with 30
MPa (300 bar) for 4 seconds. After equilibration at +21°C, the pressed sample as well as
an unpressed (reference) sample are tested in the manometric bomb at +21°C using
3
loading densities of 0.21 g/cm .
For the interpretation, the quotients (vivacity of pressed sample / vivacity of refe-
rence sample) are calculated for p/pm-values between 0.2 and 0.7 and plotted in a
diagram. The extrapolation of a linear regression through the above data points to the
ordinate origin (p/pm = 0) yields a value which represents a measure for the relative
increase of propellant surface induced by the pressing at -40°C.
Instead of using 300 g sample in a 110 mm vessel, a scaling down to 90 g
propellant in a sample vessel of 60 mm inner diameter is also possible. The pressure of
30 MPa is then obtained with a pressing force of 85'000 N.
c .Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used in order to reduce the
risk of accidents when firing the propellant (in the designated ammunition) at low
temperatures.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Values up to 130%: acceptable

(2) Values betw. 130 and 200%: acceptable with conditions Values above 200%:
not acceptable
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Better than 10%.
(1) Handbuch Prüfverfahren für die innenballistische Sicherheit von Panzermunition,

BWB WM II 6 (Germany)
CH-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary Explosives/Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explo-

sives/Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Propellants/Pyrotechnics
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Impact Test

b. Description: The BAM impact test is used to determine the sensitivity of solid,
gelatinous and liquid explosive substances to impact. The drop hammer apparatus
consist of a heavy base plate, a steel anvil, a column of steel pipe fixed to the base plate
and two guide rails for the drop weights fastened to the column. To the equipment belong
drop weights of (0.025, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5 kg) 1 kg, 2 kg and 5 kg. The maximum height is 1
m. The test substance rests between two steel cylinders.
Powdered substances are dried and sieved on a definite particle size (e.g. Lead
azide <160 Pm, Lead Styphnate, Tetrazene <300 Pm) before testing. A sample size of 10
3
and/or 40 mm is used. The explosive material is tested with different fall heights until six
samples show no reaction at the same drop weight and height, and one or more samples
show a reaction with the next higher energy level.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the

sensitiveness of powdered material to initiation by mechanical impact between metal
surfaces. In ageing studies the change of impact sensitivity gives an indication about
shelf life of energetic material from point of view of handling safety.
d. Typical Results:
Explosives Drop Height Drop Weight Impact Energy

3
Lead Azide (40 mm ) 25 cm 1 kg 2.5 J
3
Lead Styphnate(10 mm ) 15 cm 1 kg 1.5 J
3
Octogen (40 mm ) 15 cm 5 kg 7.5 J
3
PETN (10 mm ) 30 cm 1 kg 3.0 J
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability of results is within the range of approxi-

mately +1 test increment.
(1) Explosivstoffe (Sonderdruck Nr. 8, 9, 10/58); H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, W. Haupt, P. Langen,
BICT Report Az.:2.2-9/5867/82, Sensitivity to Impact: Test Description and Procedure.
(2) Julius Peters K.G., Berlin 21; Apparaturen zur Ermittlung der Sicherheitstechnischen
Kenndaten explosiver Stoffe.
CH-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.02.001

2. TEST TITLE: Julius Peters Friction Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Friction Test
b. Description: The sensitivity of explosive substances to friction is tested by means of

the BAM Friction Test. The apparatus and the experimental set-up is described in detail
in STANAG 4487. Powdered substances are sieved through a 0.5 mm mesh screen.
Shavings from solid samples or thin machined discs of the material can be used. A
porcelain plate of defined roughness is fixed on the carriage of the friction apparatus
3
transverse to the direction of movement. A test quantity of 10 mm is placed on the plate.
To define the force between peg and plate a weight is placed in the desired position on
the load arm. The sample is frictioned by moving the porcelain plate against the peg. Be-
cause the roughness of the plate and the peg is essential for the reaction of the material,
each part of the surface may be used only once. The explosive material is tested with
different weights on the peg arm until six samples show no reaction at the same weight
and one or more samples show a reaction with the next higher weight. The resulting
behaviour of the sample are reported as "No Reaction", "Crackling", "Deflagration" and
"Detonation".
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The friction sensitivity is used for the
assessment of handling safety of energetic material. In ageing studies the change of
friction sensitivity gives an indication about shelf life of energetic material from point of
view of handling safety.
d. Typical Results:
(1) HMX Class C 96 N Crackling

(2) Nitrocellulose E 220 192 N Burning
(3) Igniter mixture 80 N Crackling (Ti(E)/KClO4/NC)
(4) Lead Azide 10 N Crackling
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Reproducibility of results is within the range of +1 test

increment.
(1) H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, Explosivstoffe 3(1955) 57-65, 89-93

(2) H. Koenen, K.H. Ide, K.-H. Swart, Explosivstoffe 9(1961) 13- 14, 30-42
(3) P. Langen, BICT Report Az 2.2- 9/5868/82, Sensitivity to Friction
nd
(4) UN Recommendation on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, 2 edition (1995)
(5) STANAG 4487
CH-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.03.001

2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Spark Test
b. Description: The apparatus consists of two electrodes, a commercial available pin

with an exactly defined point and a brass plate with a defined surface. An electronic
control device controls the correct energy charge of the lowerable pin electrode.
Powdered substances are sieved through a 0.5 mm mesh screen. From solid samples
3
shavings or thin machined discs of the material can be used. 10 mm of the energetic
material is brought into each of the six holes on the sample holder, contacting the brass
plate. After an energy has been chosen the pin electrode is moved towards the sample
on the brass plate and the reaction of the energetic material is observed. The results are
reported as "No reaction", "Burning", "Deflagration" and "Detonation". The explosive
material is tested with different discharge energies until six samples show no reaction at
the same energy level and one or more sample show a reaction on the next higher
energy level.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The spark test is used for the assessment of
handling safety of energetic material. In ageing studies the change of electrostatic
discharge sensitivity gives an indication about shelf life of energetic material from point
of view of handling safety.
d. Typical Results:
(1) HMX 1,0 J Burning

(2) NC E 220 5.6 J No Reaction
(3) Zirconium Type CX 1.8 PJ Burning (Glowing)
(4) Lead Azide 200 PJ Burning
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability of results is within the range of +1 test

increment.
(1) Report FA26-SIG BIBL / FSFO-SIG FO 10-21 075-01 870409
CH-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.04.001
2. TEST TITLE: 21 mm BICT (WIWEB) Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Shock Wave Sensitivity and Detonability.
b. Description: In the BICT Gap Test, the shock wave sensitivity and the detonability of an
acceptor explosive are determined as a function of the height of a water column used to
transmit and attenuate the shock wave output of a standard donor explosive. Evidence of
a detonation is provided by a detonating cord placed on the acceptor charge and having
its other end attached to a lead witness plate. The donor charge is of RDX/wax/graphite
(94.5/4.5/1) and has a diameter of 21 mm and a length of 20 mm. Its density is 1.60 r
3
0.01 g/cm . Donor, water and acceptor are enclosed in a plexiglas tube of 21 mm inner
diameter and 25 mm outer diameter. The critical diameter of the tested explosives has to
be well less than 21 mm.
The limits of non-detonation (shock wave sensitivity) and detonation
(detonability) are determined by a step of up-and-down procedure. Tests above the non-
detonation limit will always end negatively and tests below the detonation limit will always
lead to detonation. Results are quoted as "mm water gap" and may also be supplemen-
ted by the corresponding shock pressure. A substance is considered to be more sensitive
to shock waves than another if its non-detonation limit is greater than that of the other
substance at a given density.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the shock wave
sensitivity of booster and main charge explosives.
d. Typical Results:
Limit of
3
Explosive Density [g/cm ] Preparation detonation non-detonation
[mm] water gap [mm] water gap
TNT 1.6 cast 6 - 7 49.5 kbar
TNT 1.6 pressed 20 18.4 kbar 21 17.2 kbar
Oktastit VIII 1.82 pressed 20 18.4 kbar 22 16.2 kbar
PBXW-11 1.79 pressed 18 20.9 kbar 20 18.4 kbar
PBXN-110 1.63 cast-cured 16 24.1 kbar 18 20.9 kbar
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability is r 1mm water gap

(2) STANAG 4488
CH-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.04.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Intermediate Scale Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Shock Wave Sensitivity and Detonability
b. Description: In the Intermediate Scale Gap Test, the shock wave sensitivity and the
detonability of an acceptor explosive are determined as a function of the height of a
Cellulose Acetate Card barrier used to transmit and attenuate the shock output of a
standard donor explosive. The thickness of the Cellulose Acetate Cards is 0.19 mm.
Evidence of a detonation is proved by a witness charge on a 10 mm thick steel witness
plate. The donor and the witness charge are of RDX/wax/graphite (94.5/4.5/1) and have
3
a diameter of 40 mm and a length of 40 mm. Their density is 1.60+/-0.02 g/cm . The test
specimens are prepared by either casting the sample directly into a 200 mm long steel
tube (inner diameter 40 mm, wall thickness 4 mm) or by inserting a cylindrical sample (40
mm diameter by 200 mm length). The critical diameter of the tested explosives has to be
well below 40 mm. Donor, Cellulose Acetate Cards, the steel tube with the acceptor
charge and the witness charge are placed in three overlapping cardboard tubes.
The limits of non-detonation (shock wave sensitivity) and detonation
(detonability) are determined by a step of up-and-down procedure. Tests above the non-
detonation limit will always end negatively and tests below the detonation limit will always
lead to detonation. Results are quoted as "mm barrier thickness", and are also be supple-
mented by the corresponding shock pressure. A substance is considered to be more
sensitive to shock waves than another if its non-detonation limit is greater than that of the
other substance at a given density.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is used to determine the shock wave
sensitivity of main charge explosives.
d. Typical Results:
nd
CH-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.05.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Pro-
pellants
2. TEST TITLE: EIDS Bullet Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Reaction Towards 12.7mm Bullet Attack
b. Description: For the EIDS Bullet Impact test a tube (steel 37) with an inner diameter
of 47mm, a wall thickness of 4mm and a length of 200mm is used. The end caps are
reinforced (outer diameter: 65mm). The explosive ist either cast directly into the tube or
pressed to dimensions which tightly fit. Gun propellant grains are filled loosely (gravity
feed) into the tube. The loading density has to be recorded.
The test item, which is fixed on a heavy steel table, is impacted by an armour
piercing 12.7mm bullet. The impact velocity is 840 r 40 m/s and the bullet mass is 42g.
The impact point is the centre of one of the end caps, whereas a precision of r1cm has
to be achieved. The trajectory of the bullet into the test sample has to be as long as pos-
sible. The reaction level of the test item (according STANAG 4241) is assessed by the
state the two witness plates (steel 37, thickness 3mm, one at each side) and the
fragmentation pattern of the tube. At least three tests have to be conducted per explosive
type under consideration, whereas the severest reaction counts for the assessment of the
reaction level.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to assess the reaction
behaviour of energetic material against 12.7mm armour piercing projectiles.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Hextro 60/40 1.709 g/cm Deflagration
3
(2) Oktastit VIII 1.815 g/cm Explosion
3
(3) PBXN-110 1.671 g/cm No Reaction
(4) PBXW-11 1.792 g/cm3 Burning
3
(5) LX-19 1.896 g/cm Detonation
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Within the reaction level
(1) Report, FA26-SIG-BE 960200 1300
CH-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.06.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: High Velocity Fragment Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Reaction of Energetic Material Against Intense Shock

Generated by an Impacting Fragment
b. Description: For the fragment impact test a tube (steel 37) with an inner diameter of 47
mm, a wall thickness of 4mm and a length of 200 mm is used. The end caps are
pressed to dimensions which tightly fit. The loading density has to be recorded.
With the aid of a sabot the fragment (14.94 g) is accelerated and launched with a
velocity of 1830 r 60 m/s to the target. The impact velocity is recorded as well as the
generated overpressure (corrected by the overpressure generated by the cannon), the
state of the witness plates (steel 37, thickness: 2mm) and the fragmentation pattern of
the tube. The reaction level is assessed according the definition given in MIL-STD 2105B.
15.80 mm
14.70 mm
12.70 mm
20°
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to assess the reaction
behaviour of energetic material against light weight high velocity fragments.
d. Typical Results:
3
(1) Hextro 60/40 U = 1.709 g/cm v = 1816 m/s Detonation
3
(2) PBXN-9 U = 1.740 g/cm v = 1814 m/s Partial Detonation
3
(3) PBXN-110 U = 1.671 g/cm v = 1822 m/s Burning
3
(4) TATB U = 1.864 g/cm v = 1824 m/s No Reaction
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: depends on the ratio between shock initiation

threshold of the sample and the shock generated by the impacting fragment.
(1) FA26-SIG-BE 971209 1410
CH-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/201.07.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: 50mm Shaped Charge Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Reaction of Solid Rocket Propellants Against Shaped Charge

Impact.
b. Description: A 50 mm shaped charge (RSC), consisting of a copper cone with a 60°

angle and Oktastit VIII high explosive is fired against a rocket motor generic unit which is
well fixed on a heavy holding device. The firing stand-off is 2CD. The rocket motor
generic unit should be similar to the foreseen application. The shaped charge jet should
pass the longest possible trajectory through the energetic material. If the rocket motor
contains a cavity, such as a centre bore, the jet should be aimed to pass through this
cavity at an angle of 90 degrees. An impact angle smaller than 70 degrees should be
avoided. Behind the target RHA steel plates should be installed to record the residual
penetration and to protect the surrounding area. The reaction of the test item is further
recorded by 2 mm steel witness plates at two sides, where most fragments are expected,
and by a 10mm steel ground plate. Overpressure measurements have to be conducted,
whereas the overpressure generated by firing the shape charge has to be taken into
account too. The reaction of the energetic material in the rocket motor generic unit is
classified into five classes as defined in MIL STD 2105B.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to assess the reaction level
of a rocket motor energetic material stimulated by shaped charge impact under
conditions, which are consistent with a future application.
d. Typical Results: Detonation of most high filled nitramin motors.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: depends on test item
CH-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives/Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Gun Propel-

lants/Solid Rocket Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Steel Tube Test (KOENEN)
a. Type of Test: Safety/Strong and Sustained Thermal Stimulus
b. Description: Solid, liquid and gelatinous substances are tested by filling them into
steel tubes of 24 mm inner diameter, 0.5 mm wall thickness and 75 mm length. The open
end of a tube is sealed with one of a number of available steel orifice plates having
orifices with diameters from 1 to 20 mm. The plates are firmly secured by a threaded
collar and nut. An additional diameter of 24 mm results when the test is conducted
without an orifice plate.
The tube is suspended between two rods placed through holes drilled in opposite
walls of a steel protective box. One side and the top of the box are open. The walls and
the base are fitted with four propane gas burners, each set up in such a manner, that the
tip of the inner blue flame just touches the tube with the material to be tested. The
propane gas flow is adjusted to a heating rate of about 3.3 °C/s between 50 °C and 250
°C using Dibutylphtalate.
The burners are ignited and the time (t1) between ignition and the first reaction of
the sample a well as the reaction time (t2) itself are noted. With the aid of a step up and
down procedure the orifice plate limiting diameter is determined. This limiting diameter
defines a confinement, which leads to at least one explosion in three experiments under
the described thermal impact. Explosion is defined as the event causing the steel tube to
fragment into three or more pieces.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to assess the thermal sen-
sitivity of explosive substances in solid or liquid form under a defined confinement. It is
also required by the Swiss Transportation Safety Board for Transport Classification.
d. Typical Results:
(1) LX-14 3 mm t1: 17 s t2: 3s

(2) PBXN-5 8 mm t1: 10 s t2: 2s
(3) Single Base 5 mm t1: 7s t2: --
(4) Double Base 8 mm t1: 7s t2: --
(5) B/KNO3 20 mm t1: 10 s t2: 26 s
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: r 1 mm up to 6 mm diameter
nd
(2) Arbeitsanweisung: FA26 PSE-BSA-P-001.01
(3) STANAG 4491
CH-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.002

2. TEST TITLE: Temperature of Ignition Test
a. Type of Test: Stability/Heating of a Sample Until an Event Occurs
b. Description: A standard mass of the explosive material under test is heated in a test tube
located in a metal oven at a standard rate until an event occurs. The lowest temperature
at which a visible sign of ignition or decomposition is observed is taken as the
temperature of ignition or decomposition.
Fine granular explosives are used in original form, whereas explosives of larger
size are ground and sieved. The fraction 0.7 - 2 mm is used. Typical sample mass is
0.2 g for propellants and main charge explosives or 0.1 g in case of nitrocellulose and
main charge explosives. For primary explosives and pyrotechnics, even smaller amounts
might be necessary (such as 0.005 to 0.010 g). A heating rate of 5°C/min is commonly
used.
The actual values of "Temperature of Ignition" obtained are only useful under the
particular conditions used, and changing the rate of heating or size of sample will lead to
different results.
d. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for quality assurance.
It determines the temperature at which an explosive ignites or decomposes.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Tetryl 179 – 181°C

(2) RDX 215 – 216°C
(3) Tetracene 131 – 132°C
(4) Nitrocellulose 180 – 190°C
(5) Gun propellants 165 – 180°C
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability within 2°C
(1) Testing Procedure P 8 010 852; NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG;

(2) STANAG 4491
CH-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Weight Loss Test at 90°C
a. Type of Test: Stability / Heating the Sample at 90°C for a Given Period of
Time; Determination of the Weight Loss.
b. Description: A standard mass of the propellant under test is heated in "90°C weight
loss tubes" in a metal heating block or equivalent heating device at 90°C for 18 days
(double/triple base propellants) or for 28 days (single base propellants). The weight loss
within the first 8 hours is regarded as "volatiles". The weight loss from "eight hours" to 18
or 28 days is determined.
Fine granular propellants with web sizes < 1.3 mm are used in original form.
Propellant of larger size are cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. The fraction 0.7
– 2 mm is used for the test.
a. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for estimating the
chemical stability of the propellant.
b. Typical Results:
(1) Requirements: Weight loss d 3.0% without auto catalysis.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability within 0.2% (abs.)

(2) Testing Procedure of ICT, Fraunhofer Institut Chemische Technologie, Pfinztal, D;
(3) German "Technische Lieferbedingungen" TL 1376-0600, Procedure 2.31.1.
CH-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: Bergmann-Junk-Siebert Test
a. Type of Test: Stability/Heating the Sample at 132°C for a Given Period of

Time; Determination of the Evolved Nitrogen Oxides.
b. Description: A standard mass of the propellant under test is heated in "Bergmann-Junk-

Siebert tubes" in a metal heating block or equivalent heating device for 5 hours (single
base propellants) or at 115°C for 8 or 16 hours (double/triple base propellants). The total
acid produced by oxidation of the decomposition products in the presence of a 3% H2O2
solution is determined by titration with sodium hydroxide using Tashiro indicator.
Results are expressed as ml 0.01n NaOH/g propellant.
Fine granular propellants with web sizes <1.3 mm are used in original form.
Propellant of larger size are cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. The fraction 0.7
mm to 2 mm is used for the test.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for estimating the
d. Typical Results:
(1) Requirements: d 6 to 20 ml 0.01n NaOH; depending on propellant type.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability within 0.5 ml 0.01n NaOH.

CH-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.005
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Heat Flow Calorimetry Test (Stability)
a. Type of Test: Stability/Ageing at Constant Temperature; Determination of the Heat

Production.
b. Description: The heat flow calorimetry method determines the heat flow produced by
decomposing explosives at a constant temperature over a given period of time. The heat
release is a measure for the sum of ageing reactions taking place. Temperature and
duration of isothermal storage are chosen such that they simulate thermal ageing over a
long period at standard storage conditions (e.g. 10 years at 25°C). For propellants, the "8
days at 80°C" sequence has proven to be a convenient test condition. Other test
conditions (temperature and measurement period) can be chosen as well, depending on
the material and goal of investigation.
Propellants are used, when possible, in their original form. If this is not possible,
the propellants are cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. In the latter case, the
fraction 0.7-2 mm is used for the test. For propellants, reconditioning of the sample is
usually not performed. Should the storage conditions markedly differ from 65-70% RH at
21°C, precondition may become necessary. Particle size and moisture content may
influence the result of the test. For pyrotechnics, the investigation of the influence of
humidity on the stability is usually the main goal. In this cases, the sample is precon-
ditioned, or a special sample cell that controls the humidity in the sample vial is used.
The explosive is filled to the top of the measuring ampoules (up). The ampoules
are tightly closed and put into a heat flow calorimeter operating at a constant temperature
for a certain period of time (e.g. at 80°C for 8 days). The heat flow rate is recorded over
this period, and the total heat production is determined (by integrating the heat flow curve
over the entire period). Excellent reproducibility can be obtained. However, all deviations
from the test conditions, in particular the use of lower filling grades and leaking ampoules,
will markedly change the heat flow curve.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The result is used to estimate the chemical
stability of the propellant.
c. Typical Results:
Explosive Sequence Heat Released

Boron 8 d 80°C 17.7 J/g
Single base propellants 8 d 80°C < 40 J/g
EI-propellants / ball powders 8 d 80°C 30 – 60 J/g
double base propellants 8 d 80°C < 60 J/g
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Excellent reproducibility.

(2) S. Wilker, P. Guillaume: International Round Robin Test to Determine the
Stability of DB Ball Propellants by Heat Flow Calorimetry – Final Report (1998);
(4) (Draft) STANAG 4582.
CH-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.006

lants/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Vacuum Stability Test (Stability)
a. Type of Test: Stability/Heating the Sample at a Certain Temperature for 40 h;

Determination of the Volume of Gas Evolved.
b. Description: The vacuum stability test is used to assess the thermal stability of an
explosive by measuring the volume of gas evolved on heating the sample for 40 hours at
90°C (double base propellants), 100°C (single base propellants, composite propellants,
explosives and pyrotechnics), or 120°C (certain other explosives).
Fine granular explosives are used in original form, whereas explosives of larger
size are ground and sieved. The fraction 0.2 – 2 mm is used in the latter case. As the ex-
plosive's moisture level may play a significant role in gas evolution, drying of the sample
is inappropriate.
Five (5) g of the explosive is filled into the sample tube. The sample tube is
evacuated before being stored in a metal heating block or equivalent heating device for
40 hours at the desired test temperature. The gas evolved into the vacuum is measured
by manometer or pressure transducer.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used for estimating the
d. Typical Results:
(1) PBXN-5: 0.13 ml/g (120 °C, 40h)

(2) Plastite: < 0.4ml/g (100 °C, 40h)
(3) LX-14: 0.03 ml/g (120 °C, 40h)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: ± 0.01ml / g.
(1) STANAG 4556
CH-40
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.007

2. TEST TITLE: Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)/Thermal Gravimetry (TG)
a. Type of Test: Stability/Thermal Behaviour of Energetic Material
b. Description: Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC): Commercial equipment is used.

Whenever possible the explosive samples are used in their original form. If not, the
samples are cut into adequate pieces or ground and sieved. After loading 1 to 10 mg of
the energetic material in a normally perforated crucible, the crucible is placed in an oven
and heated at a constant rate of typically 5 K/h. Argon is used as an inert purging gas.
The thermal behaviour, endothermal processes as melting or crystal phase changes of a
sample or exothermal processes as decomposition or oxidation, is detected by
comparing heat consumption or production of the sample towards an inert standard. The
temperature range is 298 K to 873 K. The peak maximum of endothermal or/and
exothermal processes is measured.
Thermal Gravimetry: Commercial equipment is used. The mass loss on behalf
of decomposition or the mass increase on behalf of an oxidation reaction is detected. The
sample (1 to 10 mg) is put into an open crucible which hangs on a balance in an oven.
The oven has a temperature range of 298 K to 1273 K. It is heated with a rate of typically
5 K/min. Argon is used as a purging gas. The result is specified as mass loss or gain of
the total sample mass and the Onset Temperature of the detected reaction.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: DSC/TG is used for characterisation of the

thermal behaviour of energetic materials. These methods allow initial screening of new
materials as well as the assessment of physical ageing and chemical degradation effects
in storage and stability studies.
d. Typical Results:
(1) DSC: TNT 354 K (melting) 573 K (decomposition)

(2) DSC: 20% B/ 80% KNO3 576 K (crystal phase transfer) 830 K (redox
reaction)
(3) TG: TNT 452 K (Onset weight loss) 492 K (end
weight loss)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: same sample and heating rate: ±1 K.
(1) The Equipment Manufacturers Instruction Book, Mettler Toledo, Greifensee,

1997
(2) STANAG 4515
CH-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.008
2. TEST TITLE: HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion not Covered by STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542
a. Type of Test: Stability/Heating the Sample at Different Temperatures for Given Periods
of Time; Determination of Stabiliser Depletion.
b. Description: The chemical shelf life of propellants can be determined by ageing at

different temperatures for given periods of time, followed by determination of stabiliser
consumption. The results are then extrapolated from the range of measured
temperatures to standard storage conditions (usually 25°C or 20°C), yielding an esti-
mation for chemical shelf life (save life). Procedures for such shelf life assessments are
proposed in STANAG 4527 or in Reference [1]. Both procedures can be applied for all
stabiliser-containing propellants. For particular propellant types, a less time-consuming
procedure can be applied: Ageing at only one temperature for only one ageing period,
followed by determination of stabiliser depletion. The remaining stabiliser content allows
judging whether the propellant can be safely stored for 10 years at 25°C or not.
(1) The test conditions and requirements have been elaborated from experience.
They are described in the following STANAG's:
(a) STANAG 4117 for single base propellants stabilised with diphenylamine (DPA);
single base propellants stabilised with ethyl centralite (EC);
single base propellants stabilised with a mixture of DPA and EC;
double base propellants stabilised with EC.
(b) STANAG 4541 for nitrocellulose based propellants with d 15% nitroglycerine,
stabilised with DPA;
(c) STANAG 4542 for nitrocellulose based propellants with d 15% nitroglycerine,
stabilised with 2-nitrodiphenylamine (2-NO-DPA).
(2) Shelf life assessments are performed as follows:
(a) First, samples of the propellant under investigation have to be submitted to

accelerated ageing at various temperatures (between 40°C and 80°C) for specific
periods of time. A possible test scheme for temperatures of 40, 50, 60 and 70°C
and intervals ranging from 2 to 108 weeks is given in [1].
(b) Secondly, the unaged propellant as well as all artificially aged samples are tested
chemically. The remaining stabiliser content as well as the concentration values
of stabiliser derivatives formed during the ageing process are assayed
quantitatively by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
(c) Finally, the test results have to be analysed, and the shelf life at the designated
storage temperature has to be calculated. Thereby, also the permissible degree
of stabiliser consumption for a safe storage period has to be established. For the
chemical shelf life, a remaining primary stabiliser content of 0.3 - 0.5% is
assumed to be tolerable.
CH-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.008 (Continued)
(3) For the extrapolation from the range of test temperatures to standard storage con-
ditions, 3 different approaches are commonly used. These are:
(a) Reaction Kinetics / Arrhenius Extrapolation: The reaction order of the stabiliser
depletion is determined, which allows to calculate the reaction rate constants for
the different test temperatures. From these data, the rate constant at storage
temperature is calculated using the Arrhenius equation. The shelf life at storage
temperature can then be calculated from the extrapolated rate constant using the
reaction equation applicable for the particular reaction order. This procedure is
described in STANAG 4527.
(b) Model Free Evaluation / Arrhenius Extrapolation: The period of time tx until a
given degree of stabiliser consumption is attained is estimated for all test
temperatures by fitting suitable interpolation functions to the stabiliser concentra-
tion data. These tx–values can be regarded as "shelf life values at the respective
test temperature (for the "acceptable stabiliser depletion" suggested above, tx re-
presents the time until the concentration of original stabiliser drops to 0.5%). The
extrapolation to the shelf life at standard storage temperature (tx at 20°C or 25°C)
can be performed directly using the Arrhenius equation (see Equation 4 in
STANAG 4527).
(c) Model Free Evaluation / Berthelot Extrapolation: The procedure follows (ii) except
for using the Berthelot equation for the extrapolation to standard storage
temperatures. The Berthelot approach is known to be more conservative than the
Arrhenius equation. Instead of performing a "standard" Berthelot extrapolation,
the prognosis can also be done using Berthelot with a ageing factor of 3.0 per
10°C. It is known from experience that this is a very conservative estimation.
(4) The influence of the selected approach on the resulting shelf life extrapolation is
subject of still ongoing investigations. For the moment, it is recommended to use:
(a) The "standard" Berthelod approach (iii) in cases where stabiliser depletion data
are available from at least three different temperatures, the lowest temperature
not exceeding 50 °C.
(b) The Berthelod approach with ageing factor of 3.0 per 10 °C for all other cases.
(ageing temperatures from only one or two different temperatures, of from "too
high temperatures" above 50 °C).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used as a means for
estimating the chemical stability/chemical shelf life of the propellant. In Swiss surveillance
programs the Berthelod extrapolation is considered as a standard.
d Typical Results: Chemical shelf life values of <20 years for single and double base
propellants.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: not assessed
(1) Report NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG, PFW-SIG BP 2571

(2) STANAG 4527
CH-43
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.009
2. TEST TITLE: HPLC for Stabiliser Depletion Covered by STANAG 4117, 4541 and 4542
a. Type of Test: Stability/Heating the Sample at a Single Temperature or at Different

Temperatures for Given Periods of Time; Determination of Stabiliser Depletion.
b. Description: The chemical shelf life of propellants can be determined by ageing at

different temperatures for given periods of time, followed by determination of stabiliser
consumption. The results are then extrapolated from the range of measured tem-
peratures to standard storage conditions (usually 25°C or 20°C), yielding an estimation
for chemical shelf life (save life). Procedures for such shelf life assessments are
proposed in STANAG 4527 or in Reference [1]. Both procedures can be applied for all
stabiliser-containing propellants, as described in AOP-7 202.01.008.
For particular propellant types, a less time-consuming procedure can be applied:
Ageing at only one temperature for only one ageing period, followed by determination of
stabiliser depletion. The remaining stabiliser content allows judging whether the pro-
pellant can be safely stored for 10 years at 25°C or not. The test conditions and requi-
rements have been elaborated from experience. They are described in the following
STANAG's:
(1) STANAG 4117 for single base propellants stabilised with diphenylamine (DPA);
Single base propellants stabilised with ethyl centralite (EC);
Single base propellants stabilised with a mixture of DPA and EC;
double base propellants stabilised with EC.
(2) STANAG 4541 for nitrocellulose based propellants with d 15% nitroglycerine,
stabilised with DPA;
(3) STANAG 4542 for nitrocellulose based propellants with d 15% nitroglycerine,
stabilised with 2-nitrodiphenylamine (2-NO-DPA).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: For propellants of these types shortened test
procedures can be applied as described in corresponding STANAG's or if appropriate a
complete shelf life assessment can be made as described in AOP-7 202.01.008.
d. Typical Results: Chemical shelf life values of <20 years ("shortened test"), and <20
years (complete shelf life assessment)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: not assessed
(1) Report NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG, PFW-SIG BP 25712.

(2) STANAG 4117, 4541, 4542 and 4527
CH-44
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/202.01.010
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives/Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket

Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Tube Test (FCO & SCO)
a. Type of Test: Sensitivity/Reaction Towards Slow and Fast Heating
b. Description: For fast or slow heating a tube (steel 37) with an inner diameter of 47
mm, a wall thickness of 4mm and a length of 200 mm is used. The end caps are
pressed to dimensions which tightly fit. Gun Propellant grains are filled loosely (gravity
feed) into the tube. The loading density has to be recorded.
For Slow Cook-off (SCO) experiments the tube is placed into an oven, in which
the test item is first equilibrated during 6 hours at 40 °C. After that, it is heated up with a
rate of 3.3 r 0.3 °C/h upon ration takes place. The temperature at different places on the
surface of the tube is recorded during the experiment. The reaction temperature as well
as the reaction level are denoted. The reaction level, as defined e.g. in STANAG 4382, is
assessed according to the fragmentation pattern of the tube.
For Fast Cook-off (FCO) experiments the tube is placed on a holding device over
a wood fire. To achieve a well balanced fuel/air ratio a wooden lattice of air dried pieces,
each not more than 50mm thick and spaced at about 100mm intervals, has to be con-
structed. The ignition of the wood is accelerated by the additional use of liquid fuel
saturated saw dust. The time to the reaction and the reaction level are recorded. The
reaction level is assessed according the penetration pattern of aluminium witness plates
(200 x 200 x 2 mm).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to assess the reaction level
and reaction temperature of confined energetic material under the stimuli of slow and fast
heating. It is also required by the Swiss Transportation Board for classification into class
1.6.
d. Typical Results:
SCO: FCO:
(1) Hextro 60/40 171 °C Explosion 13 Min Part. Detonation
(2) Oktastit VIII 185 °C Part. Detonation 21 Min Part. Detonation
(3) PBXN-110 178 °C Burn 15 Min Burn
(4) Single Base 129 °C Burn
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: SCO: r 5 °C, within the reaction level; FCO: r 3 Min,
within the reaction level
(1) FA26-SIG-BE 970500 1373

(2) FA26-SIG-BE 961000 1330
CH-45
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/203.01.001

2. TEST TITLE: Heat Flow Calorimetry Test (Compatibility)
a. Type of Test: Compatibility/Determination of the Heat Production Rates of Explosive,

Test Material and Mixture.
b. Description: The heat flow calorimetry method determines the heat flow produced by
decomposing explosives at a constant temperature over a given period of time. The heat
release during this isothermal storage is a measure for the sum of ageing reactions
taking place.
For compatibility measurements, the heat flow of a mixture of explosive and test
material (material which comes into contact with the explosives during intended use of
the ammunition) is compared to the heat flows of the explosive and the test material
when heated separately under otherwise identical conditions. Compatibility is judged by
means of the additional heat produced because of the contact between the two com-
ponents of the mixture.
Temperature and duration of isothermal storage have to be chosen in a way that
they simulate thermal ageing over a long period of time at standard storage conditions
(e.g. 10 years at 25°C).
For propellants, the "8 days at 80°C" sequence already proposed for stability
assessment has proven to be a convenient test condition for compatibility testing as well.
It must, however, be noted that this sequence differs from the sequence recommended in
STANAG 4147.
Explosive and test material are used, whenever possible, in their original form. If
this is not possible, they have to be cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. In the
latter case, the fraction 0.7 – 2 mm is used for the test.
The measuring ampoules are filled up to the top with either explosive, test
material, or a mixture of explosive and test material. Usually, a 1:1 mixture by weight is
used for the measurements. Depending on the possible contact in the weapon system,
other mixture ratios (e.g. 10:1) as well as other arrangements (e.g. varnish coating of the
inside of the ampoule) are possible. The ampoules have to be tightly closed.
Preconditioning of the sample is usually not performed. Should the storage con-
ditions, however, markedly differ from 65 – 70% RH at 21°C, precondition might become
necessary. Particle size and moisture content of the sample may influence the result of
the test.
The ampoules are put into a heat flow calorimeter operating at 80°C for 8 days.
The heat flow rates are recorded over this period, and the total heat production is deter-
mined for each sample (by integrating the heat flow curve over the 8 day period). From
these results, the incompatibility QR is calculated (as difference between the actual heat
release of the mixture and the heat loss as calculated for the mixture from the results of
the isolated compounds).
If all test conditions are carefully observed, good reproducibility can be obtained.
However, all deviations from the test conditions, in particular the use of lower filling
grades and leaking ampoules, will markedly change the heat flow curves.
CH-46
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/203.01.001(Continued)
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used as a means for judging
whether explosive and test material are chemically compatible with each other; to make
sure that they cause no safety hazard during storage or use.
d. Typical Results: Requirement: QR d 20 J/g in 8 days at 80°C.
Explosive Test Material Incompatibility QR
Double Base Propellants Black Powder 8 d 80°C 15 - 50 J/g

Boron (53%) Potassium Nitrate 8 d 80°C 5.5 J/g
RDX (90%) TAGN 8 d 80°C 1.2 J/g
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Within 10% (abs.) under identical test conditions.
(1) Testing Procedure; NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG

(2) G. Pantel: Report 96/V0065/00026-002 "Compatibility Investigations on Black Powder",
WIWEB, Germany (1998);
CH-47
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/203.01.002

lants/Solid Rocket Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Vacuum Stability Test (Compatibility)
a. Type of Test: Compatibility/Heating the Samples at a given Temperature for 40 hours;

Determination of the Volume of Gas Evolved.
b. Description: The volume of gas evolved, when a mixture of equal parts of an

explosive and the material under test is heated at a constant temperature into initial
vacuum, is compared with the volumes evolved from the explosive and the test material
when heated separately under otherwise identical conditions. Compatibility is judged by
means of the volume of additional gas produced because of the contact between the two
components of the mixture.
Typical test conditions are: 100°C for 40 hours in case of single base propellants
and most other explosives; 80°C for 240 hours in case of double base propellants and
explosives which decompose too rapidly at 100°C.
Explosive and test material are used, whenever possible, in their original form. If
this is not possible, they have to be cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. In the
latter case, the fraction 0.2 - 2 mm is used for the test.
The sample tubes are filled with either 2.5 g of explosive, 2.5 g of test material, or
with a mixture of each 2.5 g explosive and test material.
The sample tubes are then evacuated before being stored in a metal heating
block or equivalent heating device for 40 hours at the desired test temperature. The gas
evolved into the vacuum is measured by manometer or pressure transducer.
The mixture is considered compatible if the additional gas released (if compared
3
to the isolated samples) does not exceed 5 cm .
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test result is used as a means for judging
whether explosive and test material are chemically compatible with each other; to make
sure that they cause no safety hazard during storage or use.
d. Typical Results:
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: see STANAG 4147.
(1) STANAG 4147

CH-48
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/203.02.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Rocket Propellant
2. TEST TITLE: Plasticiser Migration Evaluation
a. Type of Test: Compatibility/Migration Behaviour of Plasticiser
b. Description: The test is applicable to plasticiser containing solid rocket propellants (SRP)
only. Specimens are selected at different locations of naturally or artificially aged SRP–
Motors. Small cubes of 3 x 3 mm are prepared. The plasticiser is extracted quantitatively
with an adequate solvent. The plasticiser content of the samples originating from different
locations of the rocket motor is measured either by infrared spectroscopy (integration of a
separated plasticiser peak) or other adequate methods as HPLC. Based on a uniform
plasticiser distribution in a new rocket motor, plasticiser migration can be evaluated by
correlating plasticiser content and origin of the sample in the rocket motor. For the
investigation of the whole plasticiser migration process equivalent rocket motors have to
be aged over different time periods, till a steady state occurs. Plasticiser contents at
different locations of the rocket motor have to be expressed as a function of time and
temperature.
Migration of plasticiser from propellant into the liner or vice-versa, results in changes of
the mechanical properties and can lead to malfunction of the rocket motor. This test is
applied to programs for assessing physical ageing and chemical degradation for storage,
stability studies and lifetime predictions
d. Typical Results:
(1) Plasticiser content of cured polybutadiene propellant (HTPB/AP) is between 2%

and 7%.
(2) Plasticiser content in cured polybutadiene liner is between 5% and 25%
(1) Reproducibility for propellant: r 0.4%

(2) Reproducibility for liner: r 1.5%
(1) Report FA 26, Nr. 1435
CH-49
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/302.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Detonation Velocity Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Propagation of Detonation within the Explosive
b. Description: If the critical diameter of the sample is lower than 15 mm, 10 g

pellets with a diameter of 21.3 r 0.03 mm are pressed to an adequate density. If the
resulting height of the pellet is lower than 10mm the amount of explosive is augmented.
To form a cylinder shaped high explosive test sample, at least six of these pellets are put
face to face in a wooden holding device. Starting from the second pellet and ending with
the second last one, ionisation probes of a thickness of 0.08 mm are placed between the
pellets and then connected to a high precision counter. The whole train is fired using a
blasting cap and a HWC-booster. The detonation velocity is calculated from the height of
the pellets (with a correction for the ionisation probes) divided by the time the detonation
propagation consumed to pass from one probe to the next.
If the critical diameter is larger than 15 mm, the diameter of the explosive pellets as well
as the distance and the type of the ionisation probes have to be adjusted. Castable
explosives have to be casted to a cylinder of an adequate length and diameter. The
probes are then placed in drilled small diameter holes.
h
Start Stop 1 Stop 2 Stop 3 Stop 4
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test measures the detonation velocity of
high explosives at a certain density.
d. Typical Results: (for the standard procedure: 21.3 mm pellets)

3
(1) LX-14: 8643 r 28 m/s (U = 1.805 g/cm )
3
(2) PBXW-11: 8680 r 12 m/s (U = 1.791 g/cm )
3
(3) LX-19: 9124 r 12 m/s (U = 1.929 g/cm )
3
(4) PBXN-5: 8840 r 32 m/s (U = 1.865 g/cm )
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: 21.3 mm Standard Procedure: r 40 m/s
(1) FA26-SIG BE 961030 1288
CH-50
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/302.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Burning Rate Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Open Burning in a Burning Trough
b. Description: The burning trough with the dimensions of 2 x 2 x 300mm is located in a

300x25x12 mm brass plate. The first 50 mm are necessary to get a regular burning and
the last 50 mm are used as a burn out distance. The burning rate of the pyrotechnic
sample is measured over a length of 200mm. The light of the pyrotechnic reaction is
transferred by glass fibre optics to a counter system.
The sample size depends on the density and the granule size of the tested
material or composition. The average sample weight for this test is about 1 gram. The
granule size of the sample should be < 500 Pm.
The sample is poured into the burning trough. The surplus material is taken away
by pulling a rubber spatula over the burning trough. The sample is ignited by a glowing
wire (soft ignition) or using a diode laser. The burning rate is calculated by dividing the
distance between the fibre optic probes (200 mm) by the measured time the burning front
needs to pass these probes. The burning time of a pyrotechnic sample is usually
measured three times. The calculated burning rate value is the mean value of the three
measurements
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Burning rates of pyrotechnic compositions

are measured for initial characterisation of pyrotechnic systems.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Ignition mixture: 40% Ti (Type E) / 59% KClO4 / 1% NC: 0.49 ± 0.02 m/s
(2) Ignition mixture: 30% B / 69% KNO3 / 1% NC: 0.44 ± 0.02 m/s
(3) Black Powder Nr. 2: 0.57 ± 0.03 m/s
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Reproducibility is in the range of 5 to 10% depending

on the granule size and the homogeneity of the tested composition.
(1) FA 26 Kurs-Manuskript, "Explosivstoffe für Fortgeschrittene", Nr. 1512, 1997
CH-51
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/302.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Manometric Bomb Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Test of Burning Behaviour in Manometric Bomb
b. Description: The propellant is tested in its original shape and size. Manometic bombs
3 3 3 3
(closed bombs) of 70 cm , 75 cm , 150 cm , and 700 cm internal volume are commonly
used. Other volumes are possible as well. The propellant is filed into the manometric
3
bomb. Filling grades of 0.10 – 0.20 g/cm are commonly applied. The propellant is ignited
by a black powder or nitrocellulose igniter. The increase of gas pressure in the
manometric bomb as a function of time is measured by means of a Piezo element and
recorded in a transient recorder. The vivacity (liveliness) L of the propellant is then
calculated from pressure p as a function of time t according to:
dp 1 1
L
dt p p m
This value (graph of L between p/pm = 0 and p/pm = 1; with pm representing the maximum
pressure) is used as a measure for the propellant's burning behaviour. The manometric
bomb test might also be applied to determine changes in the interior ballistic behaviour of
a propellant due to ageing. For such investigations, unaged as well as artificially aged
propellants have to be tested consecutively.
It determines the burning behaviour of a propellant in a closed vessel. There are limi-
tations in the correlation between ballistic bomb and original weapon system. The results
of this test, however, gives in most cases at least a good indication on the interior ballistic
behaviour of the propellant. In particular, differences between similar propellants (such as
initiated by small differences in shape or formulation) can easily be assessed. The
manometric bomb has, thereby, to be regarded as a "comparative test".
d. Typical Results: Depending on propellant type and geometry.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability within 2 to 3%.
(1) Testing Procedures PW 986 048; P 8 700 049; P 8 700 055; P 8 048 601;
NITROCHEMIE WIMMIS AG
(2) Druckbomben-Fibel; H. Jahnk, CCG-Kurs Innenballistik von Rohrwaffen, 1984
CH-52
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH/302.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Gun Propellants/Solid Rocket Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Heat of Combustion Test
a. Type of Test: Performance/Adiabatic Calorimetry Test
b. Description: Granular explosives are used in original form whenever possible.

Explosives of larger size are either cut into smaller pieces or ground and sieved. In the
latter case, the fraction 0.7 – 2 mm is used. Sample size is 1 to 5 g, depending on
explosive type and calorimeter used.
A commercial combustion calorimeter, in which the calorimeter bombs are
located in a water bath, is used for the measurement.
The measurement is done under 360 psi (about 25 bar) of nitrogen in case of
propellants, or under 30 bars of helium in case of pyrotechnics. The sample is ignited by
a hot wire. For explosives which are not easily ignitable with a hot wire, the use of an
igniting aid (e.g. propellant) may be necessary. The heat produced is recorded by the
calorimeter, whereas the heat produced by the igniting system has to be subtracted.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the heat of explosion of
energetic material, which is a measure for the energy content of the explosive (heat
which can be released in absence of oxygen).
d. Typical Results:
(1) Nitrocellulose 3'300 – 4'600 J/g

(2) Single base propellants 3'000 – 4'000 J/g
(3) Double base propellants 3'500 – 5'000 J/g
(4) Triple base propellants 3'000 – 4'200 J/g
(5) 20% B/ 79% KNO3/ 1% NC 7330 J/g
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatability within 15 J/g for propellants and

within 100 J/g for pyrotechnics.

(2) MIL STD 286 B; Procedure 802.1
(3) nstruction Book of Manufacturer, IKA, Heitersheim, Germany 1989
CH-53
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
CH-54
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF THE UNITED KINGDOM
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.15.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION UK-3
10.7.15 .2 NATIONAL AUTHORITY (IES) UK-3
10.7.15 .3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES UK-3
10.7.15 .4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS UK-4
10.7.15.4.10 HIGH EXPLOSIVES UK-6
a. Mandatory data for Primary Explosives UK-6

b. Mandatory data for Booster Explosives UK-6
c. Mandatory data for Main Charge High Explosives UK-6
10.7.15.4.11 PROPELLANTS UK-7
a. Mandatory data for Solid Propellants UK-7

b Mandatory data for Liquid Propellants UK-7
10.7.15.4.12 PYROTECHNICS UK-8
a. Mandatory data for Pyrotechnics UK-8
10.7.15.4.13 EFFECT OF AGEING ON EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES UK-8
10.7.15.5 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS UK-9
10.7.15.6 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS UK-11
UK-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.1.1 The Defence Ordnance Safety Group (DOSG), formerly the Ordnance Board, has full
responsibility for qualification of explosives.
10.7.15.2.1 The DOSG is the appointed UK National Authority and is responsible for the following
functions to fulfil the requirements of STANAG 4170:
a. Defining the tests necessary to obtain evidence for the assessment of explosive
materials used by all three services, and the requirements applied for the
Qualification of these materials.
b. Receiving from agencies within the UK, or from other nations in the case of
munitions purchased overseas, the test data for qualifying explosive materials,
and assessing whether the material is safe and suitable for consideration for use
by the Services in a particular role or application.
c. Publishing the test data and assessment, which enables Qualification, with or
without limitations.
d. Creating and maintaining a UK data bank of Qualified explosive materials used

by the UK Services.
e. Co-ordinating the implementation of STANAG 4170 within the UK.
f. Acting as the Point of Contact within the UK for inputs to AOP-7.
g. Maintaining a central UK repository for NATO Standardization Agreements

relating to explosive materials and explosives safety test data.
h. Providing the UK Point of Contact to other NATO countries for the exchange of
information, as appropriate, on the safety of explosives.
i. Liaising with the appropriate security officers of UK agencies to ensure that the
security regulations and requirements for commercial-confidentiality governing
the release of information are complied with in respect of data to be provided in
response to requests from other nations.
10.7.15.3.1 In the United Kingdom, research into explosives (of all types) for all three services, can
be carried out in MOD facilities, in Government Agencies, in academic institutions or in
industry by Defence Contractors. Such establishments are:
a. Defence Science and Technology Laboratory (DSTL)
b. Atomic Weapons Establishment (AWE).
c. Cranfield University, Royal Military College of Science (RMCS)
d. BAE Systems Ltd (Royal Ordnance)
e. QinetiQ
UK-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.3.2 When a munition containing explosive materials is to be designed within the UK, or
purchased from overseas, the appropriate Integrated Project Team Leader in either the
Defence Procurement Agency (DPA) or in Defence Logistics Organisation (DLO) should
task DOSG to advise on the safety and suitability for service of that munition.
10.7.15.3.3 The primary purposes of DOSG are:
a. To provide impartial appraisal of the safety, and advice on the suitability for
service, of those parts of weapon systems and stores within its field of operations
in which explosives are used. In this context, the term "suitability for service"
means that the explosive and associated elements of a weapon system or store
are capable of functioning technically as designed, and that neither this
functioning, nor safety, will be unacceptably degraded by the service
environment through the agreed service life. It does not embrace operational
effectiveness or reliability.
b. To give advice on safety matters affecting the use of weapons and other
hazardous stores during military training.
c. To provide within the Ministry of Defence a focus for international standardization

in the above matters.
10.7.15.3.4 Having accepted the task, the relevant Technical Section of DOSG will identify all the
explosive materials used, or proposed for use, in the equipment. These will be
considered to determine whether they are new to service, or known materials being used
in a novel role. All materials in these two categories become the subject of assessment
and qualification, for their safety and suitability for consideration for use in service, not
necessarily restricted to a particular munition.
10.7.15.3.5 In certain circumstances, DOSG may accept tasks from Research and Development
organisations for the assessment and qualification of a new explosive material before it
has been selected for use by a munition project.
10.7.15.4.1 The basis for the UK assessment for the qualification of an explosive composition is
currently laid down in Ordnance Board Pillar Proceeding 42700 (Qualification of
explosives). This proceeding is in line with the requirements of STANAG 4170. It sets
out the information required for assessment, with general guidance on the suitable tests
for the various types of explosives. More specific guidance for particular explosive roles is
given in OB Pillar proceedings P 111 (pyrotechnics), P119 (secondary HE main charge
and boosters) and P127 (solid propellants).
10.7.15.4.2 Selection of Tests. The selection of the specific tests to obtain data is a matter of
agreement between the specialist officers of the DOSG and the Tasking Authority. The
selection of tests is influenced by the guidance given in Chapter VII "Assessment
Principles and Common Requirements" of this manual for each type of material, together
with other factors such as the nature of the material and its role. Consideration is given
to the need to carry out tests at extremes of temperature and on aged material.
10.7.15.4.3 For all materials, information is required to demonstrate compliance with STANAG 4170.
10.7.15.4.4 Conduct of Tests. The DOSG, although the UK National Authority, has no test facilities
of its own. Once the test requirements for assessment and qualification have been
agreed by the relevant authorities, the tests are carried out in an approved test house
UK-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
which may be at one or more of the establishments listed in paragraph 10.7.15.3.1. There
is an ongoing programme to accredit UK test houses for particular qualification tests.
10.7.15.4.5 Assessment. The results of the tests, together with observations and recommendations,
are formally reported by the test establishment to DOSG. The results are considered by
officers of DOSG, in relation to the results of the same tests carried out on materials of a
similar type and role which have a proven history of safety and satisfactory use in
service.
10.7.15.4.6 Qualification. The test results, together with the discussion of their assessment, are
presented as a draft Proceeding on the material per se, or as a section in a Proceeding
assessing the safety and suitability for service of a complete munition or sub-system, for
consideration by peer review by DOSG, representing all three services. If satisfied,
DOSG will then publish the Proceeding in which they recommend that the material is safe
and suitable for consideration for use, with limitations if necessary.
10.7.15.4.7 Approval for Service Use. The Safety Approving Authority of the relevant service has the
final responsibility to accept DOSG advice, or to modify or reject it. The latter seldom, if
ever, occurs.
10.7.15.4.8 Compatibility. Materials used in munitions, which may come into direct contact with
explosives or propellants, must be compatible as defined in STANAG 4147. This also
applies to materials, which although not in direct contact , evolve vapours that can come
into direct contact with the explosive or propellant in the munition.
10.7.15.4.9 Terminology Used in the UK. As the methodology for the assessment of safety and
suitability for service has developed within the UK, terms have been used which may
have somewhat different interpretation from that given by other nations. In order to assist
in the understanding of UK assessments, the following explanations of UK usage are
recorded. They are not intended as rigid definitions.
a. Sensitiveness is the UK term for a measure of the minimum level of a prescribed

stimulus, relevant to an accident situation, required to ignite or initiate an
explosive material. Such stimuli include, among others, impact, friction and
electric spark. The significance of the word is thus in terms of the hazard
characteristics of the explosive material.
b. Sensitivity is the UK term for a measure of a prescribed stimulus required to

achieve reliable functioning of an explosive material in its designed mode.
c. Explosiveness is the UK term, which describes the degree of violence shown by

an explosive material when it responds to a prescribed stimulus relevant to an
accident situation. It is dependent not only on the nature of the explosive
material, but also on its mass, physical state, configuration and confinement.
The significance of the word is thus in terms of the hazard characteristics of the
explosive material.
d. Power is the term used in the UK for high explosive, to indicate the level of
explosive response following initiation in the designed mode.
UK-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.4.10 HIGH EXPLOSIVES

(1) Ball and Disc 201.01.002
(2) Small Scale Explosiveness 201.01.003
(3) Grit Sensitisation 201.01.004
(4) Emery Paper Friction 201.02.002
(5) Temperature of Ignition STANAG 4491 or 4515
(6) Ease of Ignition STANAG 4491
(7) Train Test 202.01.003
(8) Electric Spark STANAG 4490

(1) Rotter Impact Test STANAG 4489
(4) Rotary Friction STANAG 4487
(7) Train Test 202.01.003
(8) Electric Spark Test STANAG 4490
(9) Small Scale Gap Test STANAG 4488
(10) Fragment Impact Test 201.06.003
(11) Tube Test – Internal Ignition 202.01.005
(12) Tube Test – Fast Heating (Fuel Fire) 202.01.006
(13) Tube Test – Electrically Heated STANAG 4491
(14) Critical Diameter 302.02.002
(17) DMA (for PBX) STANAG 4540
(18) TMA (for PBX) STANAG 4525
(19) Uniaxial Tensile (for PBX) STANAG 4506
(20) Stress Relaxation (for PBX) STANAG 4507
(21) Uniaxial Compression (for PBX) STANAG 4443
(22) Thermal Characterization by DSC/DTA STANAG 4515
c. Mandatory Tests for Main Charge High Explosives

(7) Train Test 202.01.003
(9) Gap Test STANAG 4488
(11) Small-Scale Spigot Drop Test 201.01.005
(13) Tube Test - Fast Heating (Fuel Fire) 202.01.006
UK-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(14) Tube Test – Electrically Heated STANAG 4491
(18) DMA (for PBX) STANAG 4540
(19) TMA (for PBX) STANAG 4525
(20) Uniaxial Tensile (for PBX) STANAG 4506
(21) Stress Relaxation (for PBX) STANAG 4507
(22) Uniaxial Compression (for PBX) STANAG 4443
a. Mandatory Data for Solid Propellants

(7) Train Test 202.01.003
(9) Gap Test STANAG 4488
(10) Model Scale Motor Test 201.06.001
(12) Shaped Charge Attack Test 201.07.001
(13) Small-Scale Spigot Drop Test 201.01.005
(15) Tube test - Fast Heating (Fuel Fire) 202.01.006
(16) Tube test – Electrical heating STANAG 4491
(18) Chemical Stability STANAG 4527, 4117, 4541
(22) Uniaxial Tensile (for rocket propellant) STANAG 4506
(23) Stress Relaxation STANAG 4507
(24) Uniaxial Compression STANAG 4443
N.B Solid propellants containing explosives fillers may require additional

testing.
b. Mandatory Data for Liquid Propellants

(1) Liquid Explosives Impact Test 201.01.006
(2) Gap Test 201.04.002
(3) Small Sealed Vessel 202.01.004
UK-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)

(5) Train Test 202.01.003
10.7.15.4.13 EFFECT OF AGEING ON EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES
a. For all classes of explosives, it is essential to ensure that there are no

unexpected changes in physical or hazard properties occurring with time.
b. The UK tables in Chapter 8 list the properties which require re-testing after
accelerated ageing.
UK-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Category 100 Chemical and Physical Properties

(Including Mechanical Properties)
101.00.XXX Chemical Properties

101.01.XXX Analytical Tests
102.00.XXX Physical Properties (Including

102.01.XXX Physical Tests
102.01.001 Uniaxial Tensile Test

102.01.010 Uniaxial Compression Test
102.01.025 Dynamic Mechanical Analysis Test
102.01.050 D.S.C.
102.01.070 Density
102.01.071 Density - mode 1
102.01.201 Uniaxial Tensile Test (cast HE)
201.0X.XXX Sensitiveness/Sensitivity/Explosiveness
201.01.XXX Impact Tests
201.01.001 Rotter Impact Test

201.01.002 Ball and Disc Test
201.01.003 Small Scale explosiveness
201.01.004 Grit Sensitisation
201.01.005 Small Scale Spigot Drop Test
201.01.006 Liquid Explosives Impact Test
201.02.XXX Friction Tests
201.02.001 Rotary Friction Test

201.02.002 Emery Paper Friction Test
201.03.XXX Electrostatic Discharge Tests

201.03.002 Electric Spark Test for Sensitive Explosives
201.04.XXX Shock Tests
201.04.001 Small-Scale Gap Test

201.04.002 Large-Scale Gap Test
201.05.XXX Projectile Impact Tests
201.06.XXX Fragment Impact Tests
UK-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
201.06.001 Model Scale Motor Test
201.06.002 Fragment Impact-Gun Propellant
201.06.003 Fragment Impact-High Explosive
201.07.XXX Jet Impact Tests
201.07.001 Shaped Charge Attack Test
202.00.XXX Stability and Thermal behaviour
202.01.XXX Thermal Tests
202.01.001 Ease of Ignition Test

202.01.002 Temperature of Ignition Test
202.01.003 Train Test
202.01.004 Small Sealed Vessel Test
202.01.005 Tube Test – Internal Ignition
202.01.006 Tube Test – Fast Heating (Fuel Fire)
202.01.007 Tube Test – Electrically Heated
202.02.001 Vacuum Stability Test

202.02.002 Chemical Stability of NC based Propellants
202.02.003 80qC Self Heating Test
202.02.004 Abel Heat Test
202.02.005 The 50mm Cube Crack Test
203.00.XXX Compatibility
203.01.XXX Reactivity Tests
204.00.XXX Toxicity and Environmental Impact
204.01.XXX Toxicity Evaluation
204.02.XXX Environmental Impact Assessment
301.01.XXX Theoretical Methods
301.01.XXX Thermodynamic Models
301.02.XXX Other Models
302.00.XXX Experimental Methods
302.01.001 Detonation Velocity
302.02.002 Critical Diameter Test

UK-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Registry Number.
UK-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/PBXs
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Mechanical Properties, Tensile

(Constant Stain Rate).
a. Type of Test: Uniaxial Tensile, Dumb-bell (Dogbone).
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. A dumb-bell with a rectangular cross- section. The

most common shapes used are the PERME and JANNAF C dumb-bells, usually cut from
sheet material (10mm thick for PERME, 12.7mm for JANNAF C).
(2) Applied Load. Load applied varies with the material, normally in the range 0.3 to
o
2.5Mpa for composite propellant at 23 C.
(3) Experimental Method. After conditioning at test temperature for one hour, the
sample is pulled axially by the dumb-bell ends using a stiff tensile testing machine. Load
is applied at a constant strain rate (crosshead speed). Preferably the strain is measured
directly using an extensometer or similar device.
(4) Main Physical Parameters. The main physical parameters affecting the results
are strain rate and test temperature.
(5) Results. Tensile strength, Vm, initial tangent modulus, Eo, and the strain at
maximum load Hm, and at failure, Hb, are calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment
(1) Applications. Used for characterization and routine process control of plastic,
rubbery and colloidal propellants: polymer based high explosives.
(2) Significance. The data are required to assess the ability of the charge to retain
its integrity throughout the range of operating conditions envisaged for the material.
(3) Limitations. Can only be used for materials that can be cut or machined to the
shape required i.e. not suitable for very soft or brittle materials.
d. Typical Results:
Temp qC Hm% Hb% Vm KPa
Rubbery propellant +25 33.3 40.1 754
ASTM D412; BS903 part A2 and BS 2782 part 3; method 320A describe the method in
detail but use different dumb-bell shapes. The JANNAF dumb-bells are described in the
ICPRG Solid Propellant Mechanical Behaviour Manual, section 4.3.2
UK-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.010
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/PBXs/Melt-cast Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Mechanical Properties, Compression

(Constant Stain Rate).
a. Type of Test: Uniaxial Compression
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. A right circular cylinder with a length to diameter ratio of
2:1; 10 to 25 mm diameter and 20 to 50 mm long is typical.
(2) Applied Load. Load applied varies with the material, normally in the range 0.3 to
o
2.5Mpa for composite propellant at 23 C; up to 20 MPa for cast HE.
(3) Experimental Method. After conditioning at the test temperature for one hour,
the sample is compressed directly between two plane, parallel surfaces using a
stiff testing machine. Load is applied at a constant crosshead speed.
Compression cages should NOT be used.
(5) Results. Compressive strength, Vm, initial tangent modulus, Eo, and the strain at
maximum load Hm, and at failure, Hb, are calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment
(1) Applications. Used for characterization and routine process control.
its integrity throughout the range of operating conditions envisaged for the
material.
(3) Limitations. Can only be used for materials that can be cut or machined to the
shape required. The method is not suitable for either soft or pressed materials
that do not consolidate well.
d. Typical Results:
RDX/silicone, Vm 0.88MPa, modulus, Eo 0.16MPa
Torpex, Vm 20.7MPa, modulus, Eo 6756MPa
ASTM D695 and BS2782 part 3; method 345A describe the method in detail. The BS
calls for a l/d ratio of 1:1.
UK-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.025
1. TEST OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/High Explosives/Pyrotechnics.
2. TEST TITLE: Dynamic Mechanical Analysis
a. Type of Test: Mechanical Spectrometry.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. A right circular cylinder (1 to 5mm diameter) or

rectangular bar (1 to 6mm x 10mm) 50 mm long.
(2) Applied Load. Sufficient to result in a strain of about 1%. The applied load is
cyclic, normally at 3 frequencies generated at 0.1, 1.0 and 10 radians/sec.
(3) Experimental Method. The sample is subjected to small amplitude sinusoidal

o o
deformation over a temperature range, usually -120 C to 100 C. Stress and
strain are continuously recorded and analyzed.
(5) Results. Shear storage modulus, G’ and shear loss modulus, G" and the loss
tangent, tanG, are plotted through the temperature sweep. The glass transition
temperature, Tg, is obtained from a peak in the G" curve.
(1) Applications. Characterization and process control of rubbery propellants, PBXs

and colloidal propellants.
(2) Significance. Used to assess the stability of the charge properties over the range
of operating conditions.
3. Limitations. Can only be used for materials that can be cut or machined or
pressed to the required shape. This method is not suitable for either soft
materials or pressed materials that do not consolidate well.
d. Typical Results:
Rubbery propellant
G’MPa G’'MPa tan V
o
at 25 C 9.99 4.22 0.422
o
Tg peak in G" is at -72 C.
T. Murayama, Dynamic Mechanical Analysis of Polymeric Materials, Elsevier Applied

Science Publishers, 1978.
UK-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.050
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Propellants/PBXs/Melt cast explosives.
2. TEST TITLE: Differential Scanning Calorimetry.
a. Type of Test: Heat Flow or Power Compensation.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. Solid or liquid; solids may be in film, powder, granular or
crystalline form. Sample size is 5 to 10mg.
(2) Applied Load. No mechanical load. Heating is at a constant rate of between 5

o
and 20 C.
(3) Experimental Method. Commercial equipment is used. Scanning rate and range
are dependant on the material, the mass and the property being measured.
are scan rate, sample size, physical form, purge gas used.
(5) Results. Heat capacity, Cp, glass transition temperature, Tg, melt temperature ,
Tm, and associated latent heats, Hf. Other peak areas and start temperatures
may also be measured eg crystal transition enthalpy, 'ht.
(1) Applications. Characterization of the thermal properties of polymeric binders.

Characterization of the decomposition of energetic materials.
(2) Significance. Initial screening of materials. Used to assess physical ageing and
chemical degradation for storage and stability studies.
(3) Limitations. Experiments are limited to the temperature range and heating rates
of the equipment available.
d. Typical Results:
(1) Glass transition temperature, Tg, of cured polybutadiene propellant binder is -

o
55 C.
o
(2) Decomposition temperature of a nitrate ester, Td , is 160 C.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility. With non-volatile sample the results are repeatable to
within 0.2 millicalories.
The equipment manufacturer’s instruction book.
UK-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.070

1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/PBXs/Melt Cast Explosives/Pyrotechnics.
2. TEST TITLE: Physical Properties, Density.
a. Type of Test: Determination of Density by Liquid - Displacement, Pyknometer (Density

Bottle) Method.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. Small pieces of material that will pass through the
pyknometer neck, (4mm x 4mm x 6mm maximum), with smooth surfaces free
from crevices and dust. If a 50ml pyknometer is used, the total weight of the
pieces should be around 20g.
(2) Experimental Method. The pyknometer is accurately weighed in air and then re-
weighed three times, with the sample inside, topped up with a suitable liquid and
full of liquid. The density, U, is calculated from the four weighings.
(3) Main Physical Parameters. The main physical parameter affecting the results is
changes of temperature.
(4) Results. Density, U, and/or specific gravity, SG; the void fraction may be derived
from a knowledge of the theoretical maximum density.
(1) Applications. Used for characterization and quality assurance.
(2) Significance. The data are used to calculate the stresses applied to the charge
and store throughout its storage and operating life.
(3) Limitations. This method can only be used when a liquid is available that does
not dissolve or swell the material during weighing. It cannot be used if the
materials floats or the particle size is less than a 20 mesh sieve (850 Pm).
d. Typical Results:
The measured density is accurate to 0.2%.
NATIONAL REFERENCES:
BS 2782 part 6, method 620B; BS 903 part A1 method B; ASTM D792 method B; ISO/R
1183-1970; DQA/TS method M18/89.
UK-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.071 mode 1
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Solid Propellants/PBXs/Melt Cast

Explosives/Pyrotechnics.
a. Test of Test: Determination of Density by Mensuration.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. A right regular bar with a uniform cross section, the area
of which can be calculated from its dimensions e.g. a rectangle or circle.
(2) Experimental Method. The specimen is accurately measured. Its volume is

calculated from its cross sectional area and length. The specimen is then
weighed and the density calculated.
(4) Results. Density, U, the void fraction may be derived from acknowledge of the
theoretical maximum density.
(3) Limitations. This method can only be used when the specimen are available in a
suitably geometry. It is not a suitable method for rubbery materials.
3
d. Typical Results. Density, U, of pressed RDX/TNT is 1.67Mg/m .
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility. Dependent on the accuracy of measurement.

Dimensions measured to ± 0.2% and weighing to ± 0.001g will give density to ± 0.7%.
UK-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.071 mode 2

a. Type of Test: Determination of Density by Liquid - Displacement.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. Any piece of material, 2.5 to 25 grams weight, usually of
irregular shape, with smooth surfaces free from crevices and dust. If porous it
may be necessary to coat the sample with a wax or lacquer.
(2) Experimental Method. The specimen is accurately weighed in air and re-
weighed immersed in a suitable liquid of known density. The specimen density is
calculated from the two weighings. For materials of density below or near that of
the immersing liquid a heavy sinker is added and an extra weighing made.
(4) Results. Density, U, and/or specific gravity, SG; the void fraction may be derived
from a knowledge of the theoretical maximum density.
(3) Limitations. This method can only be used when a liquid is available that does
not dissolve or swell the material, or its coating when used.
3
d. Typical Results. Density, U, of plastic explosive is 1.60 Mg/m .
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility.
The measured density is accurate to 0.2%.
BS 2782 part 6 methods 620A and C, BS 903 part A1 method A; ASTM D792 method A,
ISO/R 1183-1970. DQA/TS M216/74 method C.
UK-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.071 mode 3

a. Type of Test: Determination of Density by the Density - Gradient Column Method.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. Any small piece (less than 6mm cube) of material, of an
easily identifiable shape, with smooth surfaces free from crevices and dust.
Samples cut from film should not be less than 0.13 mm thick.
(2) Experimental Method. Three samples are put into a column containing a suitable
mixed liquid or solution together with standardized floats whose density brackets
that of the sample. When the sample and floats are at equilibrium (10 minutes
minimum) the vertical distances from the floats are measured and the density
calculated.
(4) Density, U, the void fraction may be derived from a knowledge of the theoretical
maximum density.
(2) Significance. The data is used to calculate the stresses applied to the charge
(3) Limitations. This method can only be used for solid materials that do not absorb,
dissolve or swell in the column liquids.
d. Typical Results:
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: This method has an accuracy of ± 0.05%.
3 NATIONAL REFERENCES:
BS 2782 part 6, method 620D; ASTM D1505; ISO/R 1183-1970.
UK-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/102.01.201
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Melt Cast Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Mechanical Properties, Tensile (Constant Strain Rate).
a. Type of Test: Uniaxial Mechanical Properties, Tensile - Used for melt cast explosives.
b. Description:
(1) Geometry of Specimen. Sample is a right circular dumb-bell (dog bone),

machined from a solid casting. The preferred gauge length is 50mm long and
20.3mm diameter. The transition radius to the gauge length is 12.7mm.
(2) Applied Load. Applied load varies with the material, normally in the range 0.3 to
10 MPa.
(3) Experimental Method. After conditioning at test temperature for one hour, the
sample is pulled axially by the dumb-bell ends using a stiff tensile testing
machine. Load is applied at a constant strain rate (crosshead speed). It is
preferred that strain is measured directly using an extensometer or similar device
and not crosshead movement.
(4) Main Physical Parameters. The main physical parameter affecting the results are
strain rate and temperature.
(5) Results. Tensile strength, Vm, initial tangent modulus, Eo, and the strain at
maximum load, Hm, and at failure, Hb, are calculated.
(1) Applications. Used for characterization and routine process control of melt cast
high explosives.
its integrity throughout the range of operating conditions envisaged for the
material.
(3) Limitations. Can only be used on materials that can be machined without
shattering. Values obtained for modulus will be unrealistically low if direct
methods of strain measurement are not used.
d. Typical Results:
3. REFERENCES:
The method is essentially that described in ASTM D638 but the dumb-bell is more suitable for
UK-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Boosters/Propellants/Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Rotter Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Drop-weight Impact - Used for all Energetic Materials.
b Description: A small quantity of the material confined between a brass cap and an
anvil in a heavy housing is subjected to an indirect impact from a 5 kg weight dropped
onto intermediate components (drift and striker). The median height for ignition is
determined and compared to that for a standard RDX to produce a figure of
insensitiveness (F of I) for the material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the sensitiveness of energetic

materials to ignition by impact or nipping between metal surfaces.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive F of I
PETN 50
HMX 60
RDX 80 (Standard)
TNT 150
COMP B 130
VU (EDB) 15
ATN D28/47 (CDB) 20
SR44 30
SR651 180
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No. 1A.
UK-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Ball and Disc Test.
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Used for Primary Explosives.
b. Description: A small sample of the explosive under test is placed on a steel anvil and
covered by a brass disc. It is then subjected to impact from a falling steel ball impacting
on a striker with a hemispherical end.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test aims to determine the impact
sensitiveness of primary explosives with a degree of discrimination superior to that
achieved for such materials by the Rotter Test.
d. Typical Results: Results are given as the height of drop required to give ignitions in 50%
of the impacts.
Service Lead Azide 17 cm

Lead Styphnate RD 1303 11 cm
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No. 14.
UK-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Boosters/Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Small Scale Explosiveness Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Drop-weight Impact - Used for all except most pyrotechnics.
b. Description: The sensitiveness of the test material is firstly measured using test
UK/201.01.001 (Rotter). Using the same test equipment, data for the mean gas volume of
decomposition products for positive events (ignitions) is collected across a range of
stimulus levels (up to 2.5 times the median drop-height). These mean gas volumes are
compared with the calculated theoretical specific gas production for the test material,
expressed as a percentage and corrected with reference to the output from a high
explosiveness standard sample of lead azide. When explosiveness is plotted against
stimulus level a characteristic curve is obtained for the material. Both an explosiveness
figure and a hazard index can easily be derived from such curves. Although this is a
small scale test, it clearly demonstrates the effect of the physical properties of the test
material and is thus an effective early indicator of charge scale safety characteristics.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To assess the relative explosiveness and

hazard index for energetic materials.
d. Typical Results:
Test Material Explosiveness Figure Hazard Index

RDX 85 100
RDX/Wax 99/1 (Debrix1) 82 71
RDX/Wax 95/5 (Debrix2) 51 34
PETN 77 121
HMX 77 112
TNT 3 1
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No. 1D.
UK-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: Grit sensitisation
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Used for Main Charge High Explosives, Booster
Explosives and Propellants.
b. Description: The sensitiveness of the test material is firstly measured using test
UK/201.01.001 (Rotter). Using the same test equipment, two further Rotter tests are
performed on the test material with added grit. A standard alumina grit with a well
specified and characterised particle size is added at two concentrations, 0.1 and 1% by
weight. It is added in such a way that the sample is as homogeneous as possible. Data
from the grit-sensitised samples can be compared with that for the uncontaminated
sample in order to determine the degree of sensitisation by the grit. It is often convenient
to plot a curve to illustrate the results.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test shows which samples are more
likely to be significantly sensitised by the presence of adventitious grit particles.
d. Typical Results
Test Material F of I – Zero grit F of I – 0.1% grit F of I – 1% grit

RDX 82 27 23
Debrix1 85 29 20
Debrix2 95 56 29
PETN 46 20 10
HMX 53 23 18
TNT 135 104 83
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No. 1B.
UK-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.005
2. TEST TITLE: Small Scale Spigot Drop Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Used for Propellants, Boosters and Main Charge High
Explosives.
b. Description: A steel spigot attached to a 40kg drop-weight is guided vertically under

gravity to penetrate a thin steel cover plate and pass into the test explosive contained in a
steel tube standing vertically on a witness block.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To test the response of explosive materials

to intrusion by a steel spigot.
d. Typical Results: Results are given as the height of drop required to give ignitions in 50%
of the trials.
VU (EDB) 1.1 m
ATN (D28)/47 (CDB) 1.3 m
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No. 37
UK-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.01.006
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Liquid Propellants / Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Liquid Explosives Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Used for Liquid Explosives
b. Description: The Rotter test apparatus is used in conjunction with a modified sample
housing. A rubber O-ring is inserted at the base of a cylindrical cavity in a robust steel
sample cup. A standard volume of the test liquid is dispensed from a micro-pipette into
the cavity so formed. The cavity is then approximately half full. It is sealed by placing a
stainless steel shim and a steel plunger on top of the O-ring. This assembly is placed in
the impact housing and a standard pre-compression is applied to the cavity by rotating
the threaded central upper part of the housing. The housing is then placed under the
drop-weight machine and a 2kg drop-weight is used to apply a compression stimulus to
the cavity via an intermediate drift, ball bearing and plunger. The median height for
positive events (ignitions) is determined using a 50 shot Bruceton Staircase technique.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Relative sensitiveness to this stimulus can

be ranked and compared for different types of liquid explosive.
d. Typical Results:
Test Liquid Median drop-height (cm)

NG 5
Casting liquid 75/24/1 NG/Triacetin/2NDPA 10
Isopropyl nitrate 14
Nitromethane 65
Diesel fuel > 126
UK-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Rotary Friction Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Friction - Used for all energetic materials
b. Description: A small quantity of powdered material is placed on a steel block, whose

surface has been grit-blasted to standard roughness and is pushed by means of
compressed air of standard pressure against a steel wheel whose surface is similarly
treated. The wheel is then caused to rotate over a fixed arc at a preset velocity and the
resulting friction may ignite the material. The median velocity required to give ignition in
50% of the tests is compared with that for a standard RDX to produce a figure (F of F) for
the material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the sensitiveness of thin layers

of powdered materials to friction between surfaces likely to be encountered in real
environments, particularly during processing.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive F of F
PETN 1.3
HMX 1.5
RDX 3.0 (standard)
LU double base propellant 2.4
RD 2503 Composite propellant 1.6
SR 92 delay composition 0.17
RD 1303 lead styphnate 0.17
RD 1343 lead azide 0.07
UK-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Emery Paper Friction Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Friction - Used for Primary Explosives
b. Description: The material is smeared between two steel surfaces, which are covered
with emery paper to provide a rough surface. A load of 15 kg is applied to push the two
surfaces together and the impact from a pendulum is used to move the lower metal
surface relative to the upper surface. The friction caused by moving the two rough
surfaces can ignite the material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the friction

sensitiveness of primary explosives with a degree of discrimination superior to that
achieved by the rotary friction test when used to test similar samples.
d. Typical Results: The results can be expressed as the striking velocity of the pendulum
required to give ignitions in 50% of the strikes.
Explosive Striking Velocity

-1
(ms )
Service Lead Azide 1.2
Lead Styphnate RD 1303 2.5
UK-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.03.001
a. Type of Test: Safety/Electric Spark
b. Description: Small samples of material are subjected to an electrostatic discharge

(spark) of 4.5J. If any ignitions occur further samples are subjected to a discharge of
0.45J. If any ignitions occur further samples are subjected to a discharge of 0.045J. Fifty
tests are carried out before a result is reported as no ignitions at that level. Samples that
are ignited at 0.045J (approximately twice the maximum energy expected to accumulate
as static electricity on a person’s clothes) are tested using Test No. 201.01.002.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the electrostatic charge

required to ignite an explosive material at an energy level greater than that found on
personnel.
d. Typical Results:
FNH gun propellant No ignitions at 4.5J

VU rocket propellant No ignitions at 4.5J
ATN(D28)/47 rocket propellant No ignitions at 4.5J
NQ gun propellant No ignitions at 4.5J
Tetryl Ignites at 4.5J, but not at 0.45J
RDX Ignites at 4.5J, but not at 0.45J
PETN Ignites at 4.5J, but not at 0.45J
SR44 Ignites at 4.5J, but not at 0.45J
SR65 No ignitions at 4.5J
UK-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Electric Spark Test for Sensitive Explosives
a. Type of Test: Safety/Electric Spark - Used for Primary Explosives and Pyrotechnics.
b. Description: In this test, compositions which are ignited by the 0.045J discharge of the
UK Electric Spark Test are assessed. Two types of discharge can be used:
(1). Between metallic electrodes, simulating a discharge from one metal object to
another;
(2) Between a metallic and a non-metallic (rubber) electrode, simulating a discharge

from a charged person. In both cases a minimum energy of ignitions is
determined but in (b) a minimum capacitance for ignition is also found.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the minimum electrostatic

charge required to ignite an explosive material that has been classified as a sensitive
explosive by the UK Electric Spark Test.
d. Typical Results:
Service Lead Azide - Metal/metal 0.002mJ

Rubber/metal 0.225mJ,
400 pF
Lead Styphnate RD 1303 - Metal/metal 0.025mJ
Rubber/metal 0.015mJ,
25 pF
EMTAP Manual of Tests, Test No.7.
UK-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.04.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Boosters
2. TEST TITLE: Small-Scale Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Detonative Shock - Used for energetic materials where the critical
diameter is less than about 15mm.
b. Description: This is the small scale gap test described in STANAG4488. The shock wave
from an RDX/wax donor is attenuated by a water barrier and the detonation or otherwise
of the acceptor assessed by the transmission or otherwise of detonation along a length of
detonating cord. The cord is laid against an aluminium alloy witness plate. The thickness
of attenuator giving a 50% probability of detonation is calculated from the results of
testing using a Bruceton staircase procedure.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the sensitivity to shock
initiation of explosives which will propagate detonation in unconfined charges with
diameters of less than about 15mm.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Density Attenuator Thickness

-3
(g cm ) (mm)
To be supplied.
UK-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.04.002
2. TEST TITLE: Large-Scale Gap Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Detonative Shock - Used for Main Charge High Explosives,
Booster Explosives and Propellants.
b. Description: This test is based closely on the US NSWC Large-Scale Gap Test. The
material under test is subjected to a shock wave from a donor pellet (tetryl) that is
attenuated by a Perspex™ (polymethyl methacrylate) barrier placed between the donor
and acceptor charges. A witness plate is used to distinguish the detonation of the test
explosive from sub-detonative reactions.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test may be used to compare the
detonation shock sensitivity of explosive materials having unconfined critical diameters
up to about 100 mm.
d. Typical Results:
VU (EDB) 6.4 Gpa
ATN (D28)/47 (CDB) 7.2 Gpa
UK-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.06.001
2. TEST TITLE: Model Scale Motor Fragment Attack Test for Solid Rocket Propellants
a. Type of Test: Safety/Impact - Used for Rocket Propellants.
b. Description: The propellant, prepared in specified charge form, is mounted in a cylinder

externally 250 mm long by 125 mm diameter. Massive steel caps fitted over the ends of
the cylinder are joined externally by steel tie-rods of 18 mm diameter. One end cap is
fitted with a nozzle of throat diameter, appropriate to a burning pressure specified for the
test. The motor, preconditioned to a specified temperature, is mounted vertically nozzle
upwards, and attached half-way along its length and half-way between two tie-rods by a
single 17 g steel cylinder impacting end-on at 920 m/s. The violence of response of the
propellant is assessed principally by the degree of case damage, though measurements
of external blast overpressure and pressure within the cylinder are also made.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To test the response of a rocket propellant

charge to attack by a representative fragment under standardized conditions.
d. Typical Results: (All using fast attack on star-centred charges in aluminium alloy tubes,
using nozzles appropriate to design burning pressure 10 MPa).
o
Propellant Temperature ( C) Tube Fragmentation
CDB 18 Nil
" -10 2
" -30 21
" -50 36
EMCDB 18 Nil
" -10 Nil
" -30 Nil
" -50 22
HTPB 18 Nil
" -10 24
" -50 30
UK-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.06.002
2. TEST TITLE: Fragment Attack of Solid Gun Propellants
a. Type of Test: Safety/Fragment attack - Used for Gun Propellants.
b. Description: Attack is by means of a single, non-spinning, cylindrical 17g steel

representative fragment fired end-on at right angles centrally into a target face of a
cubical cardboard box of 67 mm side, containing the propellant. For qualification, attack
velocities of 920 r 25 and 1500 r 50 m/s are employed. Slotted stick propellant is cut
into 67 mm lengths which are laid out parallel to one another in the box until it is filled; for
small multitube grains, random orientation is used, but for larger grains, for which
stacking is practical and leads to a greater packing density, that method may be
employed. For qualification of stacked strands of grains, vertical orientation is used for
attack at right angles to the length of the grain. Propellant weight is about 300g. The
o
maximum blast overpressure at 1m from the front face of the box, 10 off the line of fire,
is recorded.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test assesses the explosiveness of gun
propellants under the test conditions and enables comparisons to be made of the
vulnerability of charges differing in composition, configuration and web thickness.
d. Typical Results:
maximum
overpressure
NQ/S web (mm) at 1m (KPa)
1.42 34, 36
2.05 31, 28
3.05 24, 26
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: For qualification three attacks at each velocity are
carried out but if the results differ by more than 25% a fourth shot is carried out.
UK-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.06.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Boosters
2. TEST TITLE: Fragment Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Projectile Impact - Used for Booster and Main Charge High
Explosives
3
b. Description: Approximately 260 cm of material at its normal filled density is confined in a
standard steel cylinder of wall thickness 9.5 mm. A mild steel or aluminium alloy end cap
provides a 3.0 mm thick septum which is impacted by a 13.15 mm diameter flat ended
projectile weighing 13.5 g. The projectile impact velocity is varied in the range 400 to
-1
2500 ms and the explosive response assessed.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To compare the response of confined

-1
explosive charges subjected to projectile impact at velocities up to 2500 ms .
d. Typical Results:
Tetryl 450-500 m/s burning,

700 m/s detonation
RDX/Wax 95/5 530-800 m/s deflagration,
800 m/s detonation
Composition A5 370-650 m/s explosion,
650 m/s detonation
RDX/TNT 60/40 500-900 m/s burning,
1200 m/s detonation
TNT 450-1000 m/s burning,
1350 m/s detonation
PE4 930-1200 m/s burning/deflagration,
470-1000 m/s burning
Torpex 4D 1200 m/s detonation
1300-1400 m/s explosion
UK-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/201.07.001
2. TEST TITLE: Shaped Charge Attack Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Jet Impact - Used for Propellants
b. Description: Gun propellants are tested by loading them into a 165mm length of
combustible charge case and fitting card closures to the ends. Rocket propellants are
normally tested bare. In either case, the charge mass can be as high as 2.1kg. It is usual
to fire duplicate trials. For gun propellants it is useful to compare the test results across a
range of web sizes. Charges are supported in a steel frame that also locates spaced jet
arrestor plates, a 25mm thick conditioning plate and the shaped charge. The latter is a
o
63.5mm diameter 45 included angle copper cone. An optional second part of the test
varies the thickness of the conditioning plate until the median thickness for high order
reaction of the propellant charge is determined. Output from the propellant charge is
recorded on an air blast over-pressure gauge and the resultant peak pressure and
positive impulse readings are expressed as mass ratios by comparison with air blast
over-pressure tables for Comp B.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To compare the response of unconfined

propellant charges subjected to jet impact .
d. Typical Results:
Propellant Web size (mm) Mass Ratio

NQ/S 0.71 0.17
0.97 0.22
1.21 0.19
1.47 0.07
1.72 0.08
2.15 0.04
2.51 0.08
3.2 0.09
Experimental formulation F300/95/S 0.76 0.25
1.02 0.12
1.33 0.17
1.73 1.09
2.03 1.21
UK-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Ease of Ignition Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Incendive Spark - Used for all Energetic Materials
b. Description: A standard mass of the explosive material is subjected to the short burst of
flame and hot particles emitted from the end of a length of standard gunpowder fuze.
Observations are made as to whether the sample ignites and if so whether it burns or
explodes. If a material ignites under the conditions of light confinement used, it must be
assumed that any non-electric spark will ignite it.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the response of an explosive

material when exposed to a brief flame.
d. Typical Results:
FNH gun propellant Ignites and burns quietly

VU rocket propellant Ignites and burns quietly
ATN(D28)/47 rocket propellant Ignites and burns vigorously
Service Lead Azide Explodes
Lead Styphnate RD1303 Explodes
Tetryl Ignites and burns quietly
RDX Fails to ignite
PETN Ignites and burns quietly
SR44 (primer composition) Explodes
SR651 (delay composition) Ignites and burns quietly
UK-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics/Boosters
2. TEST TITLE: Temperature of Ignition Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Thermal - Used for all Energetic Materials.
b. Description: A standard mass of the explosive material under test is heated in duplicate
test tubes at a standard rate until an event occurs. This can be regarded as an
accelerated stability test. The actual values of "Temperature of Ignition" obtained are
meaningful only under the particular conditions used, and changing the rate of heating or
size of sample will lead to different results.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To measure the temperature at which a

standard mass of an explosive material decomposes.
d. Typical Results:
o
FNH (gun propellant) 174 C
o
VU (rocket propellant) 185 C
o
ATN(D28)/47 (rocket propellant) 167 C
o
NQ (gun propellant) 167 C
o
Service Lead Azide 330 C
o
Lead Styphnate RD1303 269 C
o
Tetryl 183 C
o
RDX 219 C
o
PETN 186 C
o
SR44 >400 C
o
SR651 275 C
UK-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives/Propellants/Pyrotechnics/Boosters
2. TEST TITLE: Train Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Flame - Used for all Energetic Materials.
b. Description: The explosive material is laid in a train in a metal trough and one end of the
train is exposed to a flame for one minute.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the response of an explosive

material when exposed to a flame.
d. Typical Results:
FNH (gun propellant) Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
VU (EDB) Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
ATN(D28)/47 (CDB) Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
NQ (gun propellant) Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
Service Lead Azide Explodes
Tetryl Ignites and supports train for 25 mm
RDX Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
PETN Ignites and supports train for 25 mm
SR44 Ignites and supports train vigorously

throughout
SR651 Ignites and supports train steadily throughout
UK-40
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives (Liquids)
2. TEST TITLE: Small Sealed Vessel Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Thermal - Used for Liquid Explosives.

3
b. Description: A sample of the liquid explosive (55cm ) is heated steadily in a sealed steel
vessel until and event occurs. The event (e.g, pressure burst, explosion) provides
evidence as to whether a liquid is an explosive or not. For explosive materials it can
provide limited information on stability and on explosiveness under the test conditions.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the response of a liquid

explosive when heated in a sealed steel vessel.
d. Typical Results:
Ethyl Nitrate Pressure Burst

Nitromethane Pressure Burst
Nitroglycerine/Triacetin 55/45 Detonation
UK-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.005
2. TEST TITLE: Tube Test – Internal Ignition
a. Type of Test: Safety/Ignition - Used for Main Charge High Explosives, Booster
Explosives and Propellants
3
standard steel cylinder of wall thickness 6.0 mm. The material is ignited using a standard
igniter and the tube fragments produced are examined and counted. Ten trials are
performed. This test is used to assess the explosiveness of a material.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To test the response of a confined explosive

material to ignition.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Fragments
Tetryl (NATO Standard) >100

Debrix 18AS (RDX/Wax 95/5) 19
RDX/TATB/PTFE 1
Composition A5 >100
HMX/TNT 75/25 25
RDX/TNT 15
TNT 1-11
Rowanex 1001(HMX/PU) 2
Torpex 2B 7
PE4 1
UK-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.006
2. TEST TITLE: Tube Test – Fast Heating (Fuel Fire)
a. Type of Test: Safety/Ignition - Used for Main Charge High Explosives, Booster
Explosives and Propellants
3
standard steel cylinder of wall thickness 6.0 mm. The material is heated over a small fuel
fire and the tube fragments produced are examined and counted. Ten trials are
performed. This test is used to assess the explosiveness of a heated material.

material to fast heating.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Fragments
Debrix 33 4
LX14 20
RDX/TNT 22
Rowanex 1001 1
PE4 >50
UK-43
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.01.007
2. TEST TITLE: Tube Test – Electrically Heated
a. Type of Test: Safety/Ignition - Used for Booster, Main Charge High Explosives and
Propellants
3
standard steel cylinder of wall thickness 6.0 mm. The material is heated at a
predetermined rate using an electrical heating winding and the tube fragments produced
are examined and counted. Trials are performed over a range of heating rates between
o o
3.3 C/hr and 10 C/min. This test is used to assess the explosiveness of a material.

material to ignition.
d. Typical Results:
UK-44
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Vacuum stability test
a. Type of Test: Thermal stability - Used for Booster, Main Charge High Explosives and
Propellants
b. Description: This test induces controlled thermal degradation of an explosive sample,

typically 5 g, by heating it for a specified temperature and time under vacuum. The
volume of gas evolved during the test is measured by use of a pressure transducer or
mercury manometer. The test procedure is described in STANAG 4556. The precise test
conditions will vary depending on the explosive or propellant composition and are
prescribed in the relevant specification. The test may also be used to determine the
stability of explosives in contact with non-explosive materials for compatibility
assessment as described in STANAG 4147.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Volume of gas evolved (at STP) for a given
mass of sample, temperature and duration of test. Comparison of this value to specified
maxima for test explosives.
d. Typical Results:
Test Typical
Explosive or Mass of Test time
temperature values
Propellant sample (hours) 3
(qC) (cm at STP)
RDX 5 150 24 1.7
HMX 5 120 40 0.2
PETN 2.3 120 20 4.7
PE4 5 120 40 0.7
Tetryl 5 120 40 4.5
SX2 5 120 24 0.3
KU 5 80 168 0.6
VU 5 80 168 0.6
N type 5 80 168 0.7
DX 5 80 168 1.2
CCC 5 80 168 0.5
DQA/TS Method M226
UK-45
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical stability
a. Type of Test: Chemical stability - Used for nitrocellulose based Gun and Rocket
Propellants
b. Description: The chemical safe life of nitrocellulose based propellants is estimated by

determination of the stabilizer content both before and after periods of storage at
elevated temperatures. For qualification purposes, the propellant is tested at three or
more constant temperatures and samples are withdrawn for analysis at regular periods.
This procedure is described in STANAG 4527. The reaction rate is calculated at each
temperature according to either pseudo zero order or pseudo first order kinetics,
whichever gives the best fit, and this allows the activation energy to be calculated from
the Arrhenius equation, which defines the temperature dependence of the reaction rate.
Analytical methods for determination of ethyl centralite and diphenylamine stabilizers are
given in STANAG 4117. Where assurance of a 10 year life at 25qC is sufficient, testing
may be restricted to a single temperature (eg 65.5 or 60qC) and in that case STANAG
4117 or STANAG 4541 may be an appropriate test document.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The safe life is assessed by calculation of the
time required for 50% depletion of the initial stabilizer content at a constant 25qC
d. Typical Results:
DERA Bishopton Laboratory Method No. 35
UK-46
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.02.003
2. TEST TITLE: 80qC Self heating test
a. Type of Test: Chemical stability - Used for nitrate ester based gun and rocket propellants
b. Description: A sample of propellant, minimum 70g mass, is heated at a constant 80qC in

a specified test apparatus until either brown fumes are observed or a 2qC increase in the
propellant temperature is detected. This occurs when the effective stabilizer has been
consumed and autocatalytic reactions have commenced. This test can be used to
estimate the minimum service life but it is less reliable than multi-temperature ageing.
Most in-service propellants give times in excess of 2000 hours. Propellants producing
test times of less than 1000 hours are considered to be of dubious stability and unlikely to
be acceptable for service use.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Time to production of brown fumes or a 2qC

rise in temperature in the sample.
d. Typical Results:
Time to fume
Propellant type Stabilizer level NG level
(hours)
Small arms single
DPA 1% nil 2500-3000
base
Extruded gun triple
EC 3.5-7% 20% 5000
base
Rocket extruded
2-NDPA 1-2% 35-45% 3000
double base
Rocket cast double 2-NDPA 0.6%
35-55% 2000-2500
base pNMA 0.3%
Defence Standard 13-187/1
UK-47
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.02.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Boosters, Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Abel Heat Test
a. Type of Test: Safety/Stability - Used for nitrate ester explosives
b. Description: The test involves controlled thermal degradation of the explosive by heating
a sample (< 2g) under closely specified conditions. Evolved oxides of nitrogen are
detected by a colour change on a specially prepared starch-iodide test paper, contained
in a specified test apparatus. The time to develop a line on the test paper to the same
intensity as that of a standard tint is taken as the heat test time. The time to detection is
indicative of the intrinsic stability of the explosive at the time of test. The test cannot be
used to determine long term stability or to estimate service life.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The Abel Heat Test is a UK legal requirement
for military and commercial explosives. For propellants, the time to detection must be less
than 10 minutes.
d. Typical Results:
Test temperature Typical test times Typical test limit

Explosive
(qC) (minutes) (minutes)
Nitroglycerine 82.0 10.5-11.5 10
Nitrocellulose 77.0 10 10
Casting powders 82.2 (71.1) 25 12
Casting liquids 82.2 25 10
Combustible 76.5 25 10
Cartridge Case
(CCC)
CE (Tetryl) 99.0 22 !20
Single base 82.2 !10 10
propellant
Extruded double 60.0 15 10
base propellant
(LU,VU)
Extruded double 65.5 15 10
base propellant
(KU,PU)
Triple base 65.5 !10 10
propellant
Mechanites 71.1 (60.0) !10 10
Cast double base 65.5 10 10
propellants
PETN 76.7 !120 !40
Defence Standard 13-189/1

UK-48
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/202.02.005
2. TEST TITLE: The 50mm Cube Crack Test
a Type of Test: Stability/Mechanical - Used for cast rocket propellants
b. Description: The 50mm cube crack test is used primarily to assess the stability of cast
double base propellants (CDB) with respect to gas cracking. It provides a measure of the
gassing rate and internal strength of the propellant. Samples of propellant are machined
into 50mm cubes, inserted into a close fitting aluminium can and then heated at 80qC for
a number of days. The cubes, three per can, are subjected to regular X-ray examinations
to detect the presence of cracks. The crack life is reported as a range in days from initial
to final observed cracking of the cubes.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: A crack life of >10 days (initial) is regarded as
satisfactory (>7 days for EMCDB).
d. Typical Results:
Conventional CDB 10-30 days

Composite modified CDB 14-25 days
Elastomer modified CDB 7-14 days
Nitramine loaded CDB 22-28 days
EMTAP Manual of Tests Test No.TBA (in draft)
UK-49
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/302.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Boosters
b. Description: The test uses cylindrical charges of known density, initiated at one end with
a booster of similar diameter. The progress of the shock front is monitored using a
suitable high-speed camera, with the mirror speed adjusted to optimise the time and
distance dimensions. The length of the booster should be at least twice the diameter of
the acceptor and the cylinders should have a length to diameter ratio of at least six, but
this may vary depending on experience. Analysis should be carried out on the last two or
three diameter lengths. Where a sample is not self-illuminating, additional illumination
such as an argon flash bomb may be used.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To compare the detonation velocity of

energetic materials.
-1 -1
d. Typical Results: ResultVDUHJLYHQDVWKHYHORFLW\PP V or km.s ) at the density of the
test sample.
-1 -3
Composition B (UK) (cast) 9R' PP V @ 1671kg.m
-1 -3
Composition B (UK) (pressed) 9R' PP V @ 1703kg.m
DERA Method Statement: DRA/WSS/WX4/DA/MS/041/1
UK-50
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
UK/302.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Critical Diameter
a. Type of Test: Safety/Performance - Used for Booster and Main Charge High Explosives
and Propellants
o
b. Description: The test uses either a 5 included angle truncated cone and selection of
cylindrical charges or just the cylindrical charges. If the cone is used, it is initiated at its
larger diameter end with a booster of similar diameter and the progress of the shock front
is monitored using a suitable high-speed camera. The diameter at which detonation
ceases gives a good approximation to critical diameter, but for a more accurate value,
cylinders should be machined in a range of diameters close to and just above the
indicated diameter value. The cylinders should have a length to diameter ratio of at least
six, preferably eight. These are tested in the same way as the truncated cone and
monitored either with a high-speed camera or a witness plate can be used to determine
whether or not detonation is maintained.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To compare the critical diameter of energetic

materials.
d. Typical Results:
DERA Method Statement DRA/WSS/WX4/DA/MS/046/1.
UK-51
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR THE UNITED STATES
PARAGRAPH PAGE
10.7.15.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION US-3
10.7.15.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITIES US-3
a. DoD COORDINATING NATIONAL AUTHORITY US-3

b. ARMY QUALIFICATION AUTHORITY US-4
c. NAVY QUALIFICATION AUTHORITY US-4
d. AIR FORCE QUALIFICATION AUTHORITY US-4
10.7.15.3 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES US-5
10.7.15.4 QUALIFICATION METHODS AND TESTS US-7
10.7.15.4.1 HIGH EXPLOSIVES US-7
a. PRIMARY EXPLOSIVES US-7

b. BOOSTER EXPLOSIVES US-8
c. MAIN CHARGE HIGH EXPLOSIVES US-10
d. FUEL-AIR EXPLOSIVES US-12
10.7.15.4.2 PROPELLANTS US-12
a. SOLID PROPELLANTS US-12

b. LIQUID PROPELLANTS US-14
10.7.15.4.3 PYROTECHNICS US-15
10.7.15.5 MANDATORY DATA FOR EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS US-17
10.7.15.6 LIST OF TEST INFORMATION SHEETS US-18
10.7.15.7 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEET US-21
US-1
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US-2
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.1 MILITARY DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBLE FOR QUALIFICATION IN THE UNITED
STATES
10.7.15.1.1 Each Service, the Army, the Navy (which includes the Marine Corps), and the Air Force, is
responsible for selecting and qualifying explosive materials for its own application. This
authority is delegated from the Secretary of Defense to, respectively, the Secretary of the
Army, the Secretary of the Navy, and the Secretary of the Air Force. The Service
Secretaries delegate these responsibilities to organizations in their command. There is
no single National Qualification Authority identified for the United States. To comply with
STANAG 4170, however, the Department of Defense (DoD) has identified a Coordinating
National Authority to work with the NATO CNAD-sponsored organizations. He is the
responsible agent, in the United States for all matters relating to the implementation of
STANAG 4170; however this Coordinating National Authority does not Qualify explosive
materials or issue qualification documents.
10.7.15.1.2 To support the DoD Coordinating National Authority, each military Service has identified
an authority responsible for the qualification of explosive materials for its own needs and
to assist the Coordinating National Authority in the implementation of STANAG 4170.
These Service Authorities or their delegated representatives are responsible for staffing
all NATO correspondence and action items dealing with explosive materials qualification,
safety, and suitability for service to the proper organizations within their respective
Commands.
10.7.15.2 NATIONAL AUTHORITIES
10.7.15.2.1 The U.S. Department of Defense National Authority for Explosives responsible for the
implementation of STANAG 4170 is as follows:
Office of the Undersecretary of Defense (Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics/

Defense Systems, Land Warfare and Munitions) [OUSD(AT&L)/DS,LW&M]
Room 3B 1060
3090 Defense Pentagon
Washington, D C 20301-3090
a. The DoD National Authority for Explosives performs the following functions:
(1) Coordinates the implementation of STANAG 4170.
(2) Coordinates the preparation, publication, and maintenance of the U.S. portion of
this manual and of AOP-26 Edition 1 – “NATO Catalogue of NATO Explosives”.
(3) Provides a DoD central point-of-contact to NATO countries for information

exchange on explosives technology, and qualification of explosive materials.
(4) Provides a DoD point of contact to NATO countries for the exchange of
information on safety and suitability for service of explosives and munitions.
(5) Oversees and sponsors, in coordination with the three U.S. Services, all DoD
activities related to the NATO AC/310 and its four subgroups.
US-3
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.2.2 The U.S. Military Qualification Authorities are as follows:
a. U.S. Army:
(1) For explosive materials developed by the U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and
Armaments command:
Commander
TACOM-ARDEC
ATTN: AMSTA-AR-WEE
Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000
(2) For explosive materials developed by the U.S. Army Missile Command:
Commander
U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5249
b. U.S. Navy and Marine Corps:
Commander
Naval Ordnance Safety and Security Activity
23 Strauss Avenue, Bldg. D-323
Indian Head, MD 20640-5035
c U.S. Air Force:
Executive Secretary
USAF Nonnuclear Munitions Safety Board
Air Armaments Center
nd
1001 N. 2 Street, Suite 366
Eglin Air Force Base, FL 32542-6838
d Each U.S. Service Qualification Authority is responsible for the following:
(1) Defining the tests required to determine the safety and performance
characteristics of the explosives used by that Service and the associated
requirements for qualification.
(2) Receiving and assessing data for qualification generated by the various technical
organizations involved in the development of explosive materials. Determining
whether an explosive should be qualified based on test results indicating whether
that material is safe and suitable for consideration in a particular role. Ensuring
that all explosives incorporated in fielded weapon systems are qualified.
(3) Qualifying explosive materials by issuing appropriate documentation and

promulgating this information into the various activities.
(4) Maintaining records of all explosives qualified including the data on which
qualification was based and provide such information to the other Services for
their consideration in qualification.
US-4
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(5) Determining whether explosives qualified by the other Services are suitable for
their own applications.
a. Requests for qualification are submitted to the Service Qualification Authorities

identified above. In general, a new explosive is subjected to the qualification
1
procedure outlined in MIL-STD-1751A . This Military Standard is the U.S.
implementing document for STANAG 4170. The U.S. has mandatory and advisory
pass – fail criteria for most explosive materials. These are listed below for each type
of explosive.
2
b. A Hazard or Interim Hazard Classification is required before qualification and is
assigned in accordance with the "Department of Defense Explosives Hazard
Classification Procedures". This document is identified by a different number by each
Service and by the Defense Logistics Agency as follows:
Department of the Army TB 700-2

Department of the Navy NAVSEAINST 8020.8
Department of the Air Force TO 11A-1-47
Defense Logistics Agency DLAR 8220.1
The test requirements for hazard classification are not repeated in this document.
c. The qualification procedure followed by the Services provides the mandatory data for
assessing an explosive’s safety and performance characteristics related to a specific
role or a potential military application. Certain tests are required as the data are
deemed essential to the assessment process. A test method may be waived by a
Service Qualification Authority if rational is provided indicating that the mandatory
data are not relavant or can be accurately derived by using an alternative procedure.
d. The Service Qualification Authorities reserve the option to waive or change

mandatory data requirements and pass - fail criteria specified in STANAG 4170 and
in this document. The Service waiving the requirement must document the reasons
and the possible consequences of any waiver or change.
e. Since variations exist between facilities using similar equipment for obtaining
qualification data, the data on new explosives are compared to that obtained with two
“Reference Comparison Explosives” (as defined in Chapter 4 above). The new
explosive and the comparison explosives are evaluated under the same test
conditions and with the same test apparatus. If possible, the two reference explosives
are chosen such that they bracket the sensitivity of the new explosive.
f. In general, the Service Qualification Authority will require a statement on the
processability and producibility of the new explosive material and a material
specification.
1
MIL-STD-1751A, “Safety and Performance Tests for the Qualification of Explosives (High Explosives,
Propellants, and Pyrotechnics”, Issued 11 December 2001.
2
NATO STANAG 4123, "Methods to Determine and Classify Hazards of Ammunition", has been ratified
by the United States, and is implemented by the above Tri-Service/DLA document.
US-5
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
g. A toxicity evaluation of the explosive is performed as part of the qualification process.

This includes the ingredients, combustion and detonation products, and by-products
of the processing of the explosive.
h. Slight modifications to the composition of a qualified explosive could have a

significant effect on the sensitivity of the material. As a result, any changes to the
formulation of a qualified material, such as particle size adjustments or changes in the
allowable tolerances, are reviewed by the appropriate Service Qualification Authority
who then determines if the new material must be requalified.
i. Qualification of an explosive material is necessary but not sufficient to obtain approval

for limited production (ALP), approval for full production (AFP), or approval for Service
Use (ASU) in a specific application.
j. Final (Type) Qualification as described in Chapter 9 of this AOP is required before an

explosive material is approved for military operational or training use. This latter
status is conferred by the Service Qualification Authority after the material has been
3
tested in accordance with MIL-STD-2105B and shown to be safe and suitable for use
in the intended application. Each new application requires a reassessment and
approval by the appropriate Service Qualification Authority. Requests for qualification
of propellants and pyrotechnic materials are generally combined with requests for
Final (Type) Qualification.
3
MIL-STD-2105B, “Hazard Assessment Tests for Non-Nuclear Munitions” dated 12 January 1994 or
latest revision.
US-6
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.4.1 High Explosives: These materials are qualified independently of specific end-items. The
tests and data requirements listed below for each type of high explosive materials are
required by the Service Qualification Authorities. Advisory or required pass/fail criteria are
applied for most test performed. Failure to meet any or all of the advisory criteria shall
normally be cause for rejection of the explosive. In general, the data requirements given
in STANAG 4170 and in this section of AOP-7 are used. However, other tests may be
required by the Service Qualification Authority when more data are required. Even though
multiple tests are listed below for some stimuli, it is necessary to conduct only one test for
each unless otherwise directed by the Service Qualification Authority. A brief description
of tests used to obtain the data required by the National Authorities is provided in the Test
Information Sheets provided below in section 10.7.15.7. The following is a list of
mandatory data and appropriate tests for high explosives.
Mandatory Data / Test Primary Booster Main Charge

Impact sensitivity x x x
Friction sensitivity x x x
Electrostatic sensitivity x x x
Stability (Constant Temperature) x x x
Self-heating x x x
Compatibility x x x
Detonation velocity — x x
Critical Diameter — x x
Shock sensitivity — x x
Hot Wire Ignition x — —
Exudation and Growth — x x
a. Requirements for Primary Explosives: The following is a list of data, tests, and
advisory acceptance criteria for primary explosives:
(1) Impact Sensitivity. The data are compared to normal lead styphnate conforming
to MIL-L-757 or dextrinated lead azide conforming to Type I of MIL-L-3055,
measured contemporaneously with the candidate explosive. Tests normally
used are: Ball Drop Impact (U.S. 201.01.002), Bureau of Mines Impact (U.S.
201.01.003, ERL/Bruceton Impact Sensitivity (U.S. 201.01.001), or NATO
STANAG 4489 tests. The Ball Drop Impact test (U.S. 201.01.002) is preferred.
(2) Friction Sensitivity. The data are compared to normal lead styphnate
conforming to MIL-L-757 or dextrinated lead azide conforming to Type I of MIL-
L-3055, measured contemporaneously with the candidate explosive. The tests
normally used are: Pendulum Friction (U.S. 201.02.001), ABL Sliding Friction,
(U.S. 201.02.005), Small BAM Friction apparatus (U.S. 201.02.006), Steel/Fiber
Shoe Friction (U.S. 201.02.008), and STANAG 4487 tests.
US-7
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity. The data are compared to normal lead styphnate
conforming to MIL-L-757 or dextrinated lead azide conforming to Type 1 of MIL-
L-3055, measured contemporaneously with the candidate explosive. The tests
normally used are: Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), - ARDEC Method (U.S.
201.03.001), NAWC Method (U.S. 201.03.002), and NSWC Method (U.S.
201.03.003).
(4) Stability (Constant Temperature). The advisory criterion is that there is no more
than 2 ml gas evolved per gram of explosive per 48 hours at 100 °C. The tests
normally used are: Vacuum Thermal Stability (U.S. 202.01.001), Modified
Vacuum Thermal Stability (202.01.022), and STANAG 4556 tests.
(5) Self-Heating. Although primary explosive charge sizes are not large enough to
warrant a self-heating analysis (U.S. 202.01.012), the minimum temperature for
exotherm onset is determined for information purposes using Differential
Thermal Analysis, DTA, (U.S 202.01.007), Differential Scanning Calorimetry,
DSC, (U.S. 202.01.020), or STANAG 4515 tests.
(6) Compatibility. The interaction of the explosive with common materials (e.g.,
metals, adhesives, acids, bases) that it may come into contact during
production and use is assessed. This is done by comparing the results for the
explosive in a 1:1 mixture with the material being tested with the results for the
candidate explosive alone. The advisory criterion when using DTA or DSC is a
change of no more than 10 °C in the exotherm peak temperature, measured at
a heating rate of 10 °C/minute or less. See (U.S. 203-01-001) for details.
(7) The tests normally used are: VTS (U.S. 202.01.001, CRT (U.S. 204.01.001),
DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020), TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) or
STANAG 4515.
(8) Ignition Sensitivity. No advisory criterion. The data are compared to normal lead
styphnate conforming to MIL-L-757 or dextrinated lead azide conforming to
Type I of MIL-L-3055 measured contemporaneously with the candidate
explosive. The Hot Wire Ignition Test (U.S. 202.01.006) is used.
b. Requirements for Booster High Explosives: These materials are used in fuze
components on the warhead side of the interrupter (shutter) of safety and arming
devices and in items such as, leads, relays, ignition devices, and detonating cords.
The pass-fail criteria in the table provided in section 7.5.3.1 complimented by those
listed below are used to determine the suitability for service of booster explosives.
Normally, failing to meet one or more of these criteria is cause for rejection.
However, the Service Qualification Authority may accept the material if additional
tests show that the material is safe to use in its intended role. The following is a list of
data required, tests, and acceptance criteria for booster explosives:
(1) Impact Sensitivity. The candidate explosive passes the Impact Sensitivity Test if
it is shown to be no more sensitive than a Type I or II, Class 5 RDX standard
conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously with the candidate
explosive. The tests normally used are: ERL/Bruceton Impact (U.S.
201.01.001), Bureau of Mines Impact (U.S. 201.01.003), Los Alamos Impact
US-8
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(U.S. 201.01.004), BAM Impact (U.S. 201.01.005), or NATO STANAG 4489
tests.
(2) Friction Sensitivity. The candidate explosive passes the friction sensitivity test if
it is shown to be no more sensitive than a Type I or II, Class 5 RDX standard
conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously with the candidate
explosive. The tests normally used are: Rotary Friction (U.S. 201.02.004), ABL
Sliding Friction (U.S. 201.01.005), BAM Friction (U.S. 201.02.006), Steel/Fiber
Shoe Friction (U.S. 201.02.008), or STANAG 4487 tests.
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity. The candidate explosive passes the electrostatic

sensitivity test if it is shown to be no more sensitive than a Type I or II, Class 5
RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously with
the candidate explosive. The tests normally used are: Electrostatic Discharge
test, ARDEC method (U.S. 201.03.001), NAWC method (U.S. 201.03.002), and
NSWC method (U.S. 201.03.003). Other test apparatus may be used as long
as the above passing criterion is met.
(4) Stability (Constant Temperature). The passing criterion is that no more than 2
ml gas is evolved per gram of explosive per 48 hours at 100°C when using the
Vacuum Thermal Stability, VTS, test (U.S. 202.01.001), (U.S. 202.01.022) or
STANAG 4556. When using the Chemical Reactivity Test, CRT, test (U.S.
204.01.001) the passing criterion is 4 ml gas evolved per gram of explosive per
22 hours at 120°C.
(5) Self-Heating. Self-heating is assessed either experimentally or by calculation.

Test data from DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020), or STANAG
4515 experiments are used. The advisory criterion is a calculated critical
temperature of no less than 180°F for 500 days for a given geometry and mass.
The “One Liter Cook-Off” test (U.S. 202.01.021) may be used to determine
experimentally the self-heating temperature and severity of reaction of melt-
cast compounds or formulations for unconfined, spherical geometry.
(6) Compatibility. The interaction of the candidate explosive with common

materials (e.g., metals, adhesives, acids, bases) with which it may come into
contact in production and use is assessed. This is done by comparing of the
results for the candidate explosive in a 1:1 mixture with the material being
tested for compatibility with the results for the candidate explosive alone. The
criterion when using DTA or DSC is change of no more than a 10°C or greater
in the exotherm peak temperature, measured at a heating rate of 10°C/minute
or less. The tests normally used are: VTS (U.S. 202.01.001), CRT (U.S.
204.01.001), Modified VTS (U.S. 202.01.022), DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC
(U.S. 202.01.020). TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) or STANAG 4515. See (U.S. 203-
01-001) for details.
(7) Detonation Velocity. No passing criterion is assigned. Tests per (U.S.

302.01.001) or (U.S. 302.01.004) are performed to ensure that the explosive
will detonate.
(8) Critical Diameter. For information purposes. No passing criterion is assigned.

Tests performed per (U.S. 302.01.003) are used to find the smallest diameter
that can support a steady state detonation.
US-9
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(9) Shock Sensitivity. Tests are performed in accordance with the NOL Small-
Scale Gap Test, (U.S. 201.04.003) or the STANAG 4488 Small-Scale Gap
Test. Twenty samples are fired using 4.0-decibang attenuators which
corresponds to an input pressure of 12.1 kbar. The explosive passes if there
are no detonations in 20 consecutive trials. Any reaction causing a dent of
0.002 inch or more in the target plate is considered a detonation.
(10) Exudation and Growth: No advisory criterion but data from tests performed per
U.S. 202.01.010 (Exudation) and U.S. 202.01.011 (Growth) are required for
TNT based explosives. Tests performed per U.S. 202.01.010 are required for
explosives containing energetic plasticizers.
c. Requirements for Main Charge High Explosives: No mandatory pass or fail criteria
are assigned. Advisory criteria are presented for several measures of sensitivity.
Failure to meet any or all of the advisory criteria is normally cause for rejection of the
explosive by the Service Qualification Authority. An exception to this preference for
rejection is made for impact and friction sensitivity for explosives containing
ammonium perchlorate. Such materials have sensitivities, as determined in these
tests that could lead to rejection. A thorough appraisal of all relevant safety data must
be made before any explosive is rejected. If a preponderance of the tests listed below
indicates that the explosive is in the same sensitivity range as booster explosives, the
Service Qualification Authority may require that the booster tests and criteria shown
above apply. The following data are required:
(1) Impact Sensitivity: The new explosive is compared both to a Type I or II,
Class 5 RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously
with the candidate explosive, and to a qualified main charge explosive. The
advisory criterion is that the sensitivity should be no greater than that of
Comp B conforming to MIL-C-401, cast at a density of 1.65 g/cm³. The
impact tests normally used are: ERL/Bruceton (U.S. 201.01.001), Bureau of
Mines (U.S. 201.01.003, Los Alamos Impact (U.S. 201.01.004), BAM (U.S.
201.01.005) or NATO STANAG 4489 tests.
(2) Friction Sensitivity: The candidate explosive is compared to a Type I or II,

Class 5 RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously
with the candidate explosive, and to a qualified main charge explosive. The
advisory criterion is that the sensitivity should be no greater than that of
Comp B conforming to MIL-C-401, cast at a density of 1.65 g/cm³. The
tests normally used are: ABL Sliding Friction (U.S. 201.02.005), Rotary
Friction (U.S. 201.02.004), Steel/Fiber Shoe Friction (U.S. 201.02.008),
BAM Friction (U.S. 201.02.006) or STANAG 4487 tests.
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity: The candidate explosive is compared both to a

Type I or II, Class 1 or Class 5 RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured
contemporaneously with the candidate, and to a qualified main charge
explosive. Trials normally used are: Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), (U.S.
201.03.001), (U.S. 201.03.002), (U.S. 201.03.003), or equivalent tests. The
advisory criterion is that the electrostatic sensitivity is no greater than that of
Comp B conforming to MIL-C-401, cast at a density of 1.65 g/cm³.
(4) Stability (Constant Temperature): The passing criterion is that no more than
2 ml gas are evolved per gram of explosive per 48 hours at 100°C when
US-10
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
the VTS tests (U.S. 202.01.001), (U.S. 202.01.022), or STANAG 4556 are
used. When using CRT test (U.S. 204.01.001) the passing criterion is 4 ml
gas evolved per gram of explosive per 22 hours at 120°C.
(5) Self-Heating: Self-heating is assessed either experimentally or by

calculation. Test data from DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020),
or STANAG 4515 experiments are used. The advisory criterion is a
calculated critical temperature of no less than 180°F for 500 days for a
given geometry and mass. The “One Liter Cook-Off” test (U.S.
202.01.021) may be used to determine experimentally the self-heating
temperature and severity of reaction of melt-cast compounds or
formulations for unconfined, spherical geometry.
(6) Compatibility: The interaction of the candidate explosive with common

materials (e.g., metals, adhesives, acids, bases) with which it may come
into contact in production and use is assessed. This is done by comparing
of the results for the candidate explosive in a 1:1 mixture with the material
being tested for compatibility with the results for the candidate explosive
alone. The advisory criterion when using DTA or DSC is no change greater
than 10°C in the exotherm peak temperature, measured at a heating rate of
10°C/minute or less. The tests normally used are: VTS (U.S. 202.01.001),
CRT (U.S. 204.01.001), Modified VTS (U.S. 202.01.022), DTA (U.S
202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020). TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) or STANAG
4515. See (U.S. 203-01-001) for details.
(7) Detonation Velocity: No passing criterion is assigned. However, the

information is useful for other purposes and tests are generally conducted
per (U.S. 302.01.002) to ensure that the explosive will detonate.
(8) Critical Diameter: No passing criterion is assigned. Data from tests

performed per (U.S. 302.01.003) are used to find the smallest diameter that
can support a steady state detonation.
(9) Shock Sensitivity. The advisory passing criterion is that the sensitivity
should be no greater than that of Comp B conforming to MIL-C-401, cast at
a density of 1.65 g/cm³. Tests used are selected as appropriate for the
critical diameter of the candidate explosive. Tests normally used are: NOL
LSGT, (U.S. 201.04.002), Expanded LSGT (U.S. 201.04.001), IHE Gap
Test (U.S. 201.04.005), Super LSGT (201.04.004) and STANAG 4488
tests.
(10) Exudation and Growth: No advisory criterion but data from tests performed
per U.S. 202.01.010 (Exudation) and U.S. 202.01.011 (Growth) are
required for TNT based explosives. Tests performed per U.S. 202.01.010
are required for explosives containing energetic plasticizers.
d. Requirements for Fuel Air Explosives: Because of the nature of these materials,
qualification is generally concurrent with Final (Type) Qualification. Specific data
requirements for qualification are assigned on a case-by-case basis by the Service
Qualification Authority. No pass of fail criterion is assigned. However, qualification,
as described herein, is required for the conventional explosives used in the fuel-air
weapon.
US-11
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.4.15.2 Propellants: Propellants are generally qualified in accordance with a specific application.
The final formulations are established late in the development cycle of the end item and
requests for qualification may be concurrent with requests for Final (Type) Qualification.
Advisory pass or fail criteria are applied for most sensitivity tests performed. Failure to
meet any or all of the advisory criteria may be cause for rejection of the propellant. In
general, the data requirements given in STANAG 4170 and in this section of AOP-7 are
used. However, other tests may be required by the Service Qualification Authority. Even
though multiple tests are listed for some stimuli, it is necessary to conduct only one test
for each unless otherwise directed by the Service Qualification Authority. A brief
description of tests used to obtain the data required by the National Authorities is provided
in the Test Information Sheets provided below in section 10.7.15.7. The following is a list
of mandatory data and appropriate tests for propellants:
Mandatory Data / Test Solid Liquid

Impact sensitivity x x
Friction sensitivity x x
Electrostatic sensitivity x x
Stability (Constant Temperature) x x
Self-heating x x
Compatibility x x
Shock sensitivity (gap test) x x
Flash point — x
Minimum pressure for vapor ignition — x
Critical diameter x —
a. Solid Propellants: The following tests and acceptance criteria are recommended:
(1) Impact Sensitivity: The new propellant is compared to a Type I or II, Class 5
RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously with the
candidate material, and to a qualified propellant used in a similar application.
The advisory criterion is that it is no more sensitive than the reference
comparison propellant. The impact tests used are: Bureau of Mines (U.S.
201.01.003, ERL/Bruceton (U.S. 201.01.003), Los Alamos Impact (U.S.
201.01.004), BAM (U.S. 201.01.005) or NATO STANAG 4489 tests.
(2) Friction Sensitivity. The candidate propellant is compared to a Type I or II,

Class 5 RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured contemporaneously with
the candidate material, and to a qualified propellant used in a similar
application. The advisory criterion is that the sensitivity is not greater than that
of the reference comparison propellant. The tests used are: Rotary Friction
US-12
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(U.S. 201.02.004), ABL Sliding Friction (U.S. 201.02.005), BAM Friction (U.S.
201.02.006), Steel/Fiber Shoe Friction (U.S. 201.02.008), or STANAG 4487
tests.
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity: The candidate solid propellant is compared both to a

Type I or II, Class 1 or Class 5 RDX conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured
contemporaneously with the candidate, and to a qualified propellant used in a
similar application. The advisory criterion is that the sensitivity is not greater
than that of the reference comparison propellant. Trials are normally
performed in accordance with Electrostatic Discharge, ESD, (U.S.
201.03.001), (U.S. 201.03.002), or (U.S. 201.03.003), In addition, a large-
scale ESD test in accordance with (U.S. 201.03.004) and STANAG 4490 may
be required by the Service Qualification Authority for some types of solid
propellant.
(4) Stability (Constant Temperature): The advisory criterion is that no more than
2 ml gas is evolved per gram of explosive per 48 hours at 100°C when using
the VTS (202.01.001), (U.S. 202.01.022) or STANAG 4556 tests. When using
CRT test (U.S. 204.01.001) the passing criterion is 4 ml gas evolved per
gram of explosive per 22 hours at 120°C.
(5) Self-Heating: Self-heating is assessed either experimentally or by calculation.

Test data from DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020), or STANAG
4515 experiments are used. The advisory criterion is a calculated critical
temperature of no less than 180°F for 500 days for a given geometry and
mass.
(6) Compatibility: The interaction of the candidate propellant with common

materials (e.g., metals, adhesives, acids, bases) with which it may come into
contact in production and use is assessed. This is done by comparing of the
results for the candidate propellant in a 1:1 mixture with the material being
tested for compatibility with the results for the candidate alone. The advisory
criterion when using DTA or DSC is no change greater than 10°C in the
exotherm peak temperature, measured at a heating rate of 10°C/minute or
less. The tests normally used are: VTS (U.S. 202.01.001), CRT (U.S.
204.01.001), Modified VTS (U.S. 202.01.022), DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC
(U.S. 202.01.020). TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) or STANAG 4515. See (U.S. 203-
01-001) for details.
(7) Shock Sensitivity. The shock sensitivity of the candidate propellant is

assessed. Tests normally used, as appropriate for the critical diameter of the
candidate propellant, are: NOL LSGT, (U.S. 201.04.002), Expanded LSGT
(U.S. 201.04.001), IHE Gap Test (U.S. 201.04.005) or Super LSGT
(201.04.004) or STANAG 4488 tests.
(8) Critical Diameter: The critical diameter of the candidate propellant is

assessed if it is shown to detonate in the shock sensitivity test. Data from
tests performed per (U.S. 302.01.003) are used to find the smallest diameter
that can support a steady state detonation.
US-13
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
b. Liquid propellants: These materials are generally qualified in accordance with a

specific application or end use. This class of explosive material includes thixotropic
gels and mono- or multi-component liquid propellants used in guns, rocket motors,
naval torpedoes, or other military applications. Qualification requests are generally
submitted concurrently with the request for Final (Type) Qualification. No pass or fail
criteria are assigned or advisory criteria provided for these materials. The decision on
whether a material meets the qualification requirements is left to the Service
Qualification Authority. The following data are required to evaluate the overall safety
characteristics:
(1) Impact Sensitivity: The impact sensitivity is compared to that of n-propyl

nitrate measured contemporaneously with the candidate propellant. The
impact tests used are: Bureau of Mines (U.S. 201.01.003, ERL/Bruceton
(U.S. 201.01.003), Los Alamos Impact (U.S. 201.01.004), BAM (U.S.
201.01.005), JANNAF Impact (U.S. 201.01.010) or NATO STANAG 4489
tests.
(2) Friction Sensitivity: The friction sensitivity is compared to that of n-propyl

nitrate measured contemporaneously with the candidate propellant. The
friction tests used are: ABL Sliding Friction (U.S. 201.02.005), Rotary Friction
(U.S. 201.02.004), BAM Friction (U.S. 201.02.006), Steel/Fiber Shoe (U.S.
201.02.008) or STANAG 4487 tests.
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity: The electrostatic sensitivity is compared to that of n-

propyl nitrate measured contemporaneously with the candidate propellant.
The tests used are: ESD, (U.S. 201.03.001), (U.S. 201.03.002), (U.S.
201.03.003), or equivalent tests.
(4) Shock Sensitivity: The shock sensitivity is assessed using the NOL LSGT
(U.S. 201.04.002), IHE Gap Test (U.S. 201.04.005) or STANAG 4488 tests.
(5) Flash Point: The test is performed and the results are reported for information
purposes. No advisory criterion is provided. The test normally used is (U.S.
201.08.002). TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) may be used for liquid propellants with
low volatility.
(6) Minimum Pressure for Vapor Phase Ignition: The test is performed and the
results are reported for information purposes. The minimum pressure for
vapor phase ignition is verified using (U.S. 201.08.001).
10.7.4.15.3 Pyrotechnics Materials: Pyrotechnics are qualified in accordance with requirements of a

specific application. Qualification requests may be concurrent with the request for Final
(Type) Qualification. The following is a list of mandatory data and appropriate tests for
pyrotechnics:
US-14
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Mandatory Data / Test Pyrotechnics
Impact sensitivity x
Friction sensitivity x
Electrostatic sensitivity x
Stability (Constant Temperature) x
Self-heating x
Compatibility x
a. Mandatory Tests and Data Requirements: No passing criteria are assigned; however,
advisory criteria are provided for each stimulus. Even though multiple tests are listed
for some stimuli, it is necessary to conduct only one test for each unless otherwise
directed by the Service Qualification Authority. The following data are required for
qualification:
(1) Impact Sensitivity: The impact sensitivity is compared to that of a Type I or II,
Class 5 RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured
contemporaneously with the candidate pyrotechnic and to a qualified
pyrotechnic material used in a similar application. The advisory acceptance
criterion is that the candidate be no more sensitive than the reference
comparison pyrotechnic. The impact tests normally used are: ERL/Bruceton
(U.S. 201.01.001), Bureau of Mines (U.S. 201.01.003, Los Alamos Impact (U.S.
201.01.004), BAM (U.S. 201.01.005) or NATO STANAG 4489 tests.
(2) Friction Sensitivity: The friction sensitivity is compared to that of a Type I or II,
Class 5 RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured
comparison pyrotechnic. The friction tests normally used are: Sliding Friction
(U.S. 201.02.005), Rotary Friction (U.S. 201.02.004), BAM (U.S. 201.02.006),
Steel/Fiber Shoe (U.S. 201.02.008) or STANAG 4487 tests.
(3) Electrostatic Sensitivity: The electrostatic sensitivity is compared to that of a

Type I or II, Class 5 RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398, measured
comparison pyrotechnic. The sensitivity tests normally used are ESD, (U.S.
201.03.001), (U.S. 201.03.002), (U.S. 201.03.003), or STANAG 4490 or
equivalent tests.
(4) Stability (Constant Temperature): The advisory criterion is that no more than 2
ml gas is evolved per gram of explosive per 48 hours at 100°C when using the
Vacuum Thermal Stability (VTS), test (202.01.001), (U.S. 202.01.022) or
STANAG 4556. When using CRT test (204.01.001) the passing criterion is 4
ml gas evolved per gram of explosive per 22 hours at 120°C.
US-15
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
(5) Self Heating: Self heating is assessed by calculation. The data required for this
calculation is acquired by DTA (U.S. 202.01.007) or DSC (U.S. 202.01.020).
The critical temperature is estimated using (U.S. 201.02.012).
(6) Compatibility: The interaction of the new pyrotechnic with materials (e.g.,
metals, adhesives, acids, bases) with which it may come into contact in
production and use is assessed. The results for the candidate pyrotechnic in a
1:1 mixture with the material being tested for compatibility is compared with the
results for the candidate material alone. The advisory criterion when using DTA
or DSC is no change greater than 10°C in the exotherm peak temperature,
measured at a heating rate of 10°C/minute or less. The tests normally used
are: DTA (U.S 202.01.007), DSC (U.S. 202.01.020). TGA (U.S. 202.01.008) or
STANAG 4515.
US-16
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.5 TESTS PERFORMED TO OBTAIN MANDATORY DATA
a. In general, the tests acceptable to the U.S. Service Qualification authorities and used
to acquire the data necessary to satisfy the requirements of STANAG 4170 are
described in Standardization Agreements, STANAGS, prepared by the AC/310
Subgroup 1 (Explosive Materials) and in Test Information Sheets catalogued in this
document. The STANAGs that may be used from time to time by the Service
Qualification Authorities are listed below. The other tests used by the Qualification
authorities and not necessarily covered by STANAGS are described in the Test
Information Sheets section provided below.
Tests STANAG No
(1) Uniaxial Compressive STANAG 4443

(2) Impact Sensitivity (Drop-Hammer) STANAG 4489
(3) Friction Sensitivity STANAG 4487
(4) Electrostatic Sensitivity STANAG 4490
(5) Gap Shock Sensitivity STANAG 4488
(6) Thermal Sensitivity STANAG 4491
(7) Uniaxial Tensile STANAG 4506
(8) Stress Relaxation in Tension STANAG 4507
(9) Temperature of Ignition STANAG 4491
(10) Thermal Characterization (DTA, DSC, & TGA) STANAG 4515
(11) Thermomechanical Analysis (TMA) STANAG 4525
(12) Chemical Stability – NC Propellants STANAG 4527
(13) Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) STANAG 4540
(14) Stability – NC & NG, Propellants with DPA STANAG 4541
(15) Stability – NC & NG, Propellants with 2NDPA STANAG 4542
(17) Aging of Composit Propellants STANAG 4581
(18) Heat Flow Calorimetry STANAG 4582
US-17
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.6 List of US Test Information Sheets
Category 100 MIL-STD 1751A Chemical, Physical &

Method Number Mechanical Properties Tests

102.01.071 Specific Gravity (Density) (Pycnometry)
102.01.251 Thermal Conductivity
102.01.275 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion
(Dilatometer)
Category 200 MIL-STD 1751A Hazard Assessment Tests

Method Number
201.01.001 1012 Impact - NSWC/NAWC/ERL/Bruceton

201.01.002 1016 Impact - Ball Drop
201.01.003 1014 Impact - Bureau of Mines
201.01.004 1013 Impact - Los Alamos Laboratory
201.01.005 1015 Impact – BAM
201.01.006 Impact - Picatinny Arsenal
201.01.007 1011 Impact - Bureau of Explosives
201.01.008 Impact - Lawrence Livermore
Laboratory
201.01.009 Impact - Hercules Radford
201.01.010 1017 Impact – Liquid Explosives
(JANNAF Method)
201.02.001 Friction - Bureau of Mines Pendulum

201.02.002 Friction Pendulum - Picatinny
Arsenal Method
201.02.003 Friction Sensitivity - NAWC China Lake
Method
201.02.004 1023 Friction - Rotary
201.02.005 1021 ABL Sliding Friction
201.02.006 1024 BAM (Julius Peters) Friction
201.02.007 Friction - Hercules Radford AAP
201.02.008 1022 Friction, Steel/Fiber Shoe
201.03.001 1032 Electrostatic Discharge – ARDEC

Picatinny Arsenal Method
201.03.002 1033 Electrostatic Discharge - NAWC Method
201.03.003 1031 Electrostatic Discharge - NSWC Method
201.03.004 1034 Electrostatic Sensitivity - Large Scale
201.03.006 Electrostatic Discharge - Hercules
Radford AAP Method
201.03.007 Electrostatic Sensitivity - Closed Cup
201.04.01 1043 Shock Sensitivity - Expanded Large-

Scale Gap (ELSGT)
201.04.002 1041 Shock Sensitivity - NOL Large-Scale
Gap (LSGT)
Category 200 MIL-STD 1751A Hazard Assessment Tests
US-18
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Method Number
201.04.003 1042 Shock Sensitivity - NOL Small-Scale

Gap (SCGT)
201.04.004 1044 Shock Sensitivity - Super
Large-Scale Gap (SLSGT)
201.04.005 1045 Shock Sensitivity – IHE Gap
201.04.006 1046 Shock Sensitivity – Wedge Test
201.04.007 Shock Sensitivity - Picatinny Arsenal
201.04.008 Shock Sensitivity - NSWC Low Pressure
- Long Duration Shock
201.04.009 Blasting Cap Test (2-inch Cubes)
201.05.001 SUSAN Projectile Impact
201.08.001 1141 Minimum Pressure for Vapor Phase

Ignition - Liquid Propellants
201.08.002 Flash Point - Liquid Propellants
202.01.001 1061 Vacuum Thermal Stability (VTS)

202.01.002 Variable Confinement Cook-Off (VCCT)
202.01.003 Thermal Detonability (Fast Cook-Off) –
NAWC (China Lake) Method
202.01.004 Explosion Temperature
202.01.005 Cook-Off Temperature Determination
202.01.006 1151 Hot-Wire Ignition
202.01.007 1071 Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA)
202.01.008 1073 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA)
o
202.01.009 100 C Heat Test
202.01.010 1161 TNT Exudation Characteristics
202.01.011 1162 TNT Growth Characteristics
202.01.012 1074 Critical Temperature and Self-Heating
202.01.013 Thermal Stability (2-inch Cubes, (75oC)
202.01.014 Unconfined Burning
202.01.015 Internal Ignition
202.01.016 Henkin 5-Second Ignition Temperature
202.01.017 Taliani
202.01.018 Surveillance DB Propellants
202.01.019 Minimum Ignition Temperature
202.01.020 1072 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
202.01.021 1075 One Liter Cook-Off Test
202.01.022 1063 Modified VTS Test
202.02.001 U-Tube Adiabatic Compression
Sensitivity
203.01.001 Compatibility with Materials
204.01.001 1062 Chemical Reactivity (CRT)

204.02.001 Environmental Impact of Firings
US-19
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
Category 300 MIL-STD 1751A Performance Assessment Tests

Method Number
301.01.001 Theoretical Performance Calculations

302.01.001 1101 Detonation Velocity
302.01.002 Detonation Velocity - Liquid Propellants
302.01.003 1091 Critical Diameter
302.01.004 1092 Very small Critical Diameter
302.02.001 Strand Burning Rate (Linear Burning

Rate)
302.02.002 Closed Bomb Burning Rate
302.02.003 Burning Characteristics (Configurational)
302.02.004 Burning Characteristics (Loose)
302.03.001 1131 Detonability for Fuel-Air Explosives
302.03.002 Sub-Scale Motor
302.03.003 Hot/Cold Ignition/Burning
302.03.004 Moisture Content of Composition vs.
Performance
US-20
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.15.7 CATALOGUE OF TEST INFORMATION SHEET FOR THE UNITED STATES
NOTE: The Test Information Sheets are compiled consecutively in accordance with their
Registry Number.
US-21
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US-22
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/102.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellant, and Pyrotechnics
2 TEST TITLE: Uniaxial Tensile Test
a. Type of Test: Mechanical Property.
b. Description: The test specimens are prepared by die cutting or milling. Configuration and
dimensions use the JANNAF specifications. The JANNAF Class C (dogbone) sample is
die cut. The JANNAF Class A specimen, a milled truncated Class C configuration
specimen with tabs (usually aluminum) bonded to the ends, is used to obtain more
accurate results. The specimens are measured and conditioned at the test temperature
for a minimum of one hour prior to testing. An Instron, or equivalent tester with
temperature conditioning chamber and appropriate fixtures, load cells, and readout
equipment is listed for applying extension to the specimen at a constant crosshead rate.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data from these tests are used to
characterize propellant response and failure behavior.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good to excellent
(1) JANNAF Solid Propellant Mechanical Behavior Manual, CPIA Publication 21,
Sections 4.3, March 1971, and 4.3.2 October 1988.
(2) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of", 30

March 1979.
(3) STANAG 4506, “Explosive Materials, Physical/Mechanical Properties, Uniaxial

Tensile test.”
US-23
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/102.01.071
2. TEST TITLE: Specific Gravity (Density) (Pycnometry)
a. Type of Test: Physical Property.
b. Description: This test is used to determine the specific gravity of propellants by

immersing the material in a liquid of known specific gravity (or density) and volume,
measuring the volume and weight change of the combined materials. If water is used as
the immersion liquid, the specific gravity and density values will be equivalent to each
other. However, if mercury is used as the immersion material (to prevent penetration of
the liquid into pores, surface imperfections, etc. of the propellant), the density is obtained.
The use of mercury is a modification of reference (1).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The value of specific gravity (or density) is
necessary for calculations in the design of the motor, and/or the determination of output
characteristics.
d. Typical Results: Most propellants have density values about 1.8 g/cc.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Since the density vs. temperature values of both water
and mercury are known and precise, the test is considered very repeatable and
reproducible. Accuracy depends on the equipment used.
(1) MIL-STD-286B, Methods 510.1.1 and 510.2.1, 1 Dec. 1967.
(2) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of, 30

March 1979.
US-24
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/102.01.251
2. TEST TITLE: Thermal Conductivity
b. Description: The Guarded Meter method used to determine the thermal conductivity of
insulating materials (Ref. 1) and the method for estimating the thermal conductivity of
leather with the Cenco-Fitch apparatus (Ref. 2) were modified to provide a method to
determine the thermal conductivity of explosive materials. This method provides a one-
dimensional transient heat conduction between two faces of a flat specimen 102 mm x
102 mm x 6.4 mm. One face of the specimen is heated by a copper plate held at a
constant temperature, while the opposite face of the specimen yields its heat to a known
mass of a thermally isolated copper disc. The temperature-time profile of the isolated
disc yields the required thermal conductivity of the specimen.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test provides background information for
qualification of explosives.
(1) ANSI/ASTM C177-76.
(2) ANSI/ASTM D2214-70(76).
US-25
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/102.01.275
2. TEST TITLE: Coefficient of Thermal Expansion (Dilatometer)
b. Description: Care must be taken to assure that minimum clearances are maintained
between explosive charges and containers in the upper range of storage or operating
temperatures because of different expansion coefficients of explosives and container
materials. The coefficient of thermal expansion is measured with a bulk mercury
dilatometer or with a standard laboratory linear expansion test apparatus. If the material
is known to be isotropic, its cubic expansion coefficient is calculated by multiplying its
linear coefficient by three.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test provides background information for
qualification of explosives.
(1) ANSI/ASTM D696-70; 1975.
(2) ANSI/ASTM D864-52; 1978.
US-26
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: NSWC/NAWC/ERL/Bruceton Impact Test
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Sensitivity.
b. Description: The apparatus consists of vertical framework of rods or rails designed to

guide a free-falling weight, a drop weight, an anvil to hold the explosive sample, and a
striker to transfer the impulse from the drop weight to the sample during impact. Several
weights of 2, 2.5, and 5 kg are available. A hand windlass is used to position the drop
weight at any height above the sample to a maximum of 320 cm. An electromagnet
retains the weight until released. The drop weight impacts against a "striker" pin that
transmits the shock to a 35 mg test sample resting without restraint on a 6.5 cm (1-inch
square) piece of garnet paper placed on the anvil (Type 12 tool). When the sandpaper is
omitted and the sample is placed directly on the anvil, the arrangement is referred to as
“Type 12B Tools.”
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Fifty percent impact height of the test material
determined by the Bruceton method is compared to two reference comparison explosives
tested on the same machine under the same test conditions. A minimum of 20 shots per
sample is used to determine a 50% point.
d. Typical Results:
High Explosives (powder): 50% Point (cm)
Lead Azide 4
PETN, Class 4 13
RDX, Type I or II, Class 5 18
Tetryl 38
TNT, Type I or II 78
HMX, Grade B, Class 1 19
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good on same machine
(1) Walker, G. R., Whitbread, E. G., and Hornig, D. C., ed. Manual of Sensitiveness
Tests, Balcartier, Quebec, Canada: Canadian Armament Research and
Development Establishment. Published for Tripartite Technical Cooperation
Program (TTCP), Panel O-2 (Explosives), Working Group on Sensitiveness,
February 1966.
(2) NATO STANAG 4489, Explosives, Impact Sensitivity Test(s).
(3) Dixon, W. J., and Massey, F. M. Jr., Introduction to Statistical Analysis. 2nd ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., 1957.
(4) MIL-STD-1751A issued on 11 December 2001, Method 1012.
US-27
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.002
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Ball Drop Test
b. Description: The apparatus consists of a free falling steel ball, a movable platform on a
vertical stand, and a hardened steel anvil block to hold the explosive powder. The
steel ball, 1.3 cm (1/2-inch diameter), weighing 8.35 grams, is made from chrome alloy
steel and has a Rockwell C hardness of 64-66. By means of a platform (ball-track) on a
vertical stand, the steel ball is dropped from heights varying by 2.50 cm (1-inch)
increments onto the explosive powder spread in a 0.330 mm (0.013-inch) thick layer on a
hardened and polished steel block. The anvil is made of steel hardened to Rockwell C
60-62.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Impact sensitivity data on two reference

comparison explosives tested on the same machine.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive 50% Point (cm)

Lead Styphnate 22.9 (8.7 in) 1.6
Dextrinated Lead Azide 54.6 (21.5 in) 3.3
(1) Voreck, W., "Photomicrographic Examination of Explosives," PATR-4093, August

1970.
(2) MIL-STD-1751A issued 11 December 2001, Method 1016.
US-28
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Bureau of Mines
b Description: In this device, a sample of explosive material is subjected to the impact of a

free-falling 2 kg, 2.5 kg, or 5 kg drop hammer. The hammer is guided by a steel T-beam
frame. The hammer is held by an electromagnet within a movable yoke can be moved up
or down by a windlass at the base of the machine. A recording device in the windlass
measures the drop height, maximum 330 cm. The assembly mounted to the base of the
machine consists of a hardened steel anvil and a plunger 3.2 cm (1-1/4 inches) diameter
and 15.24 cm (6 inches) long, machined to give a sliding fit through a steel guide ring.
The drop hammer strikes the plunger that transmits the impact forces to a small striking
pin that fits into a steel cup containing the test sample, 35 mg explosive in powder form.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: An up-and-down method is used to obtain a 50%

probability of reaction eight. Impact sensitivity data on two reference comparison
explosives tested on the same machine.
e. Typical Results:
Explosive 50% Probability Height

(inch) (cm)
PETN, Class 7 16.93 43
RDX, Class 5 31.10 79
Tetryl 37.00 94
TNT, Type I or II 72.05 183
(2) Becker, K.R., Bureau of Mines Instrumented Impact Tester. U.S. Department of Interior,
Bureau of Mines, Report of Investigations 7670, 1972.
(3) Dixon, W.J., and Mood, A.M., “Method for Obtaining and Analyzing Sensitivity Data.”
Journal of the American Statistics Association. 43: 109-126, 1948.
(4) Dixon, W.J., and Massey, A.M. Jr. Introduction to Statistical Analysis. 2nd Ed. New York:
McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., 1957, pp. 318-327.
US-29
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosive, Propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Los Alamos Laboratory
b. Description: This test determines the sensitivity to a normal impact of explosives in

powder and liquid form. The machine was originally similar to the ERL/Bruceton
apparatus described in 201.01.001. In about 1957, some mechanical modifications were
introduced to improve test reproducibility. Reports indicated that the sensitivity scale was
unchanged, however.
The original drop weight was a hollow, conical, truncated nose-tipped cylinder fabricated
of tool steel hardened to 60 HRC. The redesigned drop weight has the same general
external appearance and the same weight of 5.5 pounds (2.5 kg). It consists of a steel
core hardened to 55-58 HRC surrounded by a solid case of Dural (aluminum alloy). The
redesign concentrates more of the mass centrally, along the line of impact.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Sample response is measured with an

electronic noise meter with which a threshold is established to differentiate between
explosions (go’s) and non-explosions (no-go’s). By a series of trials, the drop weight that
causes 50% of the test samples to explode is determined. Results are reported at the
50% point using a Bruceton analysis.
d. Typical Results:
No. of 25-shot tests H50 (cm) FP

PETN 14 12.0 1.1
RDX 96 22.2 1.0
HMX 62 26.0 1.8
Tetryl 6 41.6 1.3
Comp B 25 59.1 3.6
TNT 23 154.0 7.6
(1) MIL-STD-1751A issued 11 December 2001, Method 1013
US-30
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.005
b. Description: This test was developed to evaluate the sensitivity of solid and liquid
substances to a normal impact. The device consists of a cast steel block whose base is
bolted to a concrete block. Imbedded in the steel block is the main anvil on which an
intermediate anvil holding the impact device rests. Guide rails, which are attached to the
steel block, facilitate free vertical movement of the drop weight and release mechanism. A
toothed rack is incorporated into one of the guide rails to arrest the rebounding drop
weight. The drop weight is positioned at various heights by means of a motor driven
winch. Drop weights of 1, 2, 5, and 10 kg are available for testing.
Solid explosive substances are tested dry. Powders are sieved and the fraction with a
particle size ranging from 0.5 to 1.0 mm is used. Pressed, cast, and otherwise compacted
substances are crushed and then sieved. Liquid explosives are tested without
preparation.
A limited number of tests are performed to ensure that results group together fairly well. A
25-shot test is then performed using a Bruceton analysis to determine a 50% point. In
judging test results, reactions are classified as either "no reaction," decomposition, or
explosion.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The device is calibrated using Type I or II,
Class 5 RDX, conforming to MIL-R-398, as the standard reference material.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive 50% Probability Height

(inches) (cm)
PETN 14 36
RDX, Class 5 23 58
TNT 68 173
(1) NATO STANAG 4489, Explosives, Impact Sensitivity Test(s).
(2) MIL-STD-1751 issued 11 December 2001, Method 1015
US-31
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.006
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellants and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Picatinny Arsenal and Bureau of Mines
b. Description: This test is conducted using either the Picatinny Arsenal (PA) apparatus or
the U.S. Bureau of Mines (BoM) apparatus. Each apparatus is used with two variations,
one for solid and one for liquid explosives. The PA apparatus consists of an anvil, two
guide bars equipped with an adjustable support for a weight, vented plugs, die cups, and
die cup covers. This machine is used with weights of 2 kg, 1 kg, or 1 pound. The lighter
weights are used for the more sensitive materials. A yoke equipped with a release pin is
attached to two bars, which serve as guides for the falling weight. The yoke can be
moved to the desired height and held in place by hand screws. The BoM apparatus
consists of an impact block, a plunger and one of three weights (500, 1000, 2000 gm),
which can be dropped from any height from 1 to 100 cm. The weight is raised by an
encased magnetic coil, held in place by sleeves, and attached to two guide bars. A
contact point on the yoke breaks the electromagnetic circuit and allows the weight to fall
when it is touched by the contact point on the top of the magnetic coil. The Picatinny
apparatus used for this test is based on an older BoM design and is not to be confused
with the apparatus used in AOP-7 Registry No. 201.01.003.

d. Typical Results: 10% Point Using 2 Kg Weight
Explosive (Powder) PA Apparatus (cm) BoM Apparatus (cm)
Lead Azide 1.3 (0.5 in) 17

PETN 15.2 (6.0 in) 17
Tetryl 20.3 (8.0 in) 26
RDX 20.3 (8.0 in) 32
HMX 22.9 (9.0 in) 32
Comp B 35.6 (14.0 in) 75
TNT 38.1 (15.0 in) 100
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good on the same machine.
(1) Canadian Armament Research and Development Establishment - The Technical

Cooperation Program Manual of Sensitiveness Tests by TTCP Panel 0-2
(Explosives) Working Group on Sensitivity, February 1966. Edited by E. R.
Walker, E. G. Whitbread, and D. C. Hornig, page 340.
US-32
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.007
1 TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellants, and Pyrotechnics
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Bureau of Explosives
b. Description: This test is used to determine the impact sensitivity explosives in powder
and liquid form. Results are reported at the 50% point using a Bruceton analysis and are
Compared to a Type I or II, Class 5 RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398. A 3.6 kg
(8-pound) weight suspended between two cylindrical guide rods is used. The maximum
drop height is 83.8 cm (33 inches). Both solids and liquids can be tested with this
machine. For solids, the weight is dropped on a plunger and plug assembly in contact
with the explosive. For liquids, one drop is placed in a copper cup fixed in a positioning
block. A sticker is placed over a cup positioning block partly into the cup but not touching
the explosive. The assembly is placed on the same mechanism as used for solids.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Impact sensitivity of the test material

compared to two reference comparison explosives tested on the same machine.
d. Typical Results:
(H50)* Drop Height

Test Sample
(cm) (in.)
HMX, GrDGH% 7.9 3.1
5'; - - 30%;
9.4 3.7
- - 25%)
HNS-II 15.8 6.2
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good on same machine.
(1) Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria.

2nd Edition. United Nations, New York, 1990. (UN publication
ST/SG/AC.10/11/Latest Rev.)
US-33
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.008
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Lawrence Livermore Laboratory
b. Description: A hollow drop weight of 5 kg is usually used and a 2.5 kg weight is also
available. Half of the mass of the weight consists of loose lead shot. An electric hoist
positions an electromagnet, which suspends the drop weight at any desired height up to
177 cm. A pair of rollers attached to the weight guides the fall of the weight. The rollers
run in groves cut in the parallel vertical tracks. The test may be conducted with or without
flint paper. In its absence, the explosive sample is placed directly on the anvil. The
sample may or may not be pelletized before testing.

d. Typical Results:
50% Point for 5 kg (cm)
Explosive With Without
Flint Paper Flint Paper
PETN (powder) 11 20
Tetryl (powder) 24 30
RDX (pellet) 28 --
HMX (pellet) 29 39
TNT (pellet) 76 --
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good on same machine.

(Explosives) Working Group on Sensitivity, Feb. 66. Edited by G. Walker, E.
Whitbread, and D. Hornig, p 52.
US-34
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.009
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test - Hercules Radford AAP
b. Description: Test samples are placed on the flat metal surface (typically 12.7 mm
diameter) of an anvil. A metal impact hammer, with flat contact surface equal in size and
shape to the anvil surface, is brought to rest on the propellant sample. A 2 kg weight is
dropped on the hammer, and initiation is detected visually, audibly, or by other sensory
means and by infrared analysis of decomposition products. The threshold initiation level
is defined as 20 consecutive trials in which no initiation occurs at a drop height of one
level below that level in which at least one initiation occurred in 20 trials. Strict calibration
and sample preparation techniques are used to increase result repeatability. All samples
are conditioned at fixed temperature and humidity prior to testing. Solid propellant
samples are tested at 0.84 mm thickness. Gun propellant samples are tested lying on
their long dimension, in a monolayer for smaller granules, and are also tested in ground
form in a monolayer to simulate dust. Impact force and duration are measured for
calibration purposes and the impact machine calibrated regularly to ensure consistent
results. Hammer and anvil materials are changed for special tests.

d. Typical Results: Standard finished propellants are initiated by drop heights of 100-130
mm, depending on formulation and granule size. Sensitivity decreases when testing
larger granules.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Strict calibration and sample preparation techniques

have resulted in good test repeatability.
(1) "Chemical Rocket/Propellant Hazards", CPIA PUB No. 194, Vol. II, May 1970.
US-35
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.01.010
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Liquid Propellants and High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Impact Test – JANNAF Method
b. Description: This test is performed with a standard impact apparatus described for
Registry Nos. 201.01.001, 005 and 009. The liquid test sample (0.03 ml) is enclosed in a
cavity formed by a steel cup, an elastic ring, and a steel diaphragm. A piston rests on the
diaphragm and carries a vent hole that is blocked by the steel diaphragm. A 2 kg weight
is dropped onto the piston. A positive result is indicated by a puncture of the steel
diaphragm accompanied by a loud noise or severe deformation of the diaphragm and
evidence that the sample was completely consumed. Data are reported as the height at
which it yields a 50% probability of initiation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Impact sensitivity data is compared to n-

propyl nitrate measured contemporaneously with the candidate explosive.
d. Typical Results: Tests are performed up to 91.4 cm (36 inch) drops, at which point the
hydrostatic pressure developed by the impact is sufficient to burst the diaphragm even
with non-explosive materials (e.g., water).
(1) Liquid Propellant Test Methods CPIA, July 1969.
US-36
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Pendulum Friction Test – Bureau of Mines
b. Description: This test is performed with a weighted pendulum. The lower end is attached
to a shoe with an interchangeable face of steel or fiber. The shoe is permitted to fall from
a height of 1-1.5 meters and sweep back and forth, across a grooved steel friction anvil.
The pendulum is adjusted to pass across the anvil 18 + 1 times before coming to rest
when no explosive is present. A 7-gram sample of explosive is spread in and about the
grooved of the anvil and the shoe is allowed to sweep back and forth over the anvil until it
comes to rest. The number of sweeps, cracklings, ignitions, and/or explosions is noted.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Friction sensitivity data on two reference

d. Typical Results:
Explosive Wood-Fiber Shoe Steel Shoe
Composition B -- Passed
PETN Passed Failed
TNT -- Passed
Tetryl Passed Failed
RDX Passed --

Cooperation Program Manual of Sensitiveness Tests, TTCP Panel 0-2
(Explosives) Working Group on Sensitivity, Feb. 66. Edited by G. Walker, E.
Whitbread, and D. Hornig, p 90.
US-37
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Friction Pendulum Test - ARDEC Method
b. Description: This test and apparatus is similar to AOP-7 Registry No. 201.02.001. It is
based on the design originated by the Bureau of Mines. The bob of a weighted
pendulum, a curved plate called a "shoe", is allowed to brush across the explosive sample
at a low angle of incidence to the horizontal. The observations made and recorded are
"explosion", "burning", "local crackling", and "no local crackling".

d. Typical Results:
Explosive With Fiber Shoe With Steel Shoe
PETN Passed Failed

RDX Passed Failed
Tetryl Passed Failed
Composition B Passed Passed
TNT Passed Passed
Explosive D Passed Passed

(Explosives) Working Group on Sensitivity, February 1956. Edited by G. R.
Walker, E. G. Whitbread, and D. C. Hornig, p 98.
US-38
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.003
2. TEST TITLE: Friction Sensitivity Test - NAWC (China Lake) Method
b. Description: Same as described under AOP-7 Registry No. 201.02.001 (Friction

Sensitiveness Test - Pendulum Friction Test- BoM Apparatus). The apparatus for this test
is smaller scale than that of the BoM Apparatus. The bob of the pendulum is a fixed,
metal wheel. In this instance, the rigid support for the explosive is called a "striker plate"
rather than an "anvil". The NASW (NOTS) test procedure uses the statistical method of
"up and down" testing common to many U.S. impact tests.

d. Typical Results: To be supplied on demand.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Acceptable.

Walker, E. G. Whitbread, and D. C. Hornig, page 94.
NOTE: The NAWC has no longer use a pendulum friction machine. The NAWC uses, chiefly, an ABL
friction tester but for certain materials, a BAM tester is also used.
US-39
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.004
2. TEST TITLE: Rotary Friction Test
b. Description: For High Explosives and Propellants the friction sensitivity of an explosive
material is measured by applying a vertical force to a piston resting on the test specimen,
which is contained in a rotating cup. The normal load on the sample can be varied to
utilize an up and down test method for determining the 50 percent fire point. The
rotational speed is held constant at 2000 RPM. The maximum test duration is 10
seconds, and if no fire or explosion occurs within this time, the test is considered
negative.
For Pyrotechnic Compositions a friction rod spins on top of a 20-milligram sample

contained in an aluminum holder. Loads on the rod and the angular velocity of the rod
are varied. Total time to ignition up to 60 seconds is used and torque is measured.
Results typically reported in "foot pounds required" to "FIRE" or "NO FIRE".
Reaction levels reported for Fire are: “Fire”, “Spark”, or “Burn”. Reaction levels reported
for No-Fire are “Melt”, “Glaze”, or “No detectable change in the physical state”.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The results are reported as "No-Fire..." or

"Fired at a torque of lbf-foot and at seconds." Class 7 PETN is used as a
standard reference material against which the results will be compared.
d. Typical Results: Pyrotechnic compositions samples yielding "FIRE" results below 100
foot-pounds are normally considered sensitive to friction. Typical examples of results are:
Explosive Result
Mk 45 Illuminating Composition FIRE (@ 175 ft.lbs.)

Red Phosphorus (6% Linseed Oil) NO FIRE (@ 550 ft.lbs.)
TNT NO FIRE (@ 11,300 ft.lbs.)
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: At a given load, values are reproducible to + 10%
(1) Armour, Carl and Smith, Lloyd A., The Invention of a New Type of Friction
Sensitivity Apparatus, ROTR No. 60, 11 June 1965, Naval Weapons Support
Center, Crane, Indiana. (AD 617382).
US-40
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.005
2. TEST TITLE: ABL Sliding Friction Test
b. Description: This test simulates the conditions occurring when a material is subjected to
a frictional force between moving surfaces. A sample is placed on an anvil, a known
force is applied hydraulically through a stationary wheel, and a pendulum is used to propel
the sliding anvil to a known velocity perpendicular to the force vector. Normally, sample
initiation is detected audibly, visually, or by other sensory means. Sample size is
approximately 50 mg. A valid test is comprised of twenty consecutive negatives and at
least one initiation at the next highest test level. Force levels are usually decreased by
25% increments. Velocity levels are reduced 30.5 cm/sec (1 ft/sec) whenever an initiation
is obtained at 4.5 kg (10 lb force) and the standard test velocity of 244 cm/sec (8 ft/sec).
Reported values are the calibrated velocity and final force gauge reading.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: A trial is considered positive if any of the

following results are obtained; visible sparks, visible flame, audible explosion, loud
crackling, or the detection of reaction products by a gas analyzer. A twenty-shot sample is
used to determine a 50% point by the Bruceton method using a 0.1 log-pound ram force
as the test variable. This is then compared to results obtained using a Type I or II, Class 5
RDX standard conforming to MIL-DTL-398.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Result
Tetryl (powder) 180 lbs-force

PETN (powder) 235 lbs-force.
(2) TB 700-2, Department of Defense Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures.

October 1993.
(3) Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria.

2nd edition, United Nations, New York: 1990.
US-41
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.006
2. TEST TITLE: BAM (Julius Peters) Friction Test
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Sensitivity
b. Description: The BAM apparatus consists of a reciprocating sample table that holds a
porcelain sample plate and a lever arm to which is attached a porcelain pin. Weights of
varying mass are attached at different distances on the lever arm to adjust the force
applied on a sample placed between the porcelain pin and plate. The sample table is
driven by an eccentric arm attached to a geared-down electric motor that executes one
revolution of the eccentric arm (one full cycle of reciprocating motion in the horizontal
direction) when the motor is actuated. The 50% probability level of initiation is determined
by an "up and down" Bruceton method. This level is reported as a load in Newtons
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: A positive result is judged to have occurred if

there is evidence of ignition (flash or smoke), crackling, an explosion, or sparking.
Negative results are indicated by a decomposition (slight black smear on the porcelain
plate) or by no physical evidence of a reaction.
d. Typical Results:
Initiation Level
Explosive
50% Point (Newtons)
PETN, Class 4 56
Lead azide, Type I or II 10
RDX, Type I or II, Class 1 96
5'; 128
TNT, Type I or II > 360
Composition B, Type I > 360
(1) Harris, J., "Friction Sensitivity of Primary Explosives", ARRADCOM Technical Report
ARLCD-TR-82012, September 1982.
(2) NATO STANAG 4487, Friction Sensitivity Tests for the Qualification of Explosives for
Military Use.
US-42
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.007
2. TEST TITLE: Friction Test - Hercules Radford AAP
b. Description: A sample is placed on a flat metal anvil. A known force is applied

hydraulically on a stationary metal wheel over the sample. A pendulum strikes the anvil,
propelling it perpendicular to the force applied with the wheel. Initiation is detected
audibly, visually or by other sensory means and by infrared analysis of decomposition
gases. Samples are conditioned at fixed temperature and humidity before testing.
Granular gun propellants are tested in a monolayer, typically ground to known size. Solid
propellants are sliced to known thickness. Samples are placed under the wheel and
along the wheel slide path. The standard anvil speed is 240 cm/sec (8 ft/sec). Anvil
speed and material may be varied for specific test conditions. Threshold initiation level is
defined as that force level at a given speed in which no initiation occurs in 20 consecutive
trials, given at least one initiation in 20 trials at the next higher level.

d. Typical Results: Most standard finished propellants are initiated in the 68 - 110 kg
(150-250 lb) force range at 240 cm/sec velocity.
(1) "Chemical Rocket/Propellant Hazards", CPIA Publication No. 194, Vol. II, May
1970.
US-43
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.02.008
2. TEST TITLE: Friction, Steel/Fiber Shoe Friction Test
b. Description: The pendulum friction device consists of a steel swinging shoe, which is the
bob of a pendulum. The frame supporting the pendulum is known as the "A-frame". The
two free-bases of the A-frames at the lower ends of the device can be raised or lowered
simultaneously, thus controlling the friction between the shoe and anvil. In testing, a steel
shoe or one faced with red-hard fiber (called the "hard-fiber-faced shoe") may be used.
This facing is fixed permanently to the face of the particular shoe to which it is attached.
Seven gram samples are normally used. Results reported as "explosion", "burning", "local
crackling", "no local crackling", "snaps", or "unaffected".
An automatic tripper is used to allow the shoe to be dropped upon the anvil from any
desired vertical height ranging from 50 to 200 cm. Height of drop normally used is 100
cm. This test should be conducted in a temperature controlled room so that the
temperature of the anvil and shoe is 70 ± 5°F.
Any type of explosion, burning, crackling, or scorching is considered a positive reaction.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Twenty trials are conducted using the steel
shoe or fiber shoe. To pass, the test material using the steel shoe should not react in any
of the twenty trials.
d. Typical Results:
Material Steel Shoe Fiber Shoe

NH4ClO4 Snaps Unaffected
RDX Explodes Unaffected
Lead Azide Explodes N/A
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatable.
(2) Munroe, Charles E. and Tiffany, J.E., Physical Testing of Explosives at the
Bureau of Mines Explosives Experiment Station, Bruceton, PA. U.S. Dept. of
Commerce, Bureau of Mines, Bulletin 346, 1931. pp.78-84.
(3) "Engineering Design Handbook: Explosive Series, Properties of Explosives of

Military Interest", Army Materiel Command, January 1971.
US-44
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.001
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity – ARDEC (Picatinny Arsenal) Method
b. Description: The apparatus consists of a charging circuit and a spring loaded

approaching electrode (needle). The needle is lowered to a preset distance above the
lower (cathode) electrode and immediately raised again to its initial position. Adjustments
to the gap length are made by raising or lowering the lower electrode. The upper portion
of the lower electrode is a detachable solid cylinder of hardened steel that serves as the
sample holder. A nylon or polyethylene washer of 0.049 ± 0.014 inch thick by 0.13 to 0.16
inch inner diameter is fastened to the top of the steel cylinder. The powder sample is
placed in the center of the washer. Electrical insulating or Mylar tape approximately 0.075
inch thick is placed over the sample opening to confine the powder. The charging circuit
consists of a variable high-voltage power supply (25 kV), a capacitor-charging circuit, and
an electrostatic voltmeter. The circuit is designed so that the appropriate low-inductance,
high voltage capacitance, from 0.00025 to 0.02 µF, can be connected in the circuit.
The electrostatic sensitivity test is divided into two parts. Part I is a screening test devised
to distinguish between relatively insensitive and relatively sensitive materials to
electrostatic. Part II is a more intensive procedure used to rank or to determine the energy
required to ignite the sensitive materials.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: For tests performed according reference (2)
no reaction in twenty out of twenty trials at 0.25 joules is a pass.
d. Typical Results:
Primary Explosive Energy for 0/20 (Millijoules)
Basic Lead Styphnate <0.2

RD 1333 Lead Azide 4.7
Tetracene 28.0
Booster and main charge explosives are subjected to a 0.25 Joule test. If a sample is
initiated at that energy level, the material is evaluated like a primary explosive.
(1) Kirshenbaum, M., "Response of Primary Explosives to Gaseous discharges in an

Improved Approaching Electrode Electrostatic Sensitivity Apparatus," PATR-4955,
October 1976.
US-45
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity – Naval Air Warfare Center Method
b. Description: The apparatus consists of a series of capacitors, an electrode control

assembly with a pointed steel electrode, and a sample holder. The explosive is subjected
to an electrostatic spark discharge. The power supply provides a single, regulated output
of 5 kilovolts direct current at 10 milliamperes to charge a 0.02 µF capacitor. The
capacitor is wired to a selector switch that allows the capacitors to discharge. The
discharge apparatus consists of a needle electrode and a grounded sample post that
form a point-to-plane electrode geometry. The needle electrode is connected to a Teflon
push rod that allows movement of the electrode towards the sample holder post.
Approximately 50 mg of the explosive sample is placed in a thin layer in the sample
holder. Solid samples are cut to a minimum dimension of 0.625 inch square or 0.625 inch
diameter and microtomed to a thickness of 0.033 ± 0.004 inch. Powder samples are
sieved to determine the particle size of the sample. Hygroscopic or granular materials are
dried in an oven at 120 °F or vacuum desiccated to remove any moisture prior to testing.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The test is begun at the 0.25 joule (0.02 µF)
level. If results are negative, i.e., no reaction, the test is continued until 20 consecutive
failures are reported. If the test sample has a positive result, i.e., flash, spark, burn, odor,
or noise other than instrument noise, then testing is performed at the next lower level until
20 consecutive failures are reported. The test is normally conducted at 5 kVdc at an
ambient temperature of between +65 and +90°F, and a relative humidity not exceeding 40
percent. A reference standard, such as Class 5 RDX, is tested in conjunction with the test
sample. This test measures the relative ease with which powders or solids can be ignited
by electrostatic (DC) discharge. Testing is normally conducted in the range of 0.001 to
0.25 Joule (0.02 F, 100 - 5000 V). This test will indicate high sensitivity, but it is not
designed for precision testing of highly sensitive materials such as primary explosives.
US-46
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.003
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity Test - (Naval Surface Warfare Center Method)
b. Description: The explosive is subjected to an electrostatic spark discharge. The

apparatus consists of a series of capacitors, an electrode control assembly with a pointed
steel electrode, and a sample holder. The capacitor bank consists of up to 12 capacitors
which vary in capacitance from 0.0001 to 0.5 µF and are rated for 10 kV working voltage.
Each of the capacitors is wired to a capacitor selector switch that allows only one of the
capacitors to discharge at a time. By varying the capacitance, the energy level of the
spark can be controlled over approximately three orders of magnitude. The power supply
provides a single, regulated output of 5 kilovolts direct current at 10 milliamperes to
charge the capacitors. The discharge apparatus consists of a needle electrode and a
grounded sample post that forms a point-to-plane electrode geometry. The needle
electrode is connected to a Teflon push rod that allows movement of the electrode
towards the sample holder post.
Approximately 50 mg of the explosive sample is placed in a thin layer in the sample

holder. Solid samples are cut to a minimum dimension of 0.625-inch square or 0.625-inch
diameter and microtomed to a thickness of 0.033 ± 0.004 inch. Powder samples are
sieved to determine the particle size of the sample. Hygroscopic or granular materials are
dried in an oven at 120 °F or vacuum desiccated to remove any moisture prior to testing.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data on sensitivity to electrical stimuli.
d. Typical Results: Range of results is:
Test Sample Threshold Level (joules) 50% Point (joules)
HMX, Class 1 0.165 NA
RDX, Class 1 0.095 0.162
TNT 1.72 NA
PETN 0.095 NA
US-47
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.004
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Sensitivity – Large Scale
b. Description: The setup consists of a high voltage power supply, a high efficiency capacitor
(34.7nF) with independent coupling, an explosive sample, negative and positive brass
electrodes, and high voltage cables. The positive electrode is a 10 mm diameter by 210
mm in length brass rod with the end in contact with the test charge tapered to a 60° conical
shape. The negative electrode is a brass disk 110 mm in diameter by 5 mm thick.
The explosive material is placed between a conical positive electrode and a negative plane
electrode. The bare explosive sample or the one contained in the PMMA holder is
subjected to a series of electrostatic discharges with a fixed intensity of 15.6 joules. This
energy level is obtained by charging the selected capacitor to 30kV. After each discharge,
the explosive material behavior is noted. Consecutive discharges are then repeated until
an explosive reaction is observed or up to 30 discharges, whichever comes first. The test
is then repeated in triplicate on two additional samples of the same energetic component.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Explosive samples are tested in one of two
ways: (1) As bare billets, 90 mm in diameter by 90 mm long, with one face painted with a
conductive silver lacquer and (2) as granular or powder samples placed in a
polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) container with 90 mm I.D., 102 mm O.D., and a length of
125 mm with a polyvinylchloride cover plate with a center hole for the electrode glued on
top of the container.
d. Typical Results: Sample behavior is defined according to the following reaction levels:
(1) No reaction
(2) Rising of the cover with flash
(3) Fragmentation of the explosive billet
(4) Combustion/burning
(5) Detonation
The explosive sample is judged to have failed the test if the results of (3), (4), and (5)
above are noted on any one of the three samples after 30 ESD pulses are performed on
each.
(1) NATO STANAG 4490, Explosives, Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity Test, Large
Scale.
US-48
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.006
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge Sensitivity -Hercules Radford AAP
b. Description: The test sample is placed on a grounded metal plate. A needle, which is
connected to a charged capacitor, is lowered toward the sample on the plate until
discharge occurs. Initiation of the sample is detected visually, audibly, or by other sensory
means and by infrared analysis of decomposition products. Threshold initiation level is
defined as the level of energy at which no initiation occurs in 20 consecutive trials, with at
least one initiation in 20 trials at the next higher energy level. The sample is distributed as
a monolayer of dust or granules of known size for gun propellants and 0.76 mm thick for
other solid propellant samples. Samples are conditioned before testing. Typical tests are
o
in the 4000 to 5000 Volt level. Tests are performed at 70 F, 50% relative humidity.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data on the sensitivity to electrical stimuli.
d. Typical Results: Most standard finished propellant granules are initiated by discharges of 1
to over 5 Joules depending on the composition and granule size of the propellant. Dusts
are initiated by discharges of 0.2 to 1.5 Joules, depending on the particle size and
composition.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good.
(1) "Chemical Rocket/Propellant Hazards", CPIA Publication No. 194, Vol. II, May
1970.
US-49
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.03.007
2. TEST TITLE: Electrostatic Discharge - Closed Cup
b. Description: Capacitor discharges through 20-30 milligram samples contained in a closed

cup. Voltages up to 5000 volts are utilized.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data on the sensitivity to electrical stimuli.
d. Typical Results: Results are reported as "FIRE" or "NO FIRE". Typical examples of
results are:
Explosive Result
Mk 45 Illuminating Composition NO FIRE

(at 1.0 Joules)
Red Phosphorus (6% Linseed Oil) NO FIRE

(at 0.2 Joules)
RDX FIRE
(at 0.019 Joules [50%])
e Repeatability and Reproducibility: Results are repeatable within + 10%.
(1) Test Procedure for Electrostatic Sensitivity, WQEC TP 3403-47, 22 March 1976, Naval
Weapons Support Center, Crane, Indiana.
(2) Brown, R. W. et al., Sensitivity of Explosives to Initiation by Electrostatic

Discharges, Bureau of Mines Report of Investigation, 5002, September 1953.
US-50
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives and Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Shock Sensitivity – Expanded Large Scale Gap Test
b. Description: This is a scaled version of the NOL Large Scale Gap Test (201.04.002). It is
used for evaluating the shock sensitivity of explosives that can not be evaluated in the
LSGT because of critical diameter constraints. The dimensions of the acceptor system of
the ELSGT apparatus are twice the dimensions of the acceptor system of the LSGT
apparatus. The dimensions of the donor system of the ELSGT are 1.875 times larger than
the dimensions of the donor system of the LSGT system. The witness plate thickness is
scaled by a factor of two.
The gap components are made from a 3.75-inch diameter cast polymethylmethacrylate
3 3
(PMMA) rod stock having a density of 0.0078 lb/in (1.185 g/cm ). The gap size is prepared
by stacking various component thicknesses of standard PMMA blocks. Standard
thicknesses are 4.0, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.2, 0.1, .050, .025, and .010 inches. As required,
circular layers of 0.010-inch thick cellulose acetate are used to adjust the gap to the
desired thickness.
Acceptors are cast directly into the charge body or machined to a diameter that is small
enough to enable them to slide into the cold-drawn, mild-steel tubes. If required, chilling
the acceptor to permit a slip fit into the tubes is permissible. The tubes are fabricated from
seamless tubing with the ends machined to ± 0.010 inch of the desired length. The tube
has an inner and outer diameter of 2.88 inches and 3.75 inches, respectively, while the
length is 11.00 inches.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Explosive density and Gap thickness for 50%
point.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Material Density 50% Point
PBXN-109 1.64 405 to 456

Comp B 1.69 489
PBXW-126 1.79 164
c. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good
(1) Jaffe, I., Beauregard, R.L., and Amster, A.B., The Attenuation of Shock in Lucite,
NAVORD 6876, May 1960.
(2) Liddiard, T.P. and Price, D., The Expanded Large-Scale Gap Test, NSWC TR
86-32, March 1987.
(3) Tasker, D.G. and Baker, R.N., Experimental Calibration of the NSWC Expanded
Large Scale Gap Test, NSWC TR 92-54, January 1992.
US-51
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.002
2. TEST TITLE: Shock Sensitivity - NOL Large-Scale Gap Test (LSGT) Method.
b. Description: This test measures the sensitivity of a material to explosive shock. A

standard donor explosive provides an explosive shock pressure of uniform magnitude.
The shock is transmitted and attenuated through a barrier of inert material. The thickness
of the barrier required to prevent detonation of the acceptor (test sample) is determined at
some level of probability. The test apparatus consists of a one-piece steel tube, two
Pentolite pellets pressed to 1.56 + 0.02 g/cm3 piece steel tube, a #8 blasting cap (or
equivalent output), a 15 x 15 x 1 cm mild steel witness plate, 5 cm diameter by 0.025 cm
thick (2-inch x 0.01 inch) cellulose acetate cards, and PMMA discs of varying heights. The
explosive sample is pressed or cast into the steel tube measuring 3.66 cm I.D. x 13.97 cm
(1.44 inch I.D. x 5.5 inch) long. Detonation is indicated when a clean hole is cut in the
witness plate. The first test begins with 8 cards, halving or doubling the cards until
detonation occurs. The measure of charge sensitivity is the length of the attenuation (gap)
length at which there is a 50% probability of detonation.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Gap measurement and/or pressure calibration

curve data for go – no go to determine 50% point for the shock initiation of the test
explosive.
d. Typical Results:
3
Explosive % TMD Density (g/cm ) 50% point (mm)*
RDX - pressed 91.0 1.64 82.0 (3.23 in)
Tetryl - pressed 94.8 1.64 60.5 (2.38 in)
Comp B - cast 97.7 1.70 51.1 (2.01 in)
TNT - cast 98.2 1.61 33.8 (1.33 in)
Pentolite 95.9 1.64 71.1 (2.80 in)
(50/50) cast
* The test result is the gap in inches that corresponds to a 50% probability of detonation of
the test explosive.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good at same density of test material.
(1) Price, D, Clairmont, A. R., Jr., and Erkman, J.O., “The NOL Large-Scale Gap Test.
III. Compilation of Unclassified Data and Supplementary Information for
Interpretation of Results”, NOLTR 74-40, March 1974.
(2) Erkman, J.O., Edwards, D.J., Clairmont, A.R., Jr., and Price, D., “Calibration of the
NOL Large-Scale Gap Test; Hugonoit Data for Polymethyl Methacrylate”, NOLTR
73-15, April 1973.
US-52
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Explosive Shock Sensitivity Test - NOL Small-Scale Gap Method.
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Sensitivity - Mandatory for Booster Explosives
b. Description: The apparatus consists of an RDX donor, a PMMA attenuating spacer, an

explosive acceptor, and a steel dent block. A No. 6, or equivalent output, electrical
detonator is set within a plastic detonator holder. The donor and acceptor bodies are
identical brass cylinders, 1-inch 0.D.; 0.2-inch I.D. by 1.5-inch long. The PMMA attenuator
is, 1.0-inch in diameter. Discs of various thickness, selected on a logarithmic scale, are
used to obtain a variable gap. The dent block is a steel disk 3.00 inches in diameter and
1.50 inches thick.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Density of the explosive, gap thickness, and
calibration curve.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Density 50% Point - DBg*
HMX - pressed 95.3% TMD 4.6

RDX - pressed 94.5% TMD 4.4
Tetryl - pressed 93.8% TMD 4.4
TNT - pressed 93.8% TMD 5.9
*Value of point representing 50% probability of a fire. The unit of initiation intensity is
called the gap decibang.

(Explosive) Working Group on Sensitivity, February 1966. Edited by G. R.
(3) Ayres, J. N., "Standardization of the Small-Scale Gap Test Used to Reserve the
Sensitivity of Explosives", NAVWEPS 7342, 16 January 1961.
(4) Price, D. and Liddiard, T. P. Jr., The Small-Scale Gap Test: Calibration and
Comparison with the Large Scale Gap Test, NOLTR 66-87, 7 July 1966, Naval
Surface Warfare Center, White Oak, MD 20903-5000.
(5) Ayres, J. N., Montesi, L. J., and Bauer, R. J., Small-Scale Gap Test (SSGT) Data
Compilation: 1959-1972: Volume I, Unclassified Explosives, NOLTR 73-132, 26
October 1973, Naval Surface Warfare Center, White Oak, MD 20903-5000.
(6) Hampton, L. D. and Blum, G. D., Maximum Likelihood Logistic Analysis of
Scattered Go/No-Go (Quantal) Data, NOLTR 64-238, 26 August 1965, Naval
Surface Warfare Center, White Oak, MD 20903-5000.
(7) Price, D. and Liddiard, T. P., "The Small-Scale Gap Test: Calibration and
Comparison with the Large-Scale Gap Test", NOLTR 66-87, 7 July 1966.
US-53
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.004
2. TEST TITLE: Shock Sensitivity – Super Large Scale Gap Test
b. Description: This test is applicable to explosives with critical diameters ranging up to 7.0
inches. The donor is an 8-inch diameter by 8-inch long unconfined Composition B cylinder
initiated with an electric detonator boosted with a 1-inch diameter by 1 inch thick
Composition A-5 pellet. Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) disks stacked to various
thicknesses are used to attenuate the shock. The disks are 8 inches in diameter and
range from .063 to 2.00 inches thick. The acceptor charge is cast into a 0.50 inch thick
steel case with an O.D. of 8 inches and a length of 16 inches. Piezoelectric pins, used to
measure detonation velocity, are spaced every 2 inches along the acceptor charge with the
first pin being 1/2 inch from the forward explosive metal interface. A mild steel (e.g. SAE
1015 - 1026) witness plate is used to evaluate whether a detonation has occurred. The
evaluation is similar to that used in performing the LSGT and ELSGT tests.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The plate is inspected after each shot with a
positive result or "go" defined as a neat hole punched in the plate. An example of a
negative result or "no-go" is a broken plate or one with a poor quality hole. Twelve charges
are usually required to obtain the mean or 50% point.
d. Typical Results:
Density 50% Point 50% Point

3
Explosive (g/cm ) (Inches) (kbar)
TNT 1.58 12.0 7.5
PBXN-109 1.64 9.40 13.1
H-6 1.69 9.54 12.5
AFX1100 Mod II 1.529 6.5 31.5
PBXW-126 1.78 4.10 58.1
(1) Foster, Craig, Parsons and Gunger, “Suppression of Sympathetic Detonation,”

Proceedings of the 22nd Explosive Safety Seminar, Houston, TX, August 1983.
(2) Glenn, J. G. Aubert, S. A.; and Gunger, M. E., “Development and Calibration of a
Super Large Scale Gap Test,” WL-TR-96-7039, August 1996.
(3) NATO STANAG 4488, Explosives, Shock Sensitivity Tests.
US-54
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.005
2. TEST TITLE: Shock Sensitivity - Insensitive High Explosive (IHE) Gap Test
b. Description: Two pellets, each 1.0-inch thick and 2.0-inch diameterSUHVVHGSHQWROLWH

3
1.56 g/cm ) are used as the donor. Attenuators used are Two inch diameter
Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) disks in thicknesses of 0.010, 0.050, 0.100, 0.250, 0.500,
0.750, 1.00, and 1.50 inches. The test samples are cast into a steel cylinder 2 inches long,
0.5 inch inner diameter and 0.75 inch outer diameter. Pressed samples are fabricated
outside then inserted into the test assembly. Powders are sieved and the fraction ranging
from 37 to 75 µm is used. A 0.59 inch thick PMMA spacer is used to separate the base of
the acceptor charge and the witness block. The assembly is placed on a steel witness
block (3.0 inches in diameter and 1.5 inches thick) which is used to determine whether a
detonation has occurred.
The test samples are conditioned at 25 °C for 4 hours prior to test. “A detonator (E1A, No.
8 blasting cap, or equivalent EBW detonator) is used to initiate the pentolite donors. For
the first test, no attenuator is used in order to obtain an example of a “go”. A "go" is
defined as a dent exceeding half the depth of the result obtained without an attenuator.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Shock sensitivity data on two reference

d. Typical Results:
Explosive Density % TMD 50% PT 50% PT (kbar)

(g/cm³) (inch)
HMX 1.81 95.1 2.23 16.4
TATB 1.84 94.9 0.85 63.1
TNT (pressed) 1.55 93.8 2.03 20.1
PBXN-7 1.81 95.8 1.93 22.5
PBXN-5 1.75 92.1 2.01 20.5
(1) Adolph, Horst, The Insensitive High Explosives Gap Test, NSWC TR 86-058,
January 15, 1987.
(2) Spivak, Timothy, et al., Insensitive High Explosives Gap Test Data, NSWC TR
88-282, September 30, 1988.
(3) Erkman, J.O., Edwards, D.J., Clairmont, A.R., Jr., and Price, D., Calibration of the
NOL Large-Scale Gap Test; Hugonoit Data for Polymethyl Methacrylate, NOLTR
73-15, April 1973.
US-55
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.006
2. TEST TITLE: Wedge Test
b. Description: This test is used to determine the shock initiation characteristics of an

energetic material. A planar shock wave is introduced into the test explosive. As the shock
progresses through the explosive, it generates hot-spots that results in a detonation. The
objective of the wedge test is to determine the point at which the detonation wave
overtakes the shock wave. This point is characterized by a unique time and distance to
detonation for a specific set of input conditions.
The wedges are prepared by casting the explosive into the Plexiglas mold . The wedges
are radiographed to check for defects and density variations. A plane wave generator
introduces a planar shock wave into the booster charge. The booster charge detonates,
introducing a shock wave into the attenuator plates and hence, into the explosive wedge
sample. Different booster/attenuator combinations can be used to vary the input pressure
into the sample.
A streak camera is used to record the event. The surface of the wedge is mirrored to
reflect light into the camera. A laser is used to align the test fixture and the light sources to
the streak camera axis. When either the shock wave or detonation wave reaches the
surface, the surface distorts so that light is no longer reflected into the camera. As the
detonation wave overtakes the shock wave, the slope of the reflected light trace on the film
changes. Thus, the run to detonation point can be determined from the film record.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The results of a series of wedge tests are
presented as plots of input pressure versus distance and time to detonation (Pop-plots).
These plots are used to determine the relative sensitivity of explosive materials.
(1) Davis, W. C. and Craig, B. G., “Smear Camera Technique for Free Surface
Velocity Measurement,” Review of Scientific Instruments, Vol. 32, No. 5, May
1961, p. 579.
(2) Craig, B. G., Personal Communication, May 1987.
(3) Gibbs, T. R. and Popolato, A., eds., LASL Explosive Property Data, University of
California Press, Berkeley, CA, 1980, pp. 295-296.
(4) Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, Selected Hugoniots, by Group GMX-6, Report
LA-4167MS, Los Alamos, NM, May 1969.
(5) Lindfors, Allen J. and Sandstrom, Frederick W., Wedge Test Results for
PBXN-107 Type II, NWC TM 6792, Naval Weapons Center, China Lake, CA, July
1990.
US-56
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.007
2. TEST TITLE: Shock Sensitivity Test - Picatinny Arsenal Method
b. Description: The test elements consist of a donor explosive consisting of two tetryl pellets,
cast Aerowax spacers (gap), the test explosive, and a metal witness plate. The witness
plate is used to determine whether the test result was a "go" or "no-go".
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Shock sensitivity data on two reference

d. Typical Results:
Explosive 50% Probability Point (cm)
Tetryl 5.11 (2.01-inch)

Comp B 3.56 (1.40-inch)
TNT (Case) 2.08 (0.82-inch)

US-57
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.008
2. TEST TITLE: NSWC Low Pressure - Long Duration Shock Test.
b. Description: High explosive samples (acceptors 50.8 mm diameter x 12.7 mm thick)

submerged in water are subjected to spherical shocks. The distances between an 0.45 kg
(one-pound) spherical donor charge and the acceptors are adjusted to give various peaks
entering shock pressures in the acceptors, typically in the range of 5-25 kBar. Burning is
detected by the expansion of the acceptor after being struck by the shock. Observations
are made with a high-speed framing camera using diffuse reflected back-lighting. The
threshold for burning in this geometry is deduced from plots of expansion velocity vs.
entering pressure. The results on numerous solid high explosives show that the threshold
for burning obtained in the underwater test is between 3 and 10 kBar. This low threshold
for burning in the underwater system is attributed to the long pulse duration, less curvature
of the wave front, and the confinement offered by the water.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test information is used to assess

reaction from situations where low pressure-long duration, (nominally 25 pulse width)
shock exists.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Density Burning Threshold

(g/cm3) (kBar)
H-6 1.71 6.6

PBXW-109 (I) 1.66 7.0
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The thresholds for burning reactions are repeatable
and reproducible. To determine the threshold of the test sample in terms of pressure
requires knowledge of the unreacted Hugoniot of the test material.
(1) Frankel, M. J., Liddiard, T. P., and Forbes, J. W., "Low- Level Shock Reaction
Thresholds in High Explosives and Propellants", Combustion and Flame, Vol. 45,
No. 1, January 1982.
US-58
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.04.009
2. TEST TITLE: Blasting Cap Test.
b. Description: This test determines whether or not a high explosive can be initiated by a
blasting cap. The sample, a 5-cm (2-inch) cube, is centered on top of a 4-cm (1.57 inch)
diameter solid lead cylinder, and a # 8 electric blasting cap (or equivalent) is centered
perpendicular to and in contact with the top flat surface of the sample, using a 5-cm
(2-inch) diameter wood or cork cylinder with a hole drilled in the center to position and
secure the blasting cap to the sample. The cap is detonated and evidence of sample
detonation is considered to be deformation (mushrooming) of the lead cylinder, which
rests on a steel plate.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the initiability of high
explosives and propellants.
d. Typical Results: RDX (powder) detonates; EAK negative.
(1) NAVORDINST 8020.8, Explosives Hazard Classification Procedures, Department

of the Navy, Latest revision.

March 1979.
(3) UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Latest Revision, Recommendation on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods – Test and Criteria.
US-59
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.05.001
2. TEST TITLE: SUSAN Projectile Impact Test - Lawrence Radiation Laboratory
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment
b. Description: This test employs a 5.4 kg (12 lb) projectile which contains slightly less than
0.45 kg (1 lb) of test explosive. The projectiles are fired from a smooth bore converted
(3"/70) Naval gun. The gun muzzle is 3.6 m (12 ft) from the target plate. The projectile
velocities range from 100 to 1400 feet per second (fps), although velocities up to 3500 fps
are possible. If the explosive survives the initial impact in this test, other energy transfer
mechanisms become dominant. After impact there is a rapid viscous flow of the
explosive followed by friction associated with crushing, and eventually a "pinch" stage for
explosive caught between the rear section of the projectile and the steel target plate.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the impact sensitivity of

explosive billets in order to assess the relative behavior of explosives under field
conditions of impact.
d. Typical Results: Refer to SUSAN sensitivity curves in the detailed Procedure and
Expression of Results segments of the detailed method description of this test.

Walker, E. G. Whitbread, and D. C. Hornig, p. 74.
(2) NAVORD OD 44811, Method 5.6.2, pgs. 5-13, 1 January 1972.
(3) UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Latest Revision, Recommendation on the Transport of

Dangerous Goods – Test and Criteria.
US-60
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.08.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Liquid Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Minimum Pressure for Vapor Phase Ignition.
b. Description: This test is used to determine the minimum pressure below which it is
impossible to ignite a monopropellant vapor or fuel vapor-air mixture by using a fixed
quantity of energy applied in a well-defined manner. The apparatus consists of a
thermostat equipped stainless-steel bomb into which vapor or vapor-air mixture is placed.
The temperature and pressure of the internal volume of the bomb can be varied.
Ignition is accomplished by the electrical fusion of 0.0025 inch diameter Nichrome V
wires. The wire-fusion time is determined by the voltage applied to the wire and the
characteristics of the fuse wire.
The bomb is heated and can be regulated from ambient temperature to 260°C. In this
temperature range, sufficiently high pressures can be obtained with most compounds to
determine the minimum pressures for vapor-phase ignition.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: For monopropellants the fusion time and
ignition energy are held constant (approximately 5 milliseconds and 0.07 joules).
o
d. Typical Results: Acetylene at 100 C has minimum ignition pressure of 3.5 cm.
Ethylene N-Propyl
Characteristic Acetylene
Oxide Nitrate
100°C 160°C 100°C 150°C

Minimum Ignition
Pressure, atm 2.18 2.2 3.50 5.26
Fusion Time, ms 1.15 to 5.20 2.3 1.2 to 16.0 1.20
Ignition Energy, joules 0.065 to 0.080 0.10 0.074 to 0.090 0.12
Minimum Ignition
Pressure, atm, at t = 5 2.2 2.5 to 3.0 3.5 3.6
ms, H = 0.07 joules
(1) Chemical Propulsion Information Agency (CPIA), Liquid Propellant Test Methods, July
1969.
US-61
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/201.08.002
2. TEST TITLE: Flash Point
b. Description: This test is designed to measure the temperature where the sample will emit
vapors that may be ignited by an open flame. The flash point is determined in an open
cup tester. A test cup is filled to a specific level with the sample. The temperature of the
sample is increased rapidly at first and then at a slow constant rate as the flash point is
approached. At specific intervals, a small test flame is passed across the cup. The lowest
temperature where the application of the test flame causes the vapors above the surface
of the liquid to ignite is recorded as the flash point. To determine the fire point the test is
continued until the application of the test flame causes the sample to ignite and burn for at
least 5 seconds.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Temperature when a flash appears at any

point on the surface of the sample is the observed flash point.
o
d. Typical Results: NOS 365, No flash to 75 C.
(1) ASTM D92-90, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland
Open Cup. Philadelphia: American Society for Testing and Materials, 1990.
(2) ASTM D93-90, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens
Closed Tester. Philadelphia: American Society for Testing and Materials, 1990.
US-62
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Vacuum Thermal Stability (VTS)
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment - Stability.
d. Description: This test determines thermal stability as a function of the volume of gas
liberated on heating an explosive under vacuum. Two types of pressure measuring
instruments are used, the mercury monometer and a pressure transducer. The
monometer apparatus consists of a constant temperature bath, a bent capillary tube, a
heating tube containing the sample that is connected to the capillary tube, and a cup for
mercury filling. The capillary and heating tubes are calibrated with known volumes of
mercury. The capillary is filled with mercury, and a ground specimen is placed in the
o
heating tube. The sample is heated at the specified temperature (not less than 100 C for
48 hours. For propellants the sample is heated for 40 hours. The volume of gas
liberated is recorded after a 20-minute surge and upon completion.
Because of the toxicity of Mercury, NATO STANAG 4556, reference (4), describes a
pressure transducer method that can be used as an alternative to the manometer
method. Different assemblies for the connection between the heating elements and the
pressure transducers are used. Examples are given in the STANAG.
d. Information Requirements for Assessment: Determination of the volume of gas liberated

on heating the propellant under vacuum. It is used to obtain information used to evaluate
shelf-life or compatibility.
e. Typical Results: No more than 2.0 ml gas/gram/48 hours at 100 °C is acceptable.
Explosive Temperature Test Duration VTS Value

(°C) (hrs) (ml/g)
COMP B 100 48 0.30
HMX 100 48 0.50
PETN 100 48 0.21
RDX 100 48 0.12
TNT 100 48 0.10
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally repeatable within + 0.1 ml.

(2) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of",
dated 30 March 1979.
(3) STANAG 4556, Explosives, Vacuum Stability Test..
US-63
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Variable Confinement Cook-Off (VCCT) Test
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Sensitivity/ Thermal Detonability.
b. Description: This test is used to study the explosiveness of solid explosive materials in
fast and slow cook-off condition. A sample of explosive, confined in an aluminum liner
within a steel tube, is heated by means of electrical windings.
The apparatus consists of an aluminum liner, one from a series of increasing wall
thickness steel tubes, heating bands, thermocouples, steel spacer washers, steel end
plates and retaining bolts. The thickness of the aluminum sleeve is 2.5 mm and the
thickness of the steel tube can be 0.375 to 3 mm in 0.375 mm increments. Two
thermocouples are fitted, one in each of two diametrically opposing grooves in the
aluminum sleeve. Either two mica-insulated band heaters or an insulated nichrome wire
winding are located on the steel tube, spacer washers are added to each end and the
assembly is located in recesses between steel witness plates. The retaining bolts are
evenly tightened to a torque of 40.7 +/- 4Nm.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The degree of tube fragmentation is used to

determine the reaction category and the objective of the test is to determine the median
tube thickness just resulting in a deflagration reaction rather than burning.
d. Typical Results: Five levels of severity of reaction are observed in this test:
(1) Burning: The steel sleeve is recovered in one piece. The aluminum sleeve is usually
recovered in one or two pieces. Witness plates exhibit no deformation. Retaining
bolts usually remain intact, although in some cases they may be bowed.
(2) Deflagration: The steel sleeve is recovered in one or two pieces. The aluminum
sleeve usually fragments into large pieces. Witness plates exhibit slight deformation.
Retaining bolts fail in shear.
(3) Explosion: Both steel and aluminum sleeves fragment into several large pieces.
Witness plates exhibit some deformation.
(4) Partial detonation: Steel and aluminum sleeves fragment into both large and small
pieces. Witness plates exhibit severe deformation.
(5) Detonation: Steel and aluminum sleeves fragment into very small pieces. Witness
plates exhibit severe damage.
CH-6 repeatedly cooks-off with a partial detonation (Level 4). Tetryl repeatedly cooks-off
with high order (Level 5).
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The severity of the reactions is repeatable and

reproducible.
(1) STANAG 4491 Edition 1, Explosives, Thermal Sensitiveness and Explosiveness

Tests.
US-64
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.003
2. TEST TITLE: Thermal Detonability (Fast Cook-Off) - NAWC (China Lake) Method
b. Description: The test fixture, a super small-scale cook-off bomb (SSCB), consists of a
steel tube 2.8 cm 0D/2.3 cm ID X 7.6 cm long (~1.1" OD/O.9" ID X 3" long) spot welded
(4 pts) to a witness plate 6 cm diameter x 1 cm thick (3" diameter X 3/8" thick). A similar
top plate is used and bolted to the tube-witness plate for explosive confinement. An
internal aluminum sleeve 2.3 cm OD/2.0 cm ID X 7.6 cm long (~0.9" OD/O.8" ID X 3"
long) is used to spread input heat evenly and temperature measurement is made with a
thermocouple. The explosive material is cast, pressed, or cured in steel tubes 2 cm
OD/1.5 cm ID X 3.2 cm long (0.8" OD/O.6" ID X 1.25" long). Each tube contains about 10
grams of explosive and two steel tubes are used per test. This allows a 1.3 cm (0.5-inch)
void area for thermal expansion. The outer steel tube is heated with two, 125-watt band
o o
heaters. With 220 VAC applied, the heating rate is ~1 C/sec and is ~0.2 C/sec with 110
VAC. The higher heating rate is similar to a heavy steel wall 1.3 cm (~0.5 inch) munition
in a fuel fire, the lower heating rate is similar to an area that is not in a direct heat path
from the fuel fire, i.e., fuze cup, thermally protected case, etc.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to determine the cook-off
temperature and reaction of a confined explosive. The time-temperature plot is used to
determine the cook-off temperature at a given heating rate. The body fragments and
witness plate are used to assess the severity of the reaction.
d. Typical Results: The severity of the cook-off reaction is assessed in the following manner
and is listed below:
Outer Tube Witness Plate Cook-Off Reaction
Intact/Split Dent < 1.3 cm (0.05") Burning

1-4 Pieces Dent < 1.3 cm (0.05") Deflagration
Many Pieces Dent < 1.3 cm (0.05") Explosion
Many Pieces Nearly Punched Partial Detonation
Small Pieces Punched Hole Detonation
The severity of the cook-off reaction is dependent on the heating rate. CH-6 booster
explosive yields a detonation. PBXC-123 will yield a burning reaction, which is similar to
the cook-off reaction of this explosive in a warhead.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: The tests have been repeatable in regard to thermal
response and reaction.
(1) Pakulak, J. and Cragin, S., National Weapons Center TP-6414, July 1983.
US-65
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.004
2. TEST TITLE: Explosion Temperature.
b. Description: Heat causes the decomposition of an explosive at a rate that varies with
temperature. Almost all explosives are characterized by a critical temperature, below
which the rate of decomposition is so small that it is negligible. If a small mass of an
explosive is suddenly subjected to a high ambient temperature, an induction or incubation
period ensues during which the explosive absorbs heat. If the ambient temperature is
sufficiently high, decomposition of part of the explosive liberates heat and causes
acceleration of the increase in temperature of the remaining explosive. When the
temperature reaches a certain value characteristic of the explosive, the rate-of-
decomposition value becomes so great that explosion of the remaining material takes
place. The temperature of the products of explosion is much greater than that developed
during the period prior to slow decomposition. If the explosion is brought about at the end
of a column of explosive, self-propagating detonation of the column can ensue.
In this test, a blasting cap containing the explosive is immersed to a fixed depth in a bath
of molten Woods’ metal. The time of immersion required to cause flashing or explosion is
noted. The temperature of the bath is varied and a number of tests are made in order to
produce smoke, fume, flashes or explosions over a range of approximately two to ten
seconds. Visible signs of evolution of smoke, fumes, etc., are recorded. A pressure-time
curve is constructed in order to finalize the temperature required to cause flashing or
explosions in five seconds.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine the relative sensitivity of

booster and main charge explosives to heat.
(1) Clear, A. J., "Standard Laboratory Procedures for Determining Sensitivity,

Brisance and Stability of Explosives", PA Technical Report 3278, Rev. 1, April
1970.
US-66
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.005
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Primary High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Cook-Off Temperature Determination Test.
b. Description: A 5 mg specimen of the candidate explosive is placed on a hot plate, with an

o
imbedded temperature sensor well, having a proportional heating control of + 2.5 C or
o o
better. The measurements start at 50 C and the temperature is raised in 10 C
increments until ignition is observed. The test is repeated until 5 ignitions occur out of 5
trials.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the thermal sensitivity of
primary explosives.
d. Typical Results: Not available
(1) NAVORD OD 44811, pgs. 1-20, 1 January 1972.
US-67
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.006
2. TEST TITLE: Hot-Wire Ignition Test
b. Description: This test employs a 0.0508 mm (2 mil) diameter tungsten or chrome wire
that is in contact with the charge. When sufficient electrical energy is supplied, the wire
becomes hot and ignites the explosive charge. The particle size of the test material must
be small compared to the diameter of the ignition wire. The sample is dried to constant
o
weight at 55 C and then pressed into a cup at 27.56 MPa (4000 psi) and 103.35 MPa
(15000 psi).
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The candidate explosive is reported to have

passed the hot wire test if none of the 40 samples show any evidence of reaction in the
form of visible, audible, or measurable external change to the test explosive, the test unit,
or the witness plate. The tungsten wire must be burned out.
d. Typical Results: Tetryl generally passes this test while PETN generally fails.
(1) Fedoroff, B. T. and Sheffield, O. E., "Encyclopedia of Explosives and Related

Items", Vol. 5, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, NJ (1972).
US-68
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.007
2. TEST TITLE: Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA)
b. Description: The temperature difference between an inert reference compound and the
material is measured as they are heated at a constant rate. Because the reference
material undergoes no thermal reactions over the temperature range used, any endo- or
exothermic changes of the test sample causes its temperature to be lower or higher than
that of the reference material. The differential temperatures are recorded as a function of
the sample or furnace temperature. The sample and a reference material are placed in
separate test tubes side by side in a heating element. The temperature is raised at a
o o
constant rate of 5 C-10 C/minute to destruction. The temperature difference is plotted as
a function of the reference temperature.
For high explosives and propellants, a maximum weight of 2 mg is recommended with a

maximum heating rate of 10°C/minute. For pyrotechnics, the sample size may be up to 30
mg with a heating rate up to 50°C/minute.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Exothermic and endothermic reactions

observed as heat is applied at a given rate.
d. Typical Results: N/A
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Routinely reproducible.

(2) NATO STANAG 4515, Thermal Characterization of Explosives.
(3) ASTM E537-86, Standard Test Method for Assessing the Thermal Stability of
Chemicals by Methods of Differential Thermal Analysis, Philadelphia: American
Society for Testing and Materials, 1986.
(4) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), Method 5.4.15, dated 30 March 1979.
March 1979.
(1980).
(7) Ellern, Herbert, Military and Civilian Pyrotechnics, Chemical Publishing Co., Inc.,
US-69
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.008
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellants, and Pyrotechnic
2. TEST TITLE: Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA)
b. Description: This test is used to measure the change in weight, as a function of

temperature and time, of a test sample under isothermal conditions and in a flowing inert
or oxidizing atmosphere. The technique is useful in distinguishing between phase
changes (solid-state, melting) and weight changes resulting from chemical reactions
(thermal degradation, metal oxidation, etc.).
The Apparatus used is a Thermogravimetric analyzer capable of heating rates of up to

20°C/minute, with a weighing accuracy of ±0.01 mg, and an automatic capability for
recording of sample weight loss or gain as a function of temperature.
The heating rate (dynamic experiment) is determined by the objective of the experiment.
Some energetic materials are volatile and will volatilize from the sample pan during this
test, sometimes prior to reaching the melting temperature
Samples used are representative of the material in the final form anticipated for service
use. Cast-cured materials are to be fully cured. Powders are used as such or
consolidated to a density similar to that proposed for a final configuration.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The derivative weight loss/gain trace is a

measure of the change in weight as a function of time/temperature and is characteristic of
the material or composition. It generally consists of a series of peaks, each
corresponding to a weight loss or gain step. It can be used as a thermogravimetric
fingerprint for characterization purposes.
d. Typical Results: Varies with materials under test.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Very Good
(3) ASTM E1641-99, Standard Test Method for Decomposition Kinetics by

Thermogravimetry, Philadelphia: American Society for Testing and Materials,
2000.
US-70
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.009

o
b. Description: This test is performed to measure the resistance of explosives to

decomposition by heat. The end points used are loss in weight of the sample following
exposure at the specified condition, and noting if ignition or explosion occurs following
o
exposure in an oven maintained at 100 C for a period of 100 hours.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This method is used for determining the
o
stability of high explosives by subjecting them to 100 C at atmospheric pressure.
d. Typical Results: Kinetic data from DTA or other tests for the calculation.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Should be good for test performed under the same
conditions.
(1) MIL-STD-650, dated 3 August 1962.
(2) Clear, A. J., "Standard Laboratory Procedures for Determining Sensitivity,

Brisance and Stability of Explosives", Picatinny Arsenal Technical Report 3278,
Rev. 1, April 1970, Dover N.J.
US-71
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.010
2. TEST TITLE: TNT Exudation Test
b. Description: As the confined explosive is heated, TNT expands and an internal pressure
is developed which squeezes the exudate from the pores to a region of lower pressure,
e.g., nose of the shell or booster cavity. The droplets coalesce and dissolve the TNT,
cutting channels through the TNT and the main charge becomes more porous and of
lower density. With increased gun setback forces, any cracks in the charge can increase
the probability of a premature explosion. The test simulates the confinement of a closed
shell and the length to diameter ratio of the cast explosive approximates that of typical
artillery shell fillers. The paper wrap, which absorbs the exudate, serves as an insulator
between the cast specimen and the heavy walled cylinder, which tends to keep the
temperature constant. The cast TNT charge is loaded into the upright sleeve of the test
o o
apparatus weighed and placed in a steam- heated chamber (157 to 160 F). The amount
of exudate is determined from the increase in weight of the paper wrap.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Visual observation and or chemical test of the
exudates.
d. Typical Results: Depends on quality of the TNT
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: N/A
(1) Voigt, H. W., "Exudation Test for TNT Explosives Under Confinement: Exudation Control
and Proposed Standards", ARRADCOM Technical Report ARLCD-TR-83004, February
1983.
US-72
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.011
2. TEST TITLE: TNT Growth Characteristics Test
b. Description: Explosives may undergo irreversible dimensional changes when

o o
temperature cycled between -65 and +160 F. In explosives containing TNT, the
dinitrotoluenes form low melting liquid eutectics, which contribute to the growth.
Mononitrotoluenes, added as anti-cracking agents, cause irreversible growth in TNT
explosives.
Irreversible growth and exudation causes many problems in ordnance items such as
damaging the fuze well in a warhead. The test is conducted by temperature cycling
between the appropriate temperature extremes for 30 cycles or more and noting whether
exudation or growth has occurred.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: To determine if irreversible dimensional

changes or exudation occurs to an explosive following temperature cycling three times or
more.
d. Typical Results: Depends on quality of the TNT.
(1) NAVORD OD 44811, Method 5.5.66, dated 1 January 1972.
(2) Gryting, H. J., Pennington, O. K., Falterman, C. U., and Seaman, H., "Additives
for Controlling Cracking of Explosives Made with TNT", NAVORD Report 5595,
NWC, China Lake, CA, 1 November 1957.
(3) Pakulak, J., Jr. and Kuletz, Edward, "Thermal Analyses Studies on Candidate
Solid JPL Propellants for Heat Sterilizable Motors", National Weapons Center TP
4258, China Lake, CA, July 1970.
US-73
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.012
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives, Boosters, and Propellants
2. TEST TITLE: Determination of Critical Temperature and Self-Heating Properties
a Type of Test: Thermal Stability
b. This Method is used both to predict and to experimentally determine the critical
temperature and self-heating properties of an explosive material.
An energetic material subjected to an elevated temperature for a prolonged period may

undergo self-heating. In this process, thermal energy is liberated in the interior of the
explosive because of chemical decomposition. At some point, a state of equilibrium
exists where the energy released is equal to the energy dissipated. If the thermal energy
is released is faster than is dissipated, the temperature of the explosive will increase until
a catastrophic event occurs. The critical temperature is defined as the lowest constant
surface temperature above which a given energetic material of a specific size and shape
will catastrophically self-heat.
The experimental critical temperature for a given size and geometry can be determined by
carrying out a variety of tests with the explosive confined or unconfined. These tests
include the isothermal cook-off (ICO), slow cook-off (SCO), one-liter cook-off (1-LCO) and
isothermal Time-To-Explosion (Henkin TTE) tests. The ICO and SCO are large-scale and
confined, the 1-LCO is large-scale and unconfined and the Henkin TTE is small-scale and
moderately confined. The first three tests must incorporate the use of at least one
thermocouple placed at the geometrical center of the explosive and one to monitor the
temperature of the heat source.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data obtained from DTA, DSC, or TGA
experiments are used to determine the various kinetics parameters required in this
method, i.e., Arrhenius activation energy and pre-exponential.
e. Typical Results: Calculated results depend on the formulation.
Explosive Critical temperature 500-day cook off temp

Diameter, inch
(°C) (°C) (MK 84 bomb)
PBXN-9 233 0.5 129
PBXN-9 179 6.0
PBXN-9 166 12.0

(2) Zinn, J. and Rogers, R.N., "Thermal Initiation of Explosives," Journal of Physical
Chemistry, Vol. 66 (1962), p. 2646.
US-74
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.013
2. TEST TITLE: Thermal Stability Test
b. Description: This test must demonstrate that the candidate high explosive is thermally
o
stable at 75 c. A sample of up to 50g is placed transferred to a tared beaker, covered
with a watch glass and weighed. The covered beaker is then placed in a constant
o
temperature explosion-proof oven. The temperature of the oven is raised to 75 C and
maintained at that temperature for 48 hours unless an ignition or explosion of the sample
occurs. The temperature is recorded continuously. The beaker is then removed and
cooled in a desiccator and weighed. The weight loss as a percent of the sample weight is
calculated.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is be used to evaluate the thermal
stability of explosive materialsy.
d. Typical Results: The sample is considered to have failed the test if it explodes, burns, or
decomposes.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Not Applicable
(1) TB 700-2, NAVSEAINST 8020.8, T011A-1-47, DLAR 8220.1, of 5 January 1998.
US-75
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.014
2. TEST TITLE: Unconfined Burning
b. Description: This test is used to determine if a small quantity of the test material will
transition from deflagration to detonation when unconfined. A 125-gram sample is placed
in a plastic beaker and placed on a bed of kerosene-soaked sawdust. The sawdust is
ignited with an electric igniter. Three samples are tested. The material fails the test if an
explosion or detonation occurs.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The data are used to determine whether an
explosive is safe to handle, transport, and store.
d. Typical Results: Not Applicable
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Not Applicable
(1) TB 700-2, NAVSEAINST 8020.8, T011A-1-47, DLAR 8220.1, of 5 January 1998
US-76
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.015
2. TEST TITLE: Internal Ignition Test
b. Description: The explosive material is contained in a steel pipe that is capped at both
ends. A black powder igniter is located at the center of the explosive sample and is used
to ignite the explosive. Three tests are performed. The test is considered positive if
either the pipe or one of the end caps is fragmented into at least two distinct pieces
separated from the pipe.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This is hazard classification test.
d. Typical Results: Not Applicable.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Not Applicable.
(1) TB 700-2, NAVSEAINST 8020.8, T011A-1-47, DLAR 8220.1, of 5 January 1998.
US-77
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.016
2. TEST TITLE: Henkin 5-Second Ignition Temperature
b. Description:
(1) Apparatus - A molten Wood’s metal bath and sample tubes (copper or brass) are
used.
(2). Procedure - A 1 gm sample is loaded into a copper or brass tube (usually a No. 6
blasting-cap shell). The tube is immersed the Wood’s metal bath heated to a temperature
(T), and the time interval (t) before ignition is recorded. The bath temperature is then
varied and additional samples are tested to obtain five or six points through which a
temperature-time curve can be drawn. The ignition temperature is the one for which
ignition occurs at five seconds.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Hazardous Component Safety Data

Statement (HCSDS) requires this test.
d. Typical Results: Temperatures that are always higher than the ignition temperatures as
determined by differential thermal analysis (DTA) are reported.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally reproducible.
(1980).
(2) Henkin, H. and McGill, R., "Rates of Explosive Decomposition of Explosives",

Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, 44, 1391 (June 1952).
US-78
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.017
2. TEST TITLE: Taliani Test
b. Description: The Taliani Test determines the stability of an explosive material by

o
subjecting it to a specified temperature and atmosphere (usually 110 C and nitrogen) and
monitoring the rise in pressure over the propellant with time. The Taliani test apparatus
consists of the following: heating block, helix (2-mm ID), connecting tube, gas infusion
evacuating system (vacuum pump/gas supply), manometer, and heating tube. The
sample is heated until pressure has risen 150-mm or for 6 hours (whichever occurs first).
The pressure change as a function of time is recorded.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to determine stability.
d. Typical Results: Stable compounds have slopes of less than 1.0-mm Hg/min.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Duplicate determinations should agree within 2.8-mm

in the 0-50-mm range, within 4.9-mm in the 50-100-mm and within 4.6-mm above 100-
mm.
(1) MIL-STD-286C, "Military Standard: Propellants, Solid, Sampling, Examination and

Testing", Method 406.1.3 Notice 1 of 8 January 1999.
(2) MIL-STD-2100, "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Characterization of", 30

March 1983.
US-79
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.018
2. TEST TITLE: Surveillance of Single and Double Base Propellants
b. Description: A 224 gm (8-oz) glass bottle having a wide-mouth with a velvet ground
mushroom stopper is used for this test. It is placed in a chamber at 65 + 1oC. Daily
observations are made; samples may be withdrawn for mechanical and/or closed bomb
testing. The number of days required to cause the liberation of visible reddish fumes is
recorded. If mechanical properties and/or closed bomb tests are conducted, the results
are also reported.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test is used to predict the safe storage
life of a propellant.
d. Typical Results: Single-base propellant should last several hundred days before fuming.
Double-base propellant should last at least 100 days before fuming. The test is not
reliable for triple-base propellants.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: This is a qualitative test, but reproducibility is fair.
(1) MIL-STD-286B, "Military Standard, Propellants, Solid, Sampling, Examination and

Testing", Method 407.1, 1 December 1967.
US-80
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.019
2. TEST TITLE: Minimum Ignition Temperature
b. Description: The sample is placed in a metal cup and immersed in a molten Wood’s
metal bath. Samples are ignited at various bath temperatures and the time to ignition is
recorded. A graph of results is prepared and the temperature at which a minimum ignition
temperature would be observed at t = infinity is determined.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data required for safe drying of composition
life.
d. Typical Results: The minimum ignition temperature is usually the same as that
determined by DTA.
o
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Repeatable to + 1 C.
(1) Johnson, Duane M., Ignition Theory: Application to the Design of New Ignition
Systems, NWSC/CR/RDTR No. 56, Naval Weapons Support Center, Crane, IN
24 November 1965.
(1980).
(5) Henkin, H. and McGill, R., "Rates of Explosive Decomposition of Explosives",

Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, p. 44, 1391 (June 1952).
(6) STANAG 4491, Explosives, Thermal Sensitiviness and Explosiveness Tests
US-81
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.020
2. TEST TITLE: Differential Scanning Calorimetry [DSC]
b. Description: This test is used to evaluate the behavior of an energetic material when it is
subjected to a temperature rise. Characteristics displayed on the thermograms can be
used to monitor samples in comparison to controls and examine if changes have
occurred in a sample that may affect stability. Results provide onset temperature and
peak maxima of any endothermic or exothermic events.
The Apparatus used is a Differential Scanning Calorimeter capable of heating rates of up

to 20°C/minute, with the capability to automatically record the differential heat flow
between the sample and the reference materials with the required precision and
accuracy. It should have an upper temperature capability of at least 500°C. Cast-cured
materials should be fully cured. Powders can be used as such or consolidated to a
density similar to that proposed for a final application.
Sample crucibles must be manufactured from material that is chemically inert to the
material under test and have high thermal conductivity. Typical materials of construction
are aluminum and platinum. Purge gas supply (usually nitrogen, argon or helium) and an
associated flow controller.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The weight loss (or gain) of is determined.
d. Typical Results: Not Applicable
(2) ASTM E1641-99, Standard Test Method for Decomposition Kinetics by

Thermogravimetry, Philadelphia: American Society for Testing and Materials,
2000.
US-82
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.021
2. TEST TITLE: One-Liter Cook-Off Test
b. Description: This test is used to determine the critical self-heating temperature

associated with melt-cast energetic materials and the severity of the unconfined, thermal
decomposition reaction. Energetic materials decompose exothermically when exposed to
elevated temperature for prolonged times. When this process produces heat faster than
it is dissipated, the material will self-heat and explode. The accuracy of a Tc prediction for
larger geometry made by using the Frank-Kamenetskii equation along with data
generated by small-scale tests can be determined by conducting the 1-liter test.
The apparatus consists of a 1-liter, Pyrex, round-bottom flask and a disposable oven.
The flask equipped with a thermocouple bundle inserted into the center of the sample and
extending to the bottom of the flask. The neck of the flask protrudes through a fitted
circular opening in the top of the oven. The sample either is cast directly into the flask or
may be loaded in chunk or powder form. The sample is heated rapidly (minimum 10
°C/min) to a temperature that is 10 to 20 °C above its melting point and held for
approximately 5 hours.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Energy of activation (Ea) and pre-exponential

(Z) of the material determined (e.g., through variable heating DSC) and the critical
temperature (Tc) for larger scale geometry predicted.
d. Typical Results:
Self-Heating Final Event

Severity of
Explosive Temperature Temperature
Final Reaction
(°C) (°C)
Composition B 143-144 199-206 Partial Detonation
Octol (65/35) 142 167 Burn
RDX Classes 1/5 (80/20)
3 154 208 Partial Detonation
PartLFXODWH JFP
(1) McKenney, R.L., Jr. and Krawietz, T.R., One-Liter Test: A Mid-Scale Safety
Characterization Test for Melt-Castable Explosives, AFRL-MN-EG-TR-1999-
7049, Air Force Research Laboratory, Eglin AFB, FL, July 1999.
US-83
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.01.022
2. TEST TITLE: Modified Vacuum Stability Test
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Stability.
b. Description: The standard vacuum thermal stability (VTS) test, developed in the early
1900s, measures the chemical stability of an explosive at an elevated temperature under
an initial vacuum for a specific time. Generally, a weighed sample of explosive (5.00 ±
0.05 g) is sealed in an all-glass apparatus designed to measure gas pressure by the
mercury manometer method. The system is evacuated and that portion containing the
sample is heated at 100°C for 48 hours. The pressure generated by the decomposition
gases is measured after the entire system has equilibrated to ambient temperature. The
problem with this system include (1) the toxic characteristics of mercury and the fragility of
the all-glass system, (2) condensation of water due to the experimental setup, (3)
potential inaccuracies associated with corrections and (4) time/labor requirements
associated with the test.
In the Modified Vacuum Thermal Stability (MVTS) Test, the energetic material is
contained in a glass tube that is inserted in a calibrated, stainless steel reaction vessel
assembly that is connected to a pressure sensor. The entire system is heated in an oven
and the real-time pressure/time data are recorded by a computerized data acquisition
system. This provides a continuous pressure/time record for the specific time period of
the test. From this the total volume of gas generated at STP can be calculated. Gas
chromatographic analysis provides the identity of the components and their individual
volumes. This allows one to distinguish between those gases associated with thermal
decomposition and those resulting from the evolution of adsorbed water/solvent.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data required for processing and testing.
d. Typical Results: Results are presented in psig or as a pressure ratio (Pi/Pa) where Pi is
the driving pressure and Pa is the local ambient pressure. Ethyl or propylnitrate are
utilized as calibration standards.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Results are repeatable within 5%.
(1) AFRPL-TR-66-294.
US-84
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/202.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: U-Tube Adiabatic Compression Sensitivity
b. Description: The U-tube adiabatic compression tester consists of a U-shaped tube closed
at one end and containing a slug of test liquid in the curvature of the tube. The test is
conducted by suddenly pressurizing the open end of the tube, which forces the liquid slug
violently into the closed end. Peak pressures many times greater than the driving
pressure are attained in the closed end of the tube. The rate of pressurization is fast
enough to provide adiabatic compression.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data required for processing and testing
d. Typical Results: Results are presented in psig or as a pressure ratio (Pi/Pa) where Pi is
the driving pressure and Pa is the local ambient pressure. Ethyl or propyl nitrate are
utilized as calibration standards.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Results are repeatable within 5%.
(1) AFRPL-TR-66-294.
US-85
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/203.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Compatibility with Materials Test
b. Description: Used for determine the reactivity of explosives in contact with materials used
in production and in munition designs.
(1) High Explosives: The Vacuum thermal stability test AOP-7 Registry No:
o
US/202.01.001 is used. Normally, the explosive and the materials are subjected to 100 C
for 48 hours. For a 5 gm sample of explosive, no more than 2.0 ml/gm/48 hours is
allowed. For materials like HNS, the test is performed at higher temperatures.
(2) Propellants: Most frequently the Taliani, Vacuum Stability, or Differential Thermal
Analysis (DTA) is used. Generally the AOP-7 Registry No: US/202.01.001 test is used.
(3) Pyrotechnic Compositions: Compatibility tests are designed around the materials
and potential contaminants. In general, the vacuum thermal stability tests AOP-7 Registry
No: US/202.01.001 is used.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Reactivity of explosives with materials that

may be in close proximity.
d. Typical Results: No more than 2.0 ml/gm/48 hours is allowed.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally repeatable results are obtained.
(1) MIL-STD-650, 31 May 1973.

(2) NAVORD OD 44811, pp. 1-14, 1 January 1972.
(3) MIL-STD-286B, "Military Standard, Propellant, Solid, Sampling, Examination and
Testing", 1 December 1967.
(4) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard, Propellant, Solid, Characterization of", 30
March 1979.
(1980).
US-86
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/204.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: High Explosives, Propellants, and Pyrotechnics.
2. TEST TITLE: Chemical Reactivity Test
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/ Thermal Stability (Constant Temperature).
b. Description: This test evaluates the stability of an explosive in a fixed volume at an

elevated temperature and under vacuum. A gas chromatograph is used to measure the
volume and composition of gases evolved. A temperature control unit heats and
circulates the heating fluid. Temperature of the bath is maintained up to 120°C to within
1°C.
The test is normally run on a powder unless thee test material is a paste or cast/cure
PBX. The sample size for the material being tested is 0.250 g. For compatibility tests,
both ingredients are weighed to 0.250 g and then blended together. In general, duplicate
samples are prepared and run for all materials being tested.
Samples are placed in the loop assembly and the loop is evacuated with vacuum until all
outgassing stops. The gas chromatograph is calibrated with a calibration gas containing a
small percentage of each of the gases being analyzed. In addition, PBX-9404 is routinely
run as the standard explosive composition.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: A material is considered thermally unstable, if

ignition or an explosion occurs.
d. Typical Results:
Explosive Material N2 O2 CO NO CO2 N2O Total
PETN (powder) 0.046 0 0.038 0.080 0.131 0.014 0.309
PETN (pellet) 0.013 0 0.011 0.028 0.069 0.005 0.126
Comp B (powder) 0.011 0 0 0.024 0.039 0.018 0.092
Comp B (pellet) 0.014 0 0 0.021 0.018 0.020 0.073
PBX-9404 (powder) 0.020 0 0.039 0.244 0.137 0.023 0.463
PBX-9404 (pellet) 0.056 0 0.049 0.171 0.198 0.039 0.513
(1) Prokosch, David W., et al., Chemical Reactivity Test for Thermal Stability, UCRL-
JC-117941, July 1994.
US-87
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/204.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Environmental Impact of Firings
a. Type of Test: Hazard Assessment/Toxicity.
b. Description: An environmental impact assessment based on the products in the

expanded after plume zone is prepared. Effects at sea level and intermediate or high
altitudes, if applicable, are considered. Noise and electromagnetic (radar) attenuation are
not factors in this assessment. Primary and secondary smoke and handling toxicity, if
applicable, are considered qualitatively.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the impact on the
environment of firing the propellant.
d. Typical Results: Varies
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Varies
(1) MIL-STD-2100 (OS), "Military Standard: Propellants, Solid, Characterization of",

30 March 1979.
US-88
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/301.01.001
2. TEST TITLE: Theoretical Performance Calculations
a. Type of Test: Performance Assessment
b. Description: Computer programs to calculate thermodynamic properties and

performance characteristics are used. Among the programs used are the NWC
Thermochemical Program, PEP code, Blake code, and the NASA-Lewis code. The
parameters computed are flame temperature, chemical compositions enthalpy, entropy,
specific heat ratio and molecular weight in both the combustion chambers and exhaust,
frozen and shifting equilibrium, specific impulse, boost velocities, thrust coefficient,
characteristic velocity, and exhaust gas velocity.
The data are used to characterize the propellant or pyrotechnic system and in the
prediction of the performance.
(1) Cruise, D. R., "Theoretical Computations of Equilibrium Compositions,

Thermodynamics Properties, and Performance Characteristics of Propellant
Systems", NWC TP-6037, Naval Weapons Center, China Lake, CA, April 1979.

March 1979.
US-89
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.01.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge High Explosives and Booster Explosives
a. Type of Test: Performance Assessment - Mandatory for High Explosives
b. Description: The detonation velocity of an explosive is affected by its degree of

confinement, diameter, and loading density. If confined only slightly (cardboard or glass
tube), the explosive detonates at a lower rate than if heavily confined. Each explosive has
a characteristic maximum rate of detonation for D (infinite diameter) and a given density.
There are many acceptable methods for determining the detonation velocity of an
explosive. The references given below list some of the methods used.
This test provides background information for qualification of high explosives.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Depends on the method used.
(1). NAVORD OD 44811, p 1-15, 1 January 1972.
(2) Campbell, A. W., et al, "Precision Measurement of Detonation Velocities in Liquid

and Solid Explosives," Rev. Sci. Instr., pgs. 27, 567 (1956).
(3) Akst, J. and Hershkowitz, J., "Explosive Performance Modifications by Co-

solidification of Ammonium Nitrate with Fuel", PATR 4987, Oct 1976.
US-90
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.01.002
2. TEST TITLE: Detonation Velocity - Liquid Explosives
a. Type of Test: Performance Assessment - Mandatory for Liquid explosives
b. Description: The procedure for measuring the detonation velocity of liquids and vapor-air
mixtures is similar to that described for solid high explosives described in AOP-7 Registry
Nos. US/302.01.001. A detonation tube is used for vapor-air mixtures as described in
US/302.03.001.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Steady state detonation velocity.
(1) MIL-STD-1751A issued on 11 December 2001, Method 1131
US-91
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.01.003
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Main Charge and Booster High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Critical Diameter
a. Type of Test: Performance Assessment
b. Description: There is no well-defined test for critical diameter that is applicable to all
explosives at all diameters, dc; however, there are three main techniques used for
measuring the dc.
(1) A conical charge is initiated at the large end and the detonation is followed
optically or electronically until it fails. For the Electronic method, an embedded copper
wire is placed in parallel to a Nichrome wire in the center of the explosive. A constant
current source of about 200 mA is connected between the copper and the Nichrome
wires. The detonation front, which has a low resistance, completes the circuit. An
oscilloscope reads the potential difference between the copper and the nichrome wire.
Since the resistance per unit length of the nichrome wire is known, from Ohm’s law the
resistance of the nichrome wire remaining will tell where the detonation failed.
(2) A stepped cylindrical charge is initiated at the large end and progress of the
detonation front is followed through the various sections. The length of each step or
diameter must be about 4d or greater to allow over-boostering to fade out and sufficient
length of steady state propagation to measure detonation velocity. The camera cannot
view an extremely long charge and still give a record that can yield an accurate value.
Hence, the step cylinder, like the cone is best suited for obtaining an approximate value of
the critical diameter. Both of these methods should be followed by more precise
measurements on cylindrical charges.
(3) A series of cylindrical charges of different diameters and the smear camera
records are used to map the detonation velocity versus the diameter relationship. By
keeping the differences between the diameters small, the average of the smallest
diameter charge that gives a steady-state detonation and the largest charge that does
not, will give a reasonably accurate value of the failure diameter. The first two methods
will tend to give estimates of the critical diameter that are smaller than the true value.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Not Applicable
d. Typical Results: Material dependant.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good if quality charges are used.
US-92
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.01.004
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Booster High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Very Small Critical Diameter
b. Type of Test: Performance Assessment.
c. Description: This test defines the threshold dc for the propagation of a steady state
detonation. The procedure is used for injection-loaded explosives with a dc in the order of
0.010 inch (0.025 cm) or less. The apparatus consists of a base with a variable diameter
groove and a cover plate. The groove is filled with the test explosive making sure that
there are no gaps, voids, or inclusions. If the explosive is curable, the uncured explosive
is loaded in the test hardware and fully cured before testing. The cover plate is mounted
on the base plate containing the test sample with an adhesive. A mild detonating fuze
(MDF) and shock absorbing tubing is installed in the cover plate making sure that the
MDF is in contact with the test explosive. After firing, the distance from the reference end
of the aluminum cover plate to the end of the detonation imprint is measured to obtain the
critical diameter.
d. Information Requirements for Assessment: N/A
d. Typical Results: Material dependant.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good if quality charges are used.
US-93
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.02.001
2. TEST TITLE: Strand Burning Rate (Linear Burning Rate)
a. Type of Test: Performance Assessment.
b. Description: Strands 15-20 cm long and 0.3-1 cm in diameter are coated with an inhibitor
compound to assure vertical burning. Each strand is placed in a jig equipped with fuse
o o o o o o
wires. Strands are conditioned at -54 C (65 F), 25 C (77 F), and 74 C (165 F) before
testing. Test pressures are 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000 psi. A Crawford type
stainless steel Strand Burning Rate Bomb with a volume of about one liter is used. It must
have an 0-ring closure and a working pressure of at least 5000 psi. Each unit is
hydrostatically tested for 30 minutes at 10,000 psi, is equipped with electrical wiring
contacts for ignition and timing, and has an opening for pressurizing and exhausting
o o o
gases. Temperature conditioning chambers with ranges from -65 C (-85 F) to +99 C
o o o
(210 F), controllable to +0.5 C (+ 1 F) must be available.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data used to calculate motor performance

and for quality assurance.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Good repeatability and reproducibility over the most of
its range. The test is difficult to use when the burning rate exceeds 7.5 cm (3") per
second.
(1) MIL-STD-286B, Method 803.1.1 of 28 August 1991.

March 1979.
US-94
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.02.002
2. TEST TITLE: Closed Bomb Burning Rate
b. Description: The closed bomb is a constant- volume, high pressure combustion chamber
used to determine the linear regression rate of burning propellant. The bomb volume is
usually 100-300 cm. The propellant is loaded in the bomb. The igniter is placed in a
small bag with the propellant. An electric match is used to initiate combustion. A
piezoelectric pressure transducer measures the pressure rise.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: This test determines the quickness and force
of a propellant.
(1) MIL-STD-286B, "Military Standard: Propellant, Solid, Sampling, Examination and

Testing", Method 801.1 of 28 August 1991.
(2). Round Robin Results of the Closed Bomb and Strand Burner, CPIA Publication
361, July, 1982.
US-95
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.02.003
2. TEST TITLE: Burning Characteristics (Configurational)
b. Description: The test apparatus, procedure, results and criteria all vary according to the
end-item requirements of the pyrotechnic system. Specific criteria are established in
terms of end-item performance requirements. These criteria are normally examined in
prototype hardware similar to that envisioned in the final design. To this degree, some
performance characteristics are examined and pyrotechnic compositions are either
modified, accepted, or rejected.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Information required to establish final design

and specifications.
d. Typical Results: Typical results could be reported in burning times, burning rates,
electromagnetic radiation intensity versus burning time, spectral outputs, visual color,
obscuration or screening times, or other results that would be specifically related to the
pyrotechnic end-item’s characteristics required.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally repeatable.
(1980).
US-96
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.02.004
2. TEST TITLE: Burning Characteristics (Loose)
a. Type of Test: Performance & Hazard Assessment.
b. Description: The loose composition is ignited in containers, mixing trays, etc., as it is

handled in the manufacturing process. Results are observed.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Data is required for

handling/processing/storing of the composition.
d. Typical Results: Depending on the composition, it may (1) deflagrate, (2) burn as virtually
a solid state reaction leaving a solid residue, (3) ignite and eject out of a container as a
flaming mass or (4) flame in place.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally repeatable if ignited the same way each time.
(1980).
(2) Ellern, Herbert, Military and Civilian Pyrotechnics, Chemical Publishing

Co., Inc., New York, NY (1968).
US-97
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.03.001
1. TYPE OF EXPLOSIVE: Fuel Air High Explosives
2. TEST TITLE: Detonability Test for Fuel-Air Explosives
a. Type of Test: Performance & Hazard Assessment.
b. Description: A tube opened at both ends is used. It is fitted with hoops at each end for
sealing the tube with plastic a film. The tube is 60 cm in diameter and 180 cm long. For
liquid, a spray manifold is installed along the top. For particulates, cups are placed along
the bottom of the tube. The cups are connected to an air supply that ejects the fuel from
the cups. The thin plastic (Mylar) film is placed over both ends and an explosive charge is
placed at one end. Pressure transducers and foil switches are located along the sides of
the tube to measure the pressure and velocity of the detonation wave. Detonability is
determined by varying the fuel-air ratio by changing the amount of fuel dispersed in the
tube, or by changing the explosive initiator size. The fuel-air ratio is changed both up and
down until detonation failures are obtained. If a detonation is not obtained with a
stoichiometric mixture, the size of the initiating charge is increased until a detonation
occurs or the blast from the initiating charge would mask the pressure pulse from the
fuel-air detonation. The typical starting initiator charge size is 3 gm.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The data recorded for each test are generally
as follows: fuel type; fuel quantity; concentration; spray or mix time; ambient temperature,
pressure, and humidity; temperature drop caused by evaporation of fuel (optional); type
and size of initiator; data records showing closure time for detonation velocity gauges; and
data records of the pressure transducer outputs. The data records are assessed to
determine the detonation velocity and detonation pressure.
d. Typical Results: If a detonation is not obtained, the fuel is not considered a practical fuel
for FAE applications. If a detonation is obtained, the testing is continued with decreased
initiator size and/or off-stoichiometric concentrations until the detonability limits are
established as a function of both fuel-air ratio and initiator energy.
(4) NAVORD OD 44811, p D-1 to D-13, 1 January 1972.
US-98
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.03.002
2. TEST TITLE: Subscale Motor Test
b. Description: Subscale motors are fitted with nozzles sized to operate at designated
average pressures (usually 1000, 2000, and 4000 psi), conditioned at the temperatures of
o o o o o o o o
either -54 C, 25 C, and +74 C (-65 F, 77 F, and 165 F, respectively), or -40 C, 25 C, and
o o o o
60 C (-40 F, 77 F, and 140 F, respectively). They are examined radiographically for
cracks, voids, etc., and only those without defects are statically fired.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: These tests are used to obtain more precise
values for the burning rate of the propellant than can be obtained from slab motor or
strand burning tests, and for the determination of the dependence of the burning rate on
temperature.

March 1979.
US-99
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.03.003
2. TEST TITLE: Hot/Cold Ignition/Burning Tests
b. Description: The design configuration is used. The pyrotechnic units are brought to the
desired temperatures. The ignition and burning characteristics are noted.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: The unit functions safely and within the
performance specifications for the design.
d. Typical Results: Under colder conditions pyrotechnics generally are more difficult to ignite
and typically burn slower. Under hotter conditions pyrotechnics will generally ignite more
readily and burn faster. In some extremes cases, there are ignition failures under cold
conditions and deflagrations under hot conditions.
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally reproducible and repeatable.
(1980).
US-100
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
US/302.03.004
2. TEST TITLE: Moisture Content of Composition vs. Performance
b. Description: The moisture content of the composition will be determined using analytical
techniques accurate for the chemicals involved. The effect of the moisture on the
performance characteristics of the composition in the test vehicle will be determined. The
allowable range of moisture content can then be extrapolated from the maximum and/or
minimum permissible for end-item performance requirements.
c. Information Requirements for Assessment: Information required to determine allowable

levels of moisture in pyrotechnic compositions.
d. Typical Results: Reported as "percent water".
e. Repeatability and Reproducibility: Normally repeatable.
(1). McLain, Joseph H., Pyrotechnics, The Franklin Institute Press, Philadelphia, PA
(1980).
US-101
AOP-7
(Edition 2)
10.7.13 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES OF BELGIUM
To be provided
SW-1

Aop 07 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aop 07 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aop 07 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of this manual?

What is the purpose of this manual?

What types of explosives are covered in the manual?

What types of explosives are covered in the manual?

NATO/PfP UNCLASSIFIED

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION

MANUAL OF DATA REQUIREMENTS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION

NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY (NSA)

NATO LETTER OF PROMULGATION

1. AOP-7 (Edition 2) - MANUAL OF DATA REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS FOR THE

2. AOP-7 (Edition 2) is effective upon receipt.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

RECORD OF AMMENDMENTS III

7.1 Primary Explosives 7-3

8. AGING PROTOCOLS 8-1

9. FINAL (or TYPE) QUALIFICATION 9-1

10. NATIONAL QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES AND TEST

10.7.1 Canada CN-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2.1 The primary objectives of this document are as follows:

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

4.0 DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCED POLICY DOCUMENTS

4.1 The participating countries have agreed on the following definitions:

4.1.3 EXPLOSIVE MATERIAL. An explosive material is a substance (or a mixture of substances)

a. Primary Explosive: A substance or mixture of substances used to initiate a detonation or a

c. High Explosive: A material that is used as a detonating final charge.

a. An explosive material not previously qualified.

c. An explosive material resulting from a change in manufacturer or manufacturing location.

4.1.12 QUALIFICATION. The assessment of an explosive by the National Authority according to

a. STANAG 4123 - "Methods to Determine and Classify the Hazards of Ammunition".

d. STANAG 4397 – Explosives, NATO Catalogue of, Implementation of Allied Ordnance

g. AOP-26 - "NATO Catalogue of Explosives".

h. AOP-39 - Guidance on the Development, Assessment, and Testing of Insensitive Munitions

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

5.0 METHODS TO RECORD AND ISSUE DATA

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

6.0 REVIEWS AND REVISIONS OF THIS MANUAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.0 ASSESSMENT PRINCIPLES AND COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR THE QUALIFICATION OF

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

7.2.2.1 General Characteristics.

b. Intended Application. Information on the intended application (i.e., detonator, igniter,

d. Related Service Applications and Compositions. Information on existing service

e. Hazard Classification. Information on transportation and storage hazard classification per

7.2.2.2 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties.

a. Stability. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4515 to support a determination of

b. Compatibility. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4147 to determine the

a. Sensitivity/Sensitiveness. Data shall be provided on the sensitivity/sensitiveness of the

b. Ignition Temperature. Data acquired in accordance with STANAG 4491 or 4515 as

c. Electrostatic Discharge. Data acquired in accordance with Annex A of STANAG 4490

NO DETONATION AT 12 cm FOR 10 OUT

4489 FIGURE OF INSENSITIVENESS

b. Intended Application. Information shall be provided on the intended application (i.e.

d. Related Service Applications and Compositions. Information on existing service

e. Hazard Classification. Information on transportation and storage hazard classification per

7.3.5.2 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties.